Home

Advantys STB - Maintenance

1. not used L GS see 1 always set to 0 PDM see 2 L OCW see 3 L OCE see 4 UCW see 5 UCE see 6 BWE see 7 ICE see 8 1 Bit O represents global status GS It has a value of 0 when no errors have been detected It has a value of 1 when bit 1 and or bit 3 and or bit 6 and or bit 7 has a value of 1 2 Bit 1 represents the status of PDM voltage on the island s sensor bus It has a value of 0 when no PDM voltage errors are detected It has a value of 1 when the isolated field side voltage is not within range A PDM error turns on the GS bit bit 0 3 Bit 2 represents the presence or absence of an OCW See current level definitions in the preceding table AN OCW does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 4 Bit 3 represents the presence or absence of an OCE See current level definitions in the preceding table An OCE turns on the GS bit bit 0 5 Bit 4 represents the presence or absence of a UCW See current level definitions in the preceding table A UCW does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 6 Bit 5 represents the presence or absence of a UCE See current level definitions in the preceding table A UCE does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 7 Bit 6 represents the presence or absence of a BWE This error is present when the input channel has a broken wire A BWE turns on the GS bit bit 0 8 Bit 7 represents an internal communications error ICE This erro
2. Indications The following table defines the meaning of the two LEDs where an empty cell indicates that the pattern on the associated LED doesn t matter RDY ERR Meaning What to Do off off The module is either not receiving logic power Check power or has failed flicker off Auto addressing is in progress on off The module has achieved all of the following e it has power e it has passed its confidence tests e itis operational on on The watchdog has timed out Cycle power restart the communications blink 1 The module is either in pre operational mode or in its fallback state flicker Field power absent or a PDM short circuit Check power detected blink 1 A nonfatal error has been detected Cycle power restart the communications blink 2 The island bus is not running Check network connections replace NIM blink 3 The output channels on this module are operational while the rest of the island modules are in their fallback states This condition could occur if the module is used in a reflex action flicker the LED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 the LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes blink 2 the LED blinks on for 200 ms off for 200 ms on again for 200 ms then off for 1 s This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes bli
3. oe FE ihe b 202 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1400 Functional Description Functional Characteristics Offset and Maximum Count The STB AVI 1400 module is an eight channel module that handles analog inputs from eight field sensors operating in the range of 1 to 5 VDC 0 to 5 VDC 0 to 10 VDC 5 VDC or 10 VDC range The following operating parameters are user configurable offset maximum count averaging range channel operation enable disable Using the RTP feature in your NIM you can access the value of the following parameters e offset e maximum count e averaging Refer to the Advanced Configuration chapter in your NIM manual for general information on RTP Note Standard NIMs with firmware version 2 0 or higher support RTP RTP is not available in Basic NIMs You may apply an offset value to the low end of the operating current range and a maximum count to the high end of the operating current range This feature allows you to calibrate the analog input channels to match your equipment Offset is configured as a signed integer It may be a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 767 to 767 0xFDO1 to Ox2FF representing a voltage offset of e 0 24 VDC when the range is 0 to 10 VDC or 10 VDC e 0 12 VDC when the range is 0 to 5 VDC or 5 VDC e 0 1 VDC when the ran
4. TC Specifications temperature unit default degrees C user configurable degrees C or degrees F data resolution increments of 0 1 degree C or F broken wire detection monitored independently on each channel TC sensor types user configurable type J 210 1200 degrees C 346 2192 degrees F type K 270 1370 degrees C 454 2498 degrees F type E 270 1000 degrees C 454 1832 degrees F 31007715 6 2008 171 Analog Input Modules type T 270 400 degrees C 454 752 degrees F type S 50 1768 degrees C 58 3214 4 degrees F type R 50 1768 degrees C 58 3214 4 degrees F type B 130 1820 degrees C 266 3200 degrees F maximum error with internal cold type J 5 1 degrees 25 degrees C TC error not JUNO i 9 18 degrees 77 degrees F melee compensation type K 4 degrees 25 degrees C 7 2 degrees 77 degrees F type E 4 6 degrees 25 degrees C 8 28 degrees 77 degrees F type T 4 4 degrees 25 degrees C 7 92 degrees 77 degrees F type S 4 1 degrees 25 degrees C 7 38 degrees 77 degrees F type R 3 6 degrees 25 degrees C 6 48 degrees 77 degrees F type B 4 6 degrees 25 degrees C 8 28 degrees 77 degrees F with external cold all types 1 75 degrees 25 degrees C junction compensation RTD errors not included 3 15 degrees 7
5. not used L GS see 1 always set to 0 _ PDM see 2 L OVW see 3 L OVE see 4 L VW see 5 UVE see 6 1 Bit 0 represents global status GS It has a value of 0 when no errors are detected It has a value of 1 when bit 1 has a value of 1 2 Bit 1 represents the status of PDM voltage on the island s actuator bus It has a value of 1 when the PDM is powered A PDM error turns on the GS bit bit 0 3 Bit 2 represents the presence or absence of an OVW An OVW does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 4 Bit 3 represents the presence or absence of an OVE An OVE does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 5 Bit 4 represents the presence or absence of a UVW An UVW does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 6 Bit 5 represents the presence or absence of a UVE An UVE does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 Note The detection of error conditions on the PDM output power connection may be delayed by as much as 15 ms from the event depending on the sensor bus load the system configuration and the nature of the fault Field power faults that are local to the output module are reported immediately 364 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 0200 Specifications Table of Technical tei sa ipti Specifications deseription two isolated voltage output channels analog voltage range 1 to 5 VDC O to 5 VDC 0 to 10 VDC 5 VDC
6. Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 current in 1 current in 3 2 current in 1 current in 3 3 no connection no connection 4 no connection no connection 5 current in 2 current in 4 6 current in 2 current in 4 134 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Sample The following field wiring example shows how two isolated analog sensors can be Wiring Diagrams wired to the STB ACI 8320 module An external power supply is required to power the sensors igs i input from sensor 1 top return to sensor 1 top input from sensor 4 bottom return to sensor 4 bottom oun 31007715 6 2008 135 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 8320 Functional Description Functional The STB ACI 8320 module is a four channel module that handles analog input data Characteristics from four field sensors operating in a 4 to 20 mA default or 0 to 20 mA current range The following operating parameters are user configurable analog input range analog input data format offset maximum count averaging channel operation enable disable Using the RTP feature in your NIM you can access the value of the following parameters e offset e maximum count e averaging Refer to the Advanced Configuration chapter in your NIM manual for general information on RTP Note Standard NIMs with firmware version 2 0 or higher
7. 31007715 6 2008 143 Analog Input Modules Type of Error 4 to 20 mA Range default 0 to 20 mA Range or Warning Current Signed Unsigned Current Signed Unsigned Count Count Count Count OCE over current error OCW over current warning UCE under current error UCW under current warning BWE broken wire error Note Errors and warnings are based on count values not current values The current values in the table below are ideal values In the 4 to 20 mA operating range linear current representations can be interpreted using the formula where V is the numerical count and laj is the analog input current Vn lai 4 MA x 2 000 for the signed input data format Vn lai 4 MA x 4 000 for the unsigned input data format Here is an example in signed input data format A lai 20 38 mA a OCE 20m SS SS A ow Vn i fi l 767 0 16 000 32 000 32 767 144 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules In the 0 to 20 mA operating range linear current representations can be interpreted using the formula where V is the numerical count and lai is the analog input current Vn lai X 1 600 14 in mA for the signed input data format Vn lai X 3 200 la in mA for the unsigned input data format Here is an example in signed input data format A lai 20 48 mA See ee oe p OCE
8. Dimensions width module on a base 13 9 mm 0 58 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 128 3 mm 5 05 in depth module only 64 1 mm 2 52 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors 248 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 1250 LED Indicator Purpose The two LEDs on the STB AVO 1250 provide visual indications of the module s operating status Their location and meanings are described below Location The LEDs are located on the top of the front bezel of the module directly below the model number 31007715 6 2008 249 Analog Output Modules Indications The following table defines the meaning of the two LEDs where an empty cell indicates that the pattern on the associated LED doesn t matter RDY ERR Meaning What to Do off off The module is either not receiving Check power logic power or has failed flicker off Auto addressing is in progress on off The module has achieved all of the following e it has power e it has passed its confidence tests e itis operational on on The watchdog has timed out Cycle power restart the communications blink 1 The module is either in pre operational mode or in its fallback state flicker Field power absent ora PDM short Check power circuit detected blink 1 A nonfatal error has been detected Cycle power restart the comm
9. Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 24 VDC from field power bus for field 24 VDC from field power bus for field device accessories device accessories 2 input from sensor 1 input from sensor 2 3 no connection no connection 4 analog input return analog input return 5 no connection no connection 104 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 6 field power return to the module field power return to the module The analog returns pin 4 for each channel are internally connected therefore there is no channel to channel isolation Sample The following field wiring example shows how two isolated single ended analog Wiring Diagrams sensors can be wired to the STB ACI 1225 module An external power supply is required to power the sensors IH FE 2 inputs from sensor 1 top and sensor 2 bottom 4 returns from input 1 top and input 2 bottom 31007715 6 2008 105 Analog Input Modules If you want to use 24 VDC from the island s field power bus for the single ended analog field devices this power can be delivered through the input module To do this use pins 1 and 6 as follows 999999 FE 2 mO mO 2 BO M 4 no FE 24 VDC for sensor 1 top and for sensor 2 bottom inputs from sensor 1 top and sensor 2
10. Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 5 1 5 mm 24 16 AWG Shielded twisted pair cable is recommended The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to functional earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection 31007715 6 2008 73 Analog Input Modules Field Wiring Pinout Sample Wiring Diagrams The top connector supports analog sensor 1 and the bottom connector supports analog sensor 2 Four field wires may be used on each connector on pins 1 3 4 and 6 The connections on pin 1 and pin 6 are optional and using them defeats the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s sensor bus No connections are made on pins 2 and 5 of either connector Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 24 VDC from field power bus for field 24 VDC from field power bus for field device accessories device accessories 2 no connection no connection 3 input from sensor 1 input from sensor 2 4 analog input return analog input return 5 no connection no connection 6 field power return to the module field power return to the module The analog returns pin 4 for each channel are internally connected therefore there is no channel to channel isolation The following field wiring example shows how two analog single ended
11. 266 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 1255 LED Indicator Purpose The LED on the STB AVO 1255 provides a visual indication of the module s operating status Location The LED is located on the top of the front bezel of the module directly below the model number Indications RDY Meaning What to Do off The module is either not receiving logic power or has failed Check power flicker Auto addressing is in progress on The module has achieved all of the following e it has power e it has passed its confidence tests e itis operational blink 1 The module is either in pre operational mode or in its fallback state flicker the LED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 the LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes 31007715 6 2008 267 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 1255 Field Wiring Summary Connector Types Field Actuators Field Wire Requirements Field Wiring Pinout The STB AVO 1255 module uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Analog actuator 1 is wired to the top connector and the analog actuator 2 is wired to the bottom connector Use a set of either e two STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 e two STB XTS 2100 spring clamp fie
12. 31007715 6 2008 109 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 1225 Specifications Table of Technical Specifications description two single ended analog current input channels analog current range 4 20mA resolution 10 bits returned data format IEC module width 13 9 mm 0 58 in I O base STB XBA 1000 see p 391 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC logic bus current consumption 30 mA nominal field power bus current consumption 225 mA with no load hot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported no input response time nominal 5 0 ms both channels isolation field to bus 1500 VDC for 1 min analog module to sensor bus 500 VAC rms when sensor bus is not used for field power input filter single low pass filter at a nominal 20 Hz integral linearity 0 2 of full scale differential linearity monotonic absolute accuracy typically 0 75 of full scale 25 C temperature drift typically 0 01 of full scale C operating temperature range 0 to 60 C storage temperature 40 to 85 C over range margin 2 4 input impedance lt 300 2 maximum input current 25 mA 50 VDC without damage addressing requirement two words one data word channel sensor bus power for accessories 100 mA module over current protection for accessory power yes field power
13. Save the new configuration parameters When the configuration is downloaded to the physical island the new offset and maximum count parameters will be applied to the analog input channel Averaging You may apply a filter that will smooth the values of the analog inputs reported by the STB AVI 1270 The Advantys configuration software allows you to average over a specified number of samples By default the number of samples averaged is one no averaging you may a average over up to eight samples To configure an averaging sample Step Action Result 1 Double click on the STB AVI 1270 module you want to configure in the island editor The selected STB AVI 1270 module opens in the software module editor In the Value column of the Averaging row enter a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 1 to 8 When you select the Averaging value the max min values of the range appear at the bottom of the module editor screen Averaging is applied at the module level not on a per channel basis This parameter is represented as an unsigned 8 bit number To access this parameter using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 2 Index low byte 0x02 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 0 Data Byte 1 1to8 31007715 6 2008 63 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1270 Data and Status for the Process Image Representin
14. locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED array light green identification stripe indicating an analog input module sensors 1 2 3 and 4 connect to the top field wiring connector sensors 5 6 7 and 8 connect to the bottom field wiring connector oahwhnd 196 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Ordering The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB AVI 1400 K which includes Information e one STB AVI 1400 analog input module e one size 2 STB XBA 2000 see p 395 I O base e two alternative sets of connectors e two 6 terminal screw type connectors e two 6 terminal spring clamp connectors Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows e a standalone STB AVI 1400 analog input module e astandalone STB XBA 2000 size 2 base e a bag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional optional accessories are also available e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB XMP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installat
15. 24 VDC for sensor 1 top and for sensor 2 bottom inputs from sensor 1 top and sensor 2 bottom returns from input 1 top and input 2 bottom field power return from sensor 1 top and sensor 2 bottom oOnRD Remember that using pins 1 and 6 will defeat the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s sensor bus 118 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 1230 Functional Description Functional Characteristics Offset and Maximum Count The STB ACI 1230 module is a two channel module that handles analog input data from two field sensors operating in a 0 to 20 mA current range The following operating parameters are user configurable e offset and maximum count on each analog input channel e a sampling of analog input values used to average the signal Using the RTP feature in your NIM you can access the value of the following parameters e Offset e Maximum Count e Averaging Refer to the Advanced Configuration chapter in your NIM manual for general information on RTP Note Standard NIMs with firmware version 2 0 or higher support RTP RTP is not available in Basic NIMs You may apply an offset value to the low end of the operating current range and a maximum count to the high end of the current range This feature allows you to calibrate the analog input channels to match your equipment Offset is configured as a signed integer
16. locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED array dark green identification stripe indicating an analog output module actuator 1 connects to the top field wiring connector actuator 2 connects to the bottom field wiring connector oahWnhd 31007715 6 2008 247 Analog Output Modules Ordering The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB AVO 1250 K which includes Information e one STB AVO 1250 analog input module e one size 1 STB XBA 1000 see p 391 I O base e two alternative sets of connectors e two 6 terminal screw type connectors e two 6 terminal spring clamp connectors Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows e astandalone STB AVO 1250 analog input module e astandalone STB XBA 1000 size 1 base e a bag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional optional accessories are also available e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB XMP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171
17. 10 VDC default resolution 15 bit sign returned data format IEC module width 18 4 mm 0 72 in I O base STB XBA 2000 see p 395 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC logic bus current consumption 265 mA nominal field power bus current consumption 150 mA minimum load impedance gt 1000 Q hot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported 1 yes profile ID 0x48 settling time 8 ms to 0 1 of the final value output response time nominal 4 ms plus settling time both channels short circuit protection on the outputs yes fault detection none isolation field to bus 1500 VDC for 1 min analog module to 500 VDC actuator bus channel to channel 200 VDC integral linearity 0 05 of full scale typical differential linearity monotonic absolute accuracy typically 0 3 of full scale 25 C and 0 4 maximum of full scale temperature drift typically 0 01 of full scale C operating temperature range 0 to 60 C storage temperature 40 to 85 C 31007715 6 2008 365 Analog Output Modules fallback mode predefined default fallback states user defined data value default 0 hold last value addressing requirement four words two output words for data two input words for status field power requireme
18. 206 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Operating Range 0 to 10 VDC In the operating range of 0 to 10 VDC if you use the Advantys configuration software to calibrate an offset of 64 at 0 VDC and a max count of 31 744 at 10 VDC the system could be represented as follows Vai 10 24 V 10V SW POLLS S XO 5V VAs N yt JL 7 ove 64 31 744 32 000 32 767 Offset and RTP The offset parameter is represented as a signed 16 bit number To access it using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 2 Index low byte 0x00 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 3 for channel 3 4 for channel 4 5 for channel 5 6 for channel 6 7 for channel 7 8 for channel 8 Data Bytes 2 high byte amp 1 low byte 767 to 76 7 OxFDO1 to 0x2FF 31007715 6 2008 207 Analog Input Modules Maximum Count and RTP The maximum count parameter is represented as a signed 16 bit number To access it using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 2 Index low byte 0x01 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 3 for channel 3 4 for channel 4 5 for channel 5 6 for channel 6 7 for channel 7 8 for channel 8 Data Bytes 2 high byte amp 1 low byte 31 233 to 32 767 Ox7A01 to Ox7FF
19. flicker The LED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 The LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes blink 2 The LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms on again for 200 ms then off for 1 s This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes 292 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 0220 Field Wiring Summary Connector Types Field Actuators Field Wire Requirements Field Wiring Pinout The STB ACO 0220 module uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Analog actuator 1 is wired to the top connector and the analog actuator 2 is wired to the bottom connector Use a set of either e two STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 e two STB XTS 2100 spring clamp field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 These field wiring connectors each have six connection terminals with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin The STB ACO 0220 module provides analog output data to two 4 to 20 mA analog field actuators Data on each channel has a resolution of 15 bit sign Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 5 1 5 mm 24 16 AWG Shielded twisted pair wire is required to meet CE See the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 17
20. on The module has achieved all of the following e it has power e it has passed its confidence tests e itis operational blink 1 The module is either in pre operational mode or in its fallback state flicker the LED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 the LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes 31007715 6 2008 279 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 1265 Field Wiring Summary Connector Types Field Actuators Field Wire Requirements Field Wiring Pinout The STB AVO 1265 module uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Analog actuator 1 is wired to the top connector and the analog actuator 2 is wired to the bottom connector Use a set of either e two STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 e two STB XTS 2100 spring clamp field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 These field wiring connectors each have six connection terminals with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin The STB AVO 1265 module handles analog output data from two 10 V single ended analog field actuators Data on each channel has a resolution of 9 bits plus sign The module allows you to connect to two three and four wire devices If you want to maintain the module s built in isolation between the analog portion of the
21. 12 mA 4mA 3 5 mA UCE Vv n p 1 000 16 000 32 000 32 767 Values greater than 32 000 produce over range indications 300 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules Output Status Registers The I O status process image is a reserved block of 4 096 16 bit registers in the range 45 392 through 49 487 that represent the status of all the I O modules along with the data for the input modules on the island bus The STB ACO 0220 is represented by two contiguous registers The first shows the status for channel 1 and the second shows the status for channel 2 The six LSBs in each register represent the status of each output channel STB ACO 0220 Status Register Format 15 14 13 12 14 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 not used ef L_GS see 1 always 0 L not used always 0 OCW see 2 L OCE see 3 __ UCW see 4 L UCE see 5 HWE see 6 1 Bit 0 represents global status GS It has a value of 0 when no errors have been detected It has a value of 1 when bit 6 has a value of 1 2 Bit 2 represents the presence or absence of an over current warning OCW It has a value of 0 when a signed data value is less than or equal to 32 000 or an unsigned data value less than or equal to 64 000 it has a value of 1 whena signed data value is greater than 32 000 or an unsigned data value is greater than 64 000 An OCW does not turn on the G
22. 20 000 e cece eee ee eee 268 STB AVO 1255 Functional Description 0 000 cece eee 271 STB AVO 1255 Data for the Process Image 2 cece eee eee 272 STB AVO 1255 Specifications 0 0 00 ect 274 3 3 STB AVO 1265 Analog Voltage Output Module two channel 10 to 10 V 9 bit sign 2 0 eee eee 276 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 STB AVO 1265 Physical Description 0000 c cece eee eee 277 STB AVO 1265 LED Indicator 0 0 c cee 279 STB AVO 1265 Field Wiring 200 00 cece eee eee eee 280 STB AVO 1265 Functional Description 00 00 c eee ee 283 STB AVO 1265 Data for the Process Image 0 cece eee eee 284 STB AVO 1265 Specifications 2 0 0 c ete 286 STB ACO 0220 Analog Current Output Module two channel 15 bit sign 4 20 MA 0 0 eee ee 288 STB ACO 0220 Physical Description 000 c eee eee ee ae 289 STB ACO 0220 LED Indicator 0 0 0 cece 291 STB ACO 0220 Field Wiring 00 00 cece 293 STB ACO 0220 Functional Description 0 00 eee eee eee 296 STB ACO 0220 Data in the Process Image 0 cece eee eee eee 299 STB ACO 0220 Specifications 0 cette ae 302 STB ACO 1210 Analog Current Output Module two channel 12 bit O 20 MA 0 0000 eee eee 304 STB ACO 1210 Physical Description 00 0000 eee eee 305 STB ACO 1210 LED Indicators 0 0 0 c cece
23. 31007715 6 2008 163 Analog Input Modules Cold junction Compensation Device Operating Range external Pt1000 RTD US JIS degrees C 100 450 degrees F 148 842 external Ni100 RTD degrees C 60 180 degrees F 76 356 external Ni1000 RTD degrees C 60 180 degrees F 76 356 external Cu10 RTD degrees C 100 260 degrees F 148 500 Note If you are using external cold junction compensation you need to connect the RTD sensor to the top field wiring connector see p 155 on the STB ART 0200 You must connect the wires to pins 2 and 5 on the connector Use only a two wire RTD Because cold junction compensation is configured at the module level the RTD will provide compensation for TC sensors that are connected on either the top or bottom connector or both When external cold junction compensation is applied to the module you may configure channel 1 to support a TC or mV sensor but you should not configure it to support an RTD that senses process values Note With internal cold junction compensation it takes approximately 45 min after power up for the module s internal temperature to stabilize With the use of internal cold junction compensation air movement inside the module should not exceed 0 1 m s Temperature variations outside the module should not exceed 10 degrees C hour The module must be po
24. nominal sensor bus current consumption 30 mA with no load hot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported no input response time nominal 5 0 ms both channels isolation field to bus 1500 VDC for 1 min analog module to sensor bus 500 VAC rms when sensor bus is not used for field power input filter single low pass filter at a nominal 25 Hz integral linearity 0 2 of full scale typical differential linearity monotonic absolute accuracy 0 75 of full scale 25 C temperature drift typically 0 01 of full scale C operating temperature range 0 to 60 C storage temperature 40 to 85 C input impedance 400 kQ DC source impedance 1 KQ max maximum input voltage 50 VDC without damage addressing requirement two words one data word channel sensor bus power for accessories 100 mA module over current protection for accessory power yes field power requirements from a 24 VDC PDM power protection time lag fuse on the PDM agency certifications refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules ATEX applications prohibit hot swapping refer toAdvantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 31007715 6 2008 79 Analog Input Modules 2 4 STB ACI 0320 Analog Curr
25. 328 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules Output Each STB ACO 1225 output data register represents the output data in the IEC data Data Registers format The data has 10 bit resolution EAA ACO 1225 Data Register Format 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 aways 0 Ltt Ignored PA 25 2 26 27 211 28 510 59 The value of each data word is represented in bits 14 through 5 The bits represent current data as integer values in the range 0 to 32 736 in increments of 32 A value 32 000 results in a 20 mA output and a value of O results in a 4 mA output Linear current representations can be interpreted using the formula 2000 x I 8000 where Cn is the numerical count and lao is the analog output current Al ao 20 37 mA gt 20 mA 15 mA 736 Values greater than 32 000 do not produce over range indications 31007715 6 2008 329 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 1225 Specifications Table of Technical A e n F description two single ended nonisolated analog Specifications current output channels analog current range 4 20 mA resolution 10 bits returned data format IEC module width 13 9 mm 0 58 in I O base STB XBA 1000 see p 391 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC logic bus current consumption 40 mA nominal field power bus current consumption 90 mA with no loa
26. Cold junction Compensation Register The following example illustrates the key points reported to the status register temperature for an IEC Platinum Pt1000 RTD sensor The temperature input data is shown in degrees C along the y axis and in decimal format along the x axis A Temperature in C 850 CcL ORE 829 6 C_ ORW L p Decimal display 8500 195 2 C URE f 4 200 C Cold junction compensation provides improved temperature measurement in TC mode The STB ART 0200 sends the cold junction compensation temperature value to the NIM and the fieldbus as the fifth register in the STB ART 0200 process image block The data has15 bit sign resolution The register represents temperature data as degree C x 10 or degrees F x 10 For example if the compensation temperature is 74 9 degrees C the register representing that channel reads 748 in decimal or 0x1F2 in hexadecimal You can configure degrees C or degrees F in the module editor see p 160 Cold junction compensation can be effected by either internal or external compensation see p 163 The module has two internal sensors that can be used for internal cold junction compensation The two sensors calculate the compensation for each channel and the module reports the average of the two sensed temperatures as compensation data to the process image External cold junction
27. Input Sensor Type ORE ORW Normal Range URW URE J degrees C gt 760 gt 741 8 200 760 lt 195 2 lt 200 degrees F gt 1400 gt 1366 4 328 1400 lt 320 1 lt 328 R degrees C gt 1665 gt 1625 50 1665 lt 48 8 lt 50 degrees F gt 3029 gt 3029 58 3029 lt 56 6 lt 58 S degrees C gt 1665 gt 1625 50 1665 lt 48 8 lt 50 degrees F gt 3029 gt 3029 58 3029 lt 56 6 lt 58 e ORE is over range error e ORW is over range warning e URW is under range warning e URE is under range error 162 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Wiring Type for RTD Sensors Cold Junction Compensation for TC Sensors If a channel is configured to support an RTD sensor you can specify the number of wires for the device two three or four This parameter is required for RTD sensors it is ignored if the channel is not supporting an RTD sensor By default the parameter is set for three wire devices on both channels To change the parameter type for the other channel Step Action Result 1 Double click on the STB ART 0200 module The selected STB ART 0200 module you want to configure in the island editor opens in the software module editor 2 Click on the sign in front of the Wiring type Channel 1 and Channel 2 are if RTD parameter displayed 3 In the Value column select the desired wiring The menu gi
28. The second module on the primary segment is a PDM PDMs are available in different models to support e 24 VDC field power to the I O modules in a segment e 115 VAC or 230 VAC field power to the I O modules in a segment The number of different I O voltage groups that are installed on the segment determine the number of PDMs that need to be installed If your segment contains I O from all three voltage groups you will need to install at least three separate PDMs in the segment Different PDM models are available with scalable performance characteristics A standard PDM for example delivers actuator power to the output modules and sensor power to the input modules in a segment over two separate power lines on the island bus A basic PDM on the other hand delivers actuator power and field power over a single power line There are six types of bases that can be used in a segment Specific bases must be used with specific module types and it is important that you always install the correct bases in the appropriate locations in each segment Base Model Base Width Advantys STB Modules It Supports STB XBA 1000 13 9 mm 0 54 in the size 1 base that supports 13 9 mm wide I O modules 24 VDC digital I O and analog I O STB XBA 2000 18 4 mm 0 72 in the size 2 base that supports 18 4 mm I O modules and the STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module 31007715 6 2008 21 Theory of Operation 1 0
29. module width 18 4 mm 0 72 in I O base STB XBA 2000 see p 395 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC logic bus current consumption 95 mA nominal sensor bus current consumption 150 mA hot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported for 2 inputs only channels 1 amp 2 profile ID 55 hex input response time nominal 80 ms for all channels maximum 110 ms for all channels isolation field to bus 1500 VDC for 1 min channel to channel 200 VDC analog module 500 VDC sensor bus input filter digital filter of 30 Hz 3 dB integral linearity 0 05 of full scale differential linearity monotonic absolute accuracy typically 0 3 of full scale 25 C and 0 4 maximum of full scale temperature drift typically 0 005 of full scale C k operating temperature range 0 to 60 C storage temperature 40 to 85 C over range margin 2 4 under range margin 4 to 20 mA range only 2 4 input impedance lt 300 Q 31007715 6 2008 147 Analog Input Modules maximum input current 25 mA addressing requirement 8 words total e 4 words for data e 4 words for status common mode rejection gt 80 dB 60 Hz common mode voltage lt 100 VDC or 100 VAC peak cross talk between channels 80 dB field power requirements from a 24 VDC
30. 20 MA resolution default 15 bit sign user configurable 16 bit unsigned returned data format IEC module width 18 4 mm 0 72 in I O base STB XBA 2000 see p 395 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC logic bus current consumption 210 mA nominal field power bus current consumption 150 mA when using both loop supplies maximum output current 20 38 mA channel hot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported yes profile ID 49 hex settling time 8 ms to 0 1 of the final value output response time nominal 4 ms plus settling time both channels short circuit protection on the outputs yes fault detection none isolation field to bus 1500 VDC for 1 min analog module to actuator 500 VDC bus channel to channel 200 VDC loop supply to actuator bus 500 VDC integral linearity 0 05 of full scale typical differential linearity monotonic absolute accuracy typically 0 3 of full scale 25 C and 0 4 maximum of full scale temperature drift typically 0 01 of full scale C kkk operating temperature range 0 to 60 C storage temperature 40 to 85 C external loop supply see p 295 19 2 30 VDC 302 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules internal loop supply 24 VDC 20 25mA max per channel over current protecti
31. Note When the global status bit GS is on the channel data value may not be valid Note The detection of error conditions on the PDM input power connection may be delayed by as much as 15 ms from the event depending on the sensor bus load the system configuration and the nature of the fault Field power faults that are local to the input module are reported immediately 218 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1400 Specifications Table of Technical Specifications description eight single ended analog voltage input channels analog voltage range 1 to 5 VDC 0 to 5 VDC 0 to 10 VDC 5 VDC 10 VDC default resolution 15 bits sign returned data format IEC module width 18 4 mm 0 72 in I O base STB XBA 2000 see p 395 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC logic bus current consumption 90 mA nominal sensor bus current consumption 150 mA hot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported no profile ID 0x46 input response time nominal 16 ms for all channels maximum 22 ms for all channels input filter low pass filter with 3 dB cutoff at 985 Hz integral linearity 0 08 of full scale differential linearity monotonic absolute accuracy typically 0 4 of full scale 25 C and 0 45 maximum of full scale temperature dri
32. Range Channel Operation Enable Disable This parameter is represented as an unsigned 16 bit number To access this parameter using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 1 Index low byte 0x02 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 3 for channel 3 4 for channel 4 5 for channel 5 6 for channel 6 7 for channel 7 8 for channel 8 Data Byte 1 1 to 80 0x50 You may configure the operating range of the STB AVI 1400 on a per channel basis e 1t05 VDC 0 to 5 VDC 0 to 10 VDC 5 VDC 10 VDC The STB AVI 1400 has an input channel enable disable on a per channel basis You can disable the unused inputs By default all inputs are enabled upon auto configuration The status byte and channel data return all zeros when the channel is disabled and the fault indicator does not blink e channel enable default e channel disable Note The module detects PDM error and flashes the ERR LED even if all eight channels are disabled 210 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1400 Data and Status for the Process Image Representing The STB AVI 1400 sends a representation of the operating states of its input the Analog channels to the NIM The NIM stores this information in sixteen registers eight data Input Data registers one for each channel and eight status registers
33. blink 1 The module is in pre operational mode flicker the LED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 the LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes 72 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1275 Field Wiring Summary Connectors Field Sensors Field Wire Requirements The STB AVI 1275 module uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Analog sensor 1 is wired to the top connector and analog sensor 2 is wired to the bottom connector Use a set of either e two STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 e two STB XTS 2100 spring clamp field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 These field wiring connectors each have six connection terminals with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin The STB AVI 1275 module handles analog input data from two 10 V single ended analog field sensors Data on each channel has a resolution of 9 bits plus the sign bit The module supports two three and four wire devices that draw current up to 100 mA module If you want to maintain the module s built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s sensor bus you can make only two wire connections Note An open circuit in the input cabling causes a voltage with an indeterminate value to be reported
34. field power requirements from a 24 VDC PDM power protection time lag fuse on the PDM agency certifications refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules ATEX applications prohibit hot swapping refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 50 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules 2 2 STB AVI 1270 Analog Voltage Input Module two channel isolated 10 V 11 bit sign At a Glance Overview This section provides you with a detailed description of the STB AVI 1270 analog input module its functions physical design technical specifications field wiring requirements and configuration options What s This section contains the following topics in this Section Topic Page STB AVI 1270 Physical Description 52 STB AVI 1270 LED Indicator 54 STB AVI 1270 Field Wiring 56 STB AVI 1270 Functional Description 59 STB AVI 1270 Data and Status for the Process Image 64 STB AVI 1270 Specifications 67 31007715 6 2008 51 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1270 Physical Description Physical Characteristics Front Panel View The STB AVI 1270 is a standard Advantys STB two channel analog input module that reads inputs from analog sensors that operate over the range 10 to 10 V The analog portion of the module is isolated from the i
35. hot swapping supported no nominal logic power current 0 mA consumption I O power bus voltage range 19 2 30 VDC reverse polarity protection on the outputs only module current field 4 A max overcurrent protection for sensor and actuator power user replaceable 5 A time lag fuse one fuse ships with the PDM replacements are available in an STB XMP 5600 fuse kit bus current 0 mA voltage surge protection yes PE current 30 A for 2 min storage temperature 40 to 85 C operating temperature 0 to 60 C agency certifications refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 388 31007715 6 2008 STB Module Bases At a Glance Overview What s in this Chapter The physical communications bus that supports the island is constructed by interconnecting a series of base units and snapping them on a DIN rail Different Advantys modules require different types of bases and it is important that you install bases in the proper sequence as you construct the island bus This chapter provides you with a description of each base type This chapter contains the following topics Topic Page Advantys Bases 390 STB XBA 1000 I O Base 391 STB XBA 2000 I O Base 395 STB XBA 2200 PDM Base 399 The Protective Earth Connection 403 31007715 6 2008 389 Bases Advantys Bases Summary B
36. 10 VDC e 0 12 VDC when the range is 0 to 5 VDC or 5 VDC e 0 1 VDC when the range is 1 to 5 VDC By default the maximum count on both channels is 32 000 0x7D00 Offset and maximum count may be applied on each channel independently 228 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules These parameters are provided only for sensor compensation not for scaling The module is able to measure over the physical range of 1 to 5 VDC 0 to 5 VDC 0 to 10 VDC 5 VDC and 10 VDC An offset adjustment is performed on the low end of the range and a max count adjustment is performed on the high end of the range An ideal linear representation of analog input voltage one with default offset and maximum count is given by the following formula Ch Vai 1 V 8000 where C is the numerical count and V j is the analog input voltage Operating Range 10 VDC For example in the 10 VDC operating range if you use the Advantys configuration software to calibrate an offset of 64 at O VDC and a max count of 32 576 at 10 VDC the system could be represented as follows A Vai VS Here are some voltage representations after calibration with offset and max count Vai Uncalibrated Calibrated 10 VDC 32 448 32 000 0 VDC 64 0 10 VDC 32 576 32 000 For the STB AVI 0300 module the calibration of the negative value is determined by extending the linear equation determined by the offset at
37. 32 000 and b 0 60 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules For example if you use the Advantys configuration software to calibrate an offset of 64 at 0 V and a max count Of 31 872 at 10 V the system could be represented as follows Here are some voltage representations after calibration with offset and max count Vai Uncalibrated Calibrated OV 64 0 2 5V 8016 8000 5V 15 968 16 000 7 5 V 23 920 24 000 10 V 31 872 32 000 31007715 6 2008 61 Analog Input Modules Offset and RTP The offset parameter is represented as a signed 16 bit number To access it using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 2 Index low byte 0x00 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 8191 to 8191 Data Bytes 2 high byte amp 1 low byte Maximum Count and RTP The maximum count parameter is represented as a signed 16 bit number To access it using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 2 Index low byte 0x01 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 23800 to 32767 Data Bytes 2 high byte amp 1 low byte Determining To calibrate offset and maximum count for an analog channel Orset and Step Action Result Maximum Count Values 1 Connect the Advantys configuratio
38. 5th register channel 3 data 16 bits 6th register channel 3 status 8 bits 7th register channel 4 data 16 bits e 8th register channel 4 status 8 bits The specific registers used are based on the module s logical address on the island bus Note When this module is used with the STB NCO 2212 or STB NCO 1010 CANopen NIMs you must set the analog global interrupt enable object index 6423 subindex 0 to a value of 1 For more information on analog global interrupt enable see the Advantys STB Standard CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 176 or the Advantys STB Basic CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 193 31007715 6 2008 235 Analog Input Modules Data Word Structure The first third fifth and seventh registers in the module s input process image are the data words Each register represents the input current of a channel in the IEC data format The data has 15 bit sign resolution The bit structure in each data register is as follows STB AVI 0300 Data Register Format 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 65 4 3 2 1 0 E20 sign Ez 212 L95 211 L98 210 L27 29 2 All 16 bits in each data word are significant They allow you to represent analog input voltages with all the integer values ranging from 32 768 to 32 767 For the 1 to 5 VDC 0 to 5 VDC a
39. A CAUTION CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in injury or equipment damage Electrical equipment should be installed operated serviced and maintained only by qualified personnel No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any consequences arising out of the use of this material 2008 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved 31007715 6 2008 Safety Information 10 31007715 6 2008 About the Book q z At a Glance Document Scope Validity Note Related Documents This document describes the physical and functional characteristics of the Advantys STB analog I O modules power distribution modules and analog module accessories The data and illustrations found in this book are not binding We reserve the right to modify our products in line with our policy of continuous product development The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by Schneider Electric Title of Documentation Reference Number Advantys STB Digital I O Modules Reference Guide 31007720 E 31007721 F 31007722 G 31007723 S 31007724 I Advantys STB Counter Modules Reference Guide 31007725 E 31007726 31007727 31007728 31007729 Advantys STB Special Modules Reference Guide 31007730 31007731 31007732 G 31007733
40. Double click on the STB AVI 1400 module in the island editor The module editor for the selected STB AVI 1400 module will open Open the Properties sheet in the module editor In the Offset value field enter the data value that you read in step 4 In the Max Count value field enter the data value that you read in step 5 Save the new configuration parameters When the configuration is downloaded to the physical island the new offset and maximum count parameters will be applied to the analog input channel Averaging You may apply a filter that smooths the values of the analog inputs reported by the STB AVI 1400 The Advantys configuration software allows you to average over a specified number of samples By default the number samples averaged is one no averaging you may have a filtering average over up to 80 samples To configure an averaging sample Step Action Result 1 Double click the STB AVI 1400 module you want to configure in the island editor The selected STB AVI 1400 module opens in the software module editor In the Configured Value column of the Averaging row enter a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 1 to 80 0x50 When you select the Averaging value the max min values of the range appear at the bottom of the module editor screen Averaging is applied on a per channel basis 31007715 6 2008 209 Analog Input Modules
41. STB PDT 3100 DC power distribution module front panel view 369 LED indicators 372 STB PDT 3100 power distribution module power wiring 373 wiring diagram 374 STB PDT 3105 DC power distribution module front panel view 381 STB PDT 3105 power distribution module power wiring 384 wiring diagram 385 STB XBA 1000 I O base for 13 9 mm Advantys STB I O modules 391 STB XBA 2000 I O base for 18 4 mm Advantys STB I O modules 395 STB XBA 2200 PDM base for AC and DC power distribution 399 STB XMP 6700 label sheet 392 396 STB XMP 6700 marking label sheet 400 STB XMP 7810 safety keying pins for the PDM power connectors 373 384 STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connector on an STB ACO 1210 analog output module 309 on the STB ACI 0320 analog input module 85 on the STB ACI 1225 analog input module 104 on the STB ACI 1230 analog input module 116 on the STB ACI 1400 analog input module 179 on the STB ACI 8320 analog input module 134 on the STB ACO 0120 analog output module 337 on the STB ACO 0220 analog output module 293 on the STB ACO 1225 analog output module 324 on the STB ART 0200 analog input module 154 on the STB AVI 0300 analog input module 226 on the STB AVI 1255 analog input module 44 on the STB AVI 1270 analog input module 56 on the STB AVI 1275 analog input module 73 on the STB AVI 1400 analog input module 200 on the STB AVO 0200 analog output module 354 on the STB AVO 1250 an
42. cece 352 STB AVO 0200 Field Wiring 0 ec ect eeee 354 STB AVO 0200 Functional Description 00 00 e eee eee 356 Chapter 4 4 1 4 2 Chapter 5 Appendices Appendix A Glossary Index STB AVO 0200 Data and Status for the Process Image 359 STB AVO 0200 Specifications 0 0 0 0 eect eee 365 Advantys Power Distribution Modules 367 STB PDT 3100 24 VDC Power Distribution Module 0 368 STB PDT 3100 Physical Description 0 000 cece eee eee eee 369 STB PDT 3100 LED Indicators 2 0 0 0 ccc ccc eee 372 STB PDT 3100 Source Power Wiring 000 c eee eee eee 373 STB PDT 3100 Field Power Over current Protection 05 376 The Protective Earth Connection 0 0 0 0 ccc eee eee 378 STB PDT 3100 Specifications 0 0 cece 379 STB PDT 3105 24 VDC Basic Power Distribution Module 380 STB PDT 3105 Physical Description 000 0 cece eee eee 381 STB PDT 3105 Source Power Wiring o sssaaa saaan naaran 384 STB PDT 3105 Field Power Over current Protection 05 386 STB PDT 3105 Protective Earth Connection 0 0 00 eee eee 387 STB PDT 3105 Specifications 0 0 0 eects 388 STB Module BaseS c cece cence eee e eee 389 Advantys Bases lt 5 ctsrseasta Soe ee Sieh ea eh Bee a ae eed 390 STB XBA 1000 I O Base 1 0 ce ee eee enna 391
43. 0 72 in I O base STB XBA 2000 see p 395 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC logic bus current consumption 210 mA nominal field power bus current consumption 150 mA minimum output current 3 5 mA maximum output current 20 38 mA hot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported 1 yes profile ID 0x4B settling time 8 ms to 0 1 of the final value output response time nominal 4 ms plus settling time short circuit protection on the outputs yes fault detection yes isolation field to bus 1500 VDC for 1 min analog module to actuator 500 VDC bus loop supply to actuator 500 VDC bus integral linearity 0 05 of full scale typical differential linearity monotonic absolute accuracy typically 0 3 of full scale 25 C and 0 4 maximum of full scale temperature drift typically 0 01 of full scale C k operating temperature range 0 to 60 C storage temperature 40 to 85 C external loop supply see p 295 19 2 30 VDC 31007715 6 2008 347 Analog Output Modules internal loop supply 24 VDC 20 25mA max per channel over current protection for internal loop supply yes fallback mode predefined default fallback states user defined data value default 0 hold last value addressing requirement one output wo
44. 115V DAI DAI DAI DAO DAO DAO 24 V DDI DDO PDM PDM ALA A SZ R AIA le g A Each basic PDM contains on 5 A time lag fuse that protects the I O modules in the segment This fuse is user replaceable PE Grounding A captive screw terminal on the bottom of the PDM base makes contact with pin 12 see p 34 on each I O base establishing an island PE bus The screw terminal on the PDM base meets IEC 1131 requirements for field power protection The screw terminal should be wired to the PE point on your system NIM an DDI DDI DDI DDO DDO DDO Av AvO ACI ACO l Sensor Power gt C AJA A a Al Actuator Power Lo AJAGA A A gt os A a a aie a ai us To PE point on system 28 31007715 6 2008 Theory of Operation Sensor Power and Actuator Power Distribution on the Island Bus Summary 24 VDC Field Power Distribution The sensor bus and the actuator bus need to be powered separately from external sources Depending on your application you may want to use the same or different external power supplies to feed the sensor bus and the actuator bus The source power is fed to two two pin power connectors on a PDM e The top connector is for the sensor power bus e The bottom two pin connector is for the actuator power bus An external power supply delivers field power
45. 327 output voltages for the STB AVO 1250 analog output module 254 for the STB AVO 1255 analog output module 271 for the STB AVO 1265 analog output module 283 P parameterize 419 PDM base unit STB XBA 2200 399 PE bus contact on the I O bases 34 power distribution modules STB PDT 3100 standard 24 VDC 368 STB PDT 3105 basic 24 VDC 380 power supplies on the STB ACO 0120 analog output module 340 on the STB ACO 0220 analog output module 295 power wiring on the STB PDT 3100 power distribution module 373 on the STB PDT 3105 power distribution module 384 process image analog input and output module data 165 input data image 165 R range STB ACI 0320 analog input module 87 STB ACI 1400 analog input module 187 STB ACI 8320 analog input module 136 STB AVI 0300 analog input module 234 STB AVI 1400 analog input module 210 reflex 421 S SAP 422 sensor bus contacts on an STB XBA 1000 I O base 394 on an STB XBA 2000 I O base 398 on the I O bases 34 specifications electromagnetic susceptibility 37 emission 37 environmental 36 environmental systemwide 36 for the STB ART 0200 analog input module 169 STB ACI 0320 analog input module 98 STB ACI 1225 analog input module 110 STB ACI 1230 analog input module 127 STB ACI 8320 analog input module 147 STB ACO 0120 analog output module 347 STB ACO 0220 analog output module 302 STB ACO 1210 analog output module 318 330 STB AVI 1255 analog inp
46. Advantys STB Reflex Actions Reference Guide 890 USE 183 0x 12 31007715 6 2008 About the Book Product Related Warnings User Comments Schneider Electric assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this document If you have any suggestions for improvements or amendments or have found errors in this publication please notify us No part of this document may be reproduced in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying without express written permission of Schneider Electric All pertinent state regional and local safety regulations must be observed when installing and using this product For reasons of safety and to assure compliance with documented system data only the manufacturer should perform repairs to components When controllers are used for applications with technical safety requirements please follow the relevant instructions Failure to use Schneider Electric software or approved software with our hardware products may result in injury harm or improper operating results Failure to observe this product related warning can result in injury or equipment damage We welcome your comments about this document You can reach us by e mail at techpub schneider electric com 31007715 6 2008 13 About the Book 14 31007715 6 2008 The Advantys STB Architecture Theory of Operation At a Glance Overview What s
47. It may be a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 8191 to 8191 OxE001 to Ox1FFF representing a current offset in the range 5 12 to 5 12 mA By default the offset on both channels is 0 indicating no offset applied Maximum count is configured as a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 23 800 to 32 760 representing a current in the range 14 88 to 20 48 mA By default the maximum count on both channels is 32 000 indicating no gain applied Offset and maximum count may be applied on each channel independently These parameters are provided only for sensor compensation not for scaling The module is able to measure over the physical range of 0 to 20 mA An offset adjustment will move the interpretation of 0 and a max count adjustment will move the interpretation of only the high end of the range An ideal linear current representation one without offset or max count adjustments is interpreted using the formula Va 1600 x I n 31007715 6 2008 119 Analog Input Modules where V is the numerical count and lai is the analog input current Ala 20 475 mA 20 mA 15 mA Vn 0 pe 24 000 32 000 32 760 However in systems that require calibration the formula may actually be V axl b In a perfectly calibrated system a 32 000 and b 0 For example you use the Advantys configuration software to calibrate an offset of 64 at 0 mA and a max count Of 31 744 at 20 mA the system
48. OVE OVW UVW UVE 260 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules Output Status Registers The input data and I O status process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 45392 through 49487 that represent the status of all the I O modules along with the data for the input modules on the island bus The STB AVO 1250 is represented by two contiguous registers the first shows output status for channel 1 and the second shows output status for channel 2 The STB AVO 1250 can detect and report voltage overflow and voltage underflow conditions on each channel A voltage overflow occurs when the voltage of an output channel is set to 10 24 V represented by the value 32 752 in the channel s data word A voltage underflow can occur when the module is configured to operate at 10 V and when the voltage of an output channel is set to 10 24 V represented by the value 32 752 in the channel s data word The six LSBs in each register represent the status of each output channel STB AVO 1250 Status Register Format 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 always 0 L_GS see 1 PDM see 2 _ OVW see 3 L OVE see 4 _ UVW see 5 L UVE see 6 1 BitO represents global status GS It has a value of 0 when no errors have been detected It has a value of 1 whe
49. STB ACI 0320 analog input module 92 STB ACI 1400 analog input module 187 STB ACI 8320 analog input module 141 STB AVI 0300 analog input module 234 STB AVI 1400 analog input module 210 E electromagnetic susceptibility specifications 37 emission specifications 37 enable disable STB ACI 0320 analog input module 92 STB ACI 1400 analog input module 187 STB ACI 8320 analog input module 141 STB AVI 0300 analog input module 234 STB AVI 1400 analog input module 210 environmental system specifications 36 F fallback modes for the STB ACO 0120 analog output module 342 for the STB ACO 0220 analog output module 297 for the STB ACO 1210 analog output module 313 for the STB AVO 0200 analog output module 357 for the STB AVO 1250 analog output module 256 fallback states for the STB ACO 0120 analog output module 343 for the STB ACO 0220 analog output module 298 for the STB ACO 1210 analog output module 314 for the STB ACO 1225 analog output module 327 for the STB AVO 0200 analog output module 358 for the STB AVO 1250 analog output module 257 for the STB AVO 1255 analog output module 271 for the STB AVO 1265 analog output module 283 Field power distribution contacts on the I O bases 34 field wiring on the STB ACI 0320 analog input module 85 on the STB ACI 1225 analog input module 104 428 31007715 6 2008 Index on the STB ACI 1230 analog input module 116 on the STB ACI 1400 analog i
50. for an illustrated example of an island segment with an EMC kit making the analog I O modules CE compliant The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to functional earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection The top connector supports the analog actuator Pins 3 and 5 are not used Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 24 VDC loop supply no connection 2 output to actuator no connection 3 no connection no connection 4 output channel return no connection 5 no connection no connection 6 loop power return to the module no connection 31007715 6 2008 337 Analog Output Modules Sample The actuator may be powered either from a built in loop supply 24 VDC from the Wiring Diagrams __ island s actuator bus through the output module or from an external loop supply For ease of wiring and cost considerations we recommend that you use the built in loop supply When you use a built in loop supply the pin assignments differ depending on whether you wire the actuator as a sink or source load For a sink load use pins 1 and 2 on the module s top connector with a jumper across pins 4 and 6 sink 1 24 VDC loop supply 2 output to actuator 338 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules For a source load use pins 4 and 6 with a jumper across pins 1 and 2 source 4 outpu
51. sign returned data format IEC module width 13 9 mm 0 58 in I O base STB XBA 1000 see p 397 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC logic bus current consumption 30 mA nominal sensor bus current consumption 225 mA with no load hot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported as inputs only input response time nominal 5 0 ms both channels isolation field to bus 1500 VDC for 1 min analog module 500 VAC rms to sensor bus when sensor bus is not used for field power input filter single low pass filter at a nominal 25 Hz integral linearity 0 2 of full scale typical differential linearity monotonic absolute accuracy 0 5 of full scale 25 C temperature drift typically 0 01 of full scale C operating temperature range 0 to 60 C storage temperature 40 to 85 C input impedance 400 kQ DC source impedance 1 kQ max maximum input voltage 50 VDC without damage addressing requirement four words two channel offset calibration constant configurable in the range 8191 8191 representing 2 56 2 56 V maximum count configurable in the range 23 800 32 760 representing 7 44 10 24 V 31007715 6 2008 67 Analog Input Modules sensor bus power for accessories 100 mA channel 30 degrees C 50 mA channel 60 deg
52. 0 VDC and the max count at 10 VDC 31007715 6 2008 229 Analog Input Modules Operating Range 5 VDC In the 5 VDC operating range if you use the Advantys configuration software to calibrate an offset of 64 atO VDC and a max count of 32 576 at 5 VDC the system could be represented as follows A Vai V9 Here are some voltage representations after calibration with offset and max count Vai Uncalibrated Calibrated 5 VDC 32 448 32 000 0 VDC 64 0 5 VDC 32 576 32 000 5 VDC For the STB AVI 0300 module the calibration of the negative value is determined by extending the linear equation determined by the offset at 0 VDC and the max count at 230 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Operating Range 1 to 5 VDC If you use the Advantys configuration software to calibrate an offset of 64 at 1 VDC and a max count of 31 744 at 5 VDC the system could be represented as follows Av 5 10 V 5V 3V Operating Range 0 to 5V In the operating range of 0 to 5 VDC if you use the Advantys configuration software to calibrate an offset of 64 at 0 VDC anda max count of 31 744 at 5 VDC the system could be represented as follows Vai 5 12 V 5V 2 5V A Ch ov 64 31 744 32 000 32 767 31007715 6 2008 231 Analog Input Modules Operating Range 0 to 10 VDC In the operating range of 0 to 10 VDC if you use t
53. 0200 analog input module 163 31007715 6 2008 437 Index 438 31007715 6 2008
54. 0300 analog input module technical specifications 243 STB AVI 1400 analog input module technical specifications 219 STB ART 0200 analog input module averaging 159 cold junction compensation CJC 163 cold junction compensation values 163 frequency rejection 160 input sensor type 161 LED indicators 152 temperature unit 160 user configurable parameters 159 wiring type 163 T TC 424 temperature unit STB ART 0200 analog input module 160 U UDP 424 user configurable parameters STB ACI 0320 analog input module 87 STB ACI 1230 analog input module 119 STB ACI 1400 analog input module 182 STB ACI 8320 analog input module 136 STB ACO 0120 analog output module 341 STB ACO 0220 analog output module 296 STB ACO 1210 analog output module 312 STB AVI 0300 analog input module 228 STB AVI 1270 analog input module 59 STB AVI 1400 analog input module 203 STB AVO 0200 analog output module 356 STB AVO 1250 analog output module 254 STB ART 0200 analog input module 159 V varistor 424 436 31007715 6 2008 Index W watchdog 425 wiring diagrams on the STB ACI 0320 analog input module 86 on the STB ACI 1225 analog input module 105 on the STB ACI 1230 analog input module 117 on the STB ACI 1400 analog input module 180 181 on the STB ACI 8320 analog input module 135 on the STB AVI 0300 analog input module 227 on the STB AVI 1400 analog input module 201 202 wiring type STB ART
55. 1 appears Predefined Fallback Value settings fields 3 Choose the data display format by either Hexadecimal values will appear in the selecting or clearing the Hexadecimal editor if the check box is selected check box at the top right of the editor decimal values will appear if the check box is cleared 4 Double click the channel value you want The software displays the min max to change Type in the desired value value of the range at the bottom of the module editor screen The STB ACO 0120 output channel has an enable disable feature By default the output is enabled When you disable the channel its output is set to minimum output current and any data written to the output register is ignored The status byte returns all zeros when the channel is disabled and the fault indicator does not blink e channel enable default e channel disable Note If the channel is disabled and the PDM power is removed the ERR LED does not flash 31007715 6 2008 343 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 0120 Data in the Process Image Representing The NIM keeps a record of output data in one block of registers in the process the Analog image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus Output Data master and is used to update the output modules This information can be monitored by the fieldbus master If you are not using a basic NIM the information may also be monitor
56. 10 VDC 5 VDC 10 VDC 10 VDC is the default operating range The STB AVI 0300 has an input channel enable disable on a per channel basis You should disable the unused inputs By default all inputs are enabled When you disable a channel the status byte and channel data return all zeros the fault indicator does not blink due to channel specific errors e channel enable default e channel disable Note The module detects PDM error and flashes the ERR LED even if all four channels are disabled 234 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 0300 Data and Status for the Process Image Representing The STB AVI 0300 sends a representation of the operating states of its input the Analog channels to the NIM The NIM stores this information in eight registers four data Input Data registers one for each channel and four status registers one for each channel The information can be read by the fieldbus master or if you are using a standard NIM by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data process image is a block of 4096 Modbus registers in the range 45392 through 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The STB AVI 0300 module is represented by eight contiguous registers in this block which appear in the following order 1st register channel 1 data 16 bits 2nd register channel 1 status 8 bits 3rd register channel 2 data 16 bits Ath register channel 2 status 8 bits
57. 12mA 4 mA Vn p 16 000 32 000 32 767 In the 0 to 20 mA operating range an ideal linear current representation one without offset or max count adjustments is interpreted using the formula e Vh lai X 1 600 I in mA for a signed input data range e Vy I X 3 200 laj in mA for an unsigned input data range where Vp is the numerical count and lai is the analog input current Here is a graphical representation of ideal linear current for a signed input data range Alai 20 48 mA 20 mA 10 Vn 16 000 32 000 32 767 138 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules For example if you use the Advantys configuration software to calibrate an offset of 64 at 4 mA and a max count of 31 744 at 20 mA the system could be represented as follows A lai 20 38 mA 20 mA 12 mA 4 mA Vn 64 31 744 32 000 32 767 Here are some current representations after calibration with offset and max count lai Uncalibrated Calibrated signed data unsigned data signed data unsigned data 4mA 64 128 64 128 20 mA 31 744 63 488 31 744 63 488 Offset and RTP The offset parameter is represented as a signed 16 bit number To access it using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 2 Index low byte 0x00 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 3 for channel 3 4 for channel 4 Data Bytes 2 high by
58. 2 and should be installed in an enclosure that is designed for specific environmental conditions and designed to prevent personal injury resulting from access to live parts The interior of the enclosure must be accessible only by the use of a tool Note Special requirements apply for enclosures located in hazardous explosive environments This equipment meets agency certification for UL CSA CE FM class 1 div 2 and ATEX This equipment is intended for use in a Pollution Degree 2 industrial environment in over voltage Category II applications as defined in IEC publication 60664 1 at altitudes up to 2000 m 6500 ft without derating Parameter Specification protection ref EN61131 2 IP20 class 1 agency ref EN61131 2 UL 508 CSA 1010 1 FM Class 1 Div 2 CE ATEX and Maritime isolation voltage ref EN61131 2 1500 VDC field to bus for 24 VDC 2500 VDC field to bus for 115 230 VAC Note No internal isolation voltage isolation requirements must be met by using SELV based external power supply over voltage class ref EN61131 2 category II operating temperature 0 60 C 32 140 F range extended operating 25 0 C 13 32 F and 60 70 C 140 158 F for temperature ranges qualified modules see storage temperature 40 85 C 40 185 F maximum humidity 95 relative humidity 60 C noncondensing 36 310077
59. 20 mA 16 mA 12 mA lt 4 mA 64 31 744 32 001 32 767 Here are some current representations after calibration with offset and max count lai Uncalibrated Calibrated 4mA 64 0 16 mA 23 824 24 000 20 mA 31 744 32 000 31007715 6 2008 183 Analog Input Modules Operating Range 0 to 20 mA In the 0 to 20 mA operating range an ideal linear representation of analog input current one with default offset and maximum count is given by the following formula Chn la X 1600 where C is the numerical count and laj is the analog input current For example if you use the Advantys configuration software to calibrate an offset of 64 at 0 mA and a max count of 31 744 at 20 mA the system could be represented as follows A lai 20 48 mA 20 mA 15 mA 10 mA 0 mA N K A e wy et Va Fa Cn m 64 31 744 32 001 32 767 Here are some current representations after calibration with offset and max count lai Uncalibrated Calibrated 0 mA 64 0 15 mA 23 824 24 000 20 mA 31 744 32 000 184 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Offset and RTP The offset parameter is represented as a signed 16 bit number To access it using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 2 Index low byte 0x00 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 3 for cha
60. 20 mA A value of 65 535 represents 20 384 mA you cannot drive the current below 4 mA when the signed data format is used By default both output channels go to a predefined fallback state of 4 mA Note If an output channel has been configured with hold last value as its fallback mode any value that you assign its fallback state parameter will be ignored To modify a fallback state from its default setting or to revert back to the default from an on setting you need to use the Advantys configuration software Step Action Result 1 Make sure that the Fallback Mode value for the channel you want to configure is predefined state If the Fallback Mode for the channel is hold last value any value entered in the associated Predefined Fallback Value row will be ignored want to change Then type in the desired decimal or hexidecimal value s to represent the current 2 Choose the data display format by Hexadecimal values will appear in the editor if either selecting or clearing the the check box is selected decimal values will Hexadecimal check box at the top right appear if the check box is cleared of the editor 3 Click the sign to expand the Rows for Channel 1 and Channel 2 appear Predefined Fallback Value Settings fields 4 Double click the channel value s you The software displays the max min values of the range at the bottom of the module editor screen The displayed v
61. 20 mA L gt OCW 10 mA Vn 0 48 mA 0 p 767 16 000 32 000 t 32 767 UCE 31007715 6 2008 145 Analog Input Modules Status Byte Structure The second fourth sixth and eighth registers in the input block of the process image are the status words The STB ACI 8320 can detect and report current overflow conditions The six LSBs in each register represent the status of each input channel STB ACI 8320 Status Register Format 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o0 not used L GS see 1 always set to 0 L PDM see 2 __ OCW see 3 _ OCE see 4 L UCW see 5 UCE see 6 BWE see 7 ICE see 8 1 BitO represents global status GS It has a value of 0 when no errors have been detected It has a value of 1 when bit 1 and or bit 3 and or bit 6 and or bit 7 has a value of 1 2 Bit 1 represents the status of PDM voltage on the island s sensor bus It has a value of 0 when no PDM voltage errors are detected It has a value of 1 when the isolated field side voltage is not within range A PDM error turns on the GS bit bit 0 3 Bit 2 represents the presence or absence of an OCW See current level definitions in the preceding table AN OCW does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 4 Bit 3 represents the presence or absence of an OCE See current level definitions in the preceding table An OCE t
62. 20 mA operating range linear current representations can be interpreted using the formula where V is the numerical count and lai is the analog input current Vn lai 4 MA x 2 000 for the signed input data format Vn lai 4 MA x 4 000 for the unsigned input data format Here is an example in signed input data format A lai OES B rie a mc ee ee es ee z gt OCE 20mA f gt OCW Vn l jj 767 0 16 000 32 000 32 767 31007715 6 2008 95 Analog Input Modules In the 0 to 20 mA operating range linear current representations can be interpreted using the formula where V is the numerical count and laj is the analog input current Vh lai X 1 600 li in mA for the signed input data format Vh lai X 3 200 lai in mA for the unsigned input data format Here is an example in signed input data format A lai 20 48 mA p OCE 10mAL i Vn 0 48 mA UCW 767 16 000 32 000 32 767 UCE 96 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Status Byte Structure The second fourth sixth and eighth registers in the input block of the process image are the status words The STB ACI 0320 can detect and report current overflow conditions The six LSBs in each register represent the status of each input channel STB ACI 0320 Status Register Format 15 14 13 12 14 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o
63. 200 STB AVO 0200 analog output module 354 STB AVO 1250 analog output module 251 STB AVO 1255 analog output module 268 STB AVO 1265 analog output module 280 input channel operation STB ACI 0320 analog input module 92 STB ACI 1400 analog input module 187 STB ACI 8320 analog input module 141 STB AVI 1400 analog input module 210 234 input sensor type STB ART 0200 analog input module 161 K keying pins STB XMP 7810 PDM kit 373 384 31007715 6 2008 429 Index L labels for Advantys modules and bases 392 396 for STB modules and bases 400 LED on the STB AVI 1255 analog input module 43 on the STB AVI 1275 analog input module 72 LEDs on the STB ACI 0320 analog input module 83 on the STB ACI 1225 analog input module 103 on the STB ACI 1230 analog input module 114 on the STB ACI 1400 analog input module 177 on the STB ACI 8320 analog input module 132 on the STB ACO 0120 analog output module 335 on the STB ACO 0220 analog output module 291 on the STB ACO 1210 analog output module 307 323 on the STB AVI 0300 analog input module 224 on the STB AVI 1270 analog input module 54 on the STB AVI 1400 analog input module 198 on the STB AVO 0200 analog output module 352 on the STB AVO 1250 analog output module 249 on the STB AVO 1255 analog output module 267 on the STB AVO 1265 analog output module 279 on the STB PDT 3100 DC power distribution module 372 on the STB ART 0200 analog in
64. 307 STB ACO 1210 Field Wiring 0 c eects 309 STB ACO 1210 Functional Description 0 000 c eee eee 312 STB ACO 1210 Data and Status in the Process Image 315 STB ACO 1210 Specifications 2 0 0 0 c ects 318 STB ACO 1225 Analog Current Output Module two channel 10 bit 4 20 MA n anana anaana 320 STB ACO 1225 Physical Description 00 00 e eee eee eee 321 STB ACO 1225 LED Indicator 00 0 cece eae 323 STB ACO 1225 Field Wiring 0 000 cece eee 324 STB ACO 1225 Functional Description 0000 cece eee 327 STB ACO 1225 Data in the Process Image 0 0 cece eee eee 328 STB ACO 1225 Specifications u aaua 330 STB ACO 0120 Analog Current Output Module one channel 15 bit sign 4 20 MA 0 2 eee ee 332 STB ACO 0120 Physical Description 00 00 e eee eee eee 333 STB ACO 0120 LED Indicator 0 0 tee 335 STB ACO 0120 Field Wiring 0 cece tees 337 STB ACO 0120 Functional Description 000 cece eee 341 STB ACO 0120 Data in the Process Image 0 0 cece eee eee 344 STB ACO 0120 Specifications u aaua naaa 347 STB AVO 0200 Analog Voltage Output Module two channel 15 bit plus sign 1 5 VDC 0 5 VDC 0 10 VDC 5 VDC or 10 VDO nananana anaana 349 STB AVO 0200 Physical Description 00 0 c cece eee 350 STB AVO 0200 LED Indicator 0 0
65. 5 211 STB AVI 1400 Specifications 0 0 eee 219 2 11 STB AVI 0300 Analog Voltage Input Module four channel isolated inputs 15 bit sign 1 5 VDC 0 5 VDC 0 10 VDC 5 VDC or 10 VDC 2 0 221 STB AVI 0300 Physical Description 000 c cece eee eee 222 STB AVI 0300 LED Indicator 00 eect ee 224 STB AVI 0300 Field Wiring 2 0 0000 eee 226 STB AVI 0300 Functional Description 00 00 c eee eee eee 228 STB AVI 0300 Data and Status for the Process Image 5 235 STB AVI 0300 Specifications 0 cee tee 243 Chapter 3 The Advantys STB Analog Output Modules 245 3 1 STB AVO 1250 Analog Voltage Output Module two channel bipolar selectable 11 bit sign 0 0 00 ee 246 STB AVO 1250 Physical Description 0 00 00 c eee eee eee 247 STB AVO 1250 LED Indicator 20 0 ccc eects 249 STB AVO 1250 Field Wiring 200 0c e eee ce eee eee 251 STB AVO 1250 Functional Description 0 000 e eee eee 254 STB AVO 1250 Data and Status for the Process Image 258 STB AVO 1250 Specifications 0 0 0 0 ect ee 262 3 2 STB AVO 1255 Analog Voltage Output Module two channel 0 to 10 V 10 bit 2 2 2 0 eee 264 STB AVO 1255 Physical Description 00 0000 e eee eee ee 265 STB AVO 1255 LED Indicator 0 0 0 0 cece cee 267 STB AVO 1255 Field Wiring
66. 92 STB ACI 1230 analog input module 123 STB ACI 1400 analog input module 186 STB ACI 8320 analog input module 141 STB AVI 0300 analog input module 234 STB AVI 1270 analog input module 63 STB AVI 1400 analog input module 209 STB ART 0200 analog input module 159 channel operation STB ACI 0320 analog input module 92 STB ACI 1400 analog input module 187 STB ACI 8320 analog input module 141 STB AVI 0300 analog input module 234 STB AVI 1400 analog input module 210 cold junction compensation STB ART 0200 analog input module 163 31007715 6 2008 427 Index cold junction compensation STB ART 0200 analog input module 163 data register STB ACI 0320 analog input module 94 STB ACI 1225 analog input module 109 STB ACI 1230 analog input module 125 STB ACI 1400 analog input module 189 STB ACI 8320 analog input module 143 STB ACO 0120 analog output module 344 STB ACO 0220 analog output module 299 STB ACO 1210 analog output module 315 STB ACO 1225 analog output module 329 STB AVI 0300 analog input module 236 STB AVI 1255 analog input module 49 STB AVI 1270 analog input module 64 STB AVI 1275 analog input module 78 STB AVI 1400 analog input module 212 STB AVO 0200 analog output module 359 STB AVO 1250 analog output module 259 STB AVO 1255 analog output module 273 STB AVO 1265 analog output module 285 STB ART 0200 analog input module 166 DIN rail 21 disable enable
67. A special type of STB I O segment created when an STB NCO 1113 economy CANopen NIM is used in the first location In this implementation the NIM acts as a simple gateway between the I O modules in the segment and a CANopen master Each I O module in an economy segment acts as a independent node on the CANopen network An economy segment cannot be extended to other STB I O segments preferred modules or enhanced CANopen devices electronic data sheet The EDS is a standardized ASCII file that contains information about a network device s communications functionality and the contents of its object dictionary The EDS also defines device specific and manufacturer specific objects Electronic Industries Association An organization that establishes electrical electronic and data communication standards electromagnetic compatibility Devices that meet EMC requirements can operate within a system s expected electromagnetic limits without error electromagnetic interference EMI can cause an interruption malfunction or disturbance in the performance of electronic equipment It occurs when a source electronically transmits a signal that interferes with other equipment This abbreviation stands for end of segment When more than 1 segment of I O modules is used in an Island an STB XBE 1000 or an STB XBE 1100 EOS module is installed in the last position in every segment that has an extension following it The EOS module extends Island bus communi
68. Advantys STB Standard CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 176 or the Advantys STB Basic CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 193 31007715 6 2008 211 Analog Input Modules Data Word Structure The first third fifth seventh ninth eleventh thirteenth and fifteenth registers in the module s input process image are the data words Each register represents the input current of a channel in the IEC data format The data has 15 bit sign resolution The bit structure in each data register is as follows STB AVI 1400 Data Register Format 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 65 4 3 2 1 0 E20 sign Ez 212 L95 211 L98 210 L27 29 2 All 16 bits in each data word are significant They allow you to represent analog input voltages with all the integer values ranging from 32 768 to 32 767 For the 1 to 5 VDC 0 to 5 VDC and 0 to 10 VDC operating ranges the sign bit bit 15 is always 0 indicating that negative voltage values are not read Note Errors and warnings are based on count values not physical values The current values in the tables below are ideal values Data Formats 1 to 5 VDC and 0 to 5 VDC Error 1 to 5 VDC Range 0 to 5 VDC Range OVE over voltage error 5 10 VDC 5 12 VDC 32 767 32 767 OVW over voltage warning gt 5 VDC gt 5 VD
69. Appendices 406 31007715 6 2008 IEC Symbols A IEC Symbols Introduction List of Symbols The following table contains illustrations and definitions of the common IEC symbols used in describing the Advantys STB modules and system Here are some common IEC symbols used in the field wiring examples throughout this book Symbol Definition two wire actuator output three wire actuator output two wire digital sensor input three wire digital sensor input 31007715 6 2008 407 IEC Symbols Symbol Definition four wire digital sensor input analog voltage sensor analog current sensor thermocouple element fuse VAC power VDC power earth ground 408 31007715 6 2008 Glossary 100Base T 10Base T 802 3 frame An adaptation of the IEEE 802 3u Ethernet standard the 100Base T standard uses twisted pair wiring with a maximum segment length of 100 m 328 ft and terminates with an RJ 45 connector A 100Base T network is a baseband network capable of transmitting data at a maximum speed of 100 Mbit s Fast Ethernet is another name for 100Base T because it is ten times faster than 10Base T An adaptation of the IEEE 802 3 Ethernet standard the 10Base T standard uses twisted pair wiring with a maximum segment length of 100 m 328 ft and terminates wi
70. Byte 1 5 to 255 OxFF Fallback Modes When communications are lost between the output module and the fieldbus master the module s output channels go to a known state where they remain until communications are restored This is known as the channel s fallback state You may configure fallback states for each channel individually Fallback configuration is accomplished in two steps 1 configure the fallback modes for each channel 2 configure the fallback states All output channels have a fallback mode either predefined state or hold last value When a channel has predefined state as its fallback mode it can be configured with a fallback value which may be any value in the valid range When a channel has hold last value as its fallback mode it stays at its last known state when communication is lost By default the fallback mode for both channels is a predefined state If you want to change the fallback mode to hold last value you need to use the Advantys configuration software Step Action Result 1 Double click the STB AVO 0200 module The selected STB AVO 0200 module you want to configure in the island editor opens in the software module editor 2 Click the sign to expand the Fallback Rows for Channel 1 and Channel 2 Mode row appear 3 Select the desired fallback mode setting Two choices appear in the list in the Configured Value list in the e Predefined Channel 1 and Channel 2 rows e Hold La
71. Chapter Section Topic Page 2 1 STB AVI 1255 Analog Voltage Input Module 40 two channel 0 10 V 10 bit single ended 2 2 STB AVI 1270 Analog Voltage Input Module 51 two channel isolated 10 V 11 bit sign 2 3 STB AVI 1275 Analog Voltage Input Module 69 two channel 10 V 9 bit sign 2 4 STB ACI 0320 Analog Current Input Module 80 four channel 15 bit sign differential 4 20 mA or 0 20 mA 2 5 STB ACI 1225 Analog Current Input Module 100 two channel 10 bit single ended 4 20 mA 2 6 STB ACI 1230 Analog Current Input Module 111 two channel 12 bit single ended 0 20 mA 2 7 STB ACI 8320 Analog Current Input Module four channel 129 Hart tolerant 15 bit sign differential 4 20 mA or 0 20 mA 2 8 STB ART 0200 Analog Multirange Input Module 149 two channel isolated 16 bit RTD TC mV 2 9 STB ACI 1400 Analog Current Input Module 174 eight channel single ended Inputs 15 bit sign 4 20 mA or 0 20 mA 2 10 STB AVI 1400 Analog Voltage Input Module 195 eight channel single ended inputs 15 bit sign 1 5 VDC 0 5 VDC 0 10 VDC 5 VDC or 10 VDC 2 11 STB AVI 0300 Analog Voltage Input Module four channel isolated inputs 221 15 bit sign 1 5 VDC 0 5 VDC 0 10 VDC 5 VDC or 10 VDC 31007715 6 2008 39 Analog Input Modules 2 1 STB AVI 1255 Analog Voltage Input Module two channel 0 10 V 10 bit single
72. Glossary LSB least significant bit least significant byte The part of anumber address or field that is written as the rightmost single value in conventional hexadecimal or binary notation MAC address media access control address A 48 bit number unique on a network that is programmed into each network card or device when it is manufactured mandatory When an Advantys STB I O module is configured to be mandatory it must be module present and healthy in the Island configuration for the Island to be operational If a mandatory module fails or is removed from its location on the Island bus the Island will go into a pre operational state By default all I O modules are not mandatory You must use the Advantys Configuration Software to set this parameter master The direction of control in a network that implements the master slave model is slave model always from the master to the slave devices Modbus Modbus is an application layer messaging protocol Modbus provides client and server communications between devices connected on different types of buses or networks Modbus offers many services specified by function codes MOV metal oxide varistor A 2 electrode semiconductor device with a voltage dependant nonlinear resistance that drops markedly as the applied voltage is increased It is used to suppress transient voltage surges MSB most significant bit most significant byte The part of anumber address or field that is writt
73. In the Value column of the Analog Notice that when you select the Analog Output Period row enter the desired Output Period value the max min value values of the range appear at the bottom of the module editor screen 312 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules The analog output period is set at the module level you cannot configure different channels to refresh at different intervals This parameter is represented as an unsigned 8 bit number To access this parameter using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 1 Index low byte 0x10 Index high byte 0x23 Sub index 0 Data Byte 1 5 to 255 Fallback Modes When communications are lost between the output module and the fieldbus master the module s output channels must go to a known state where they will remain until communications are restored This is known as the channel s fallback state You may configure fallback states for each channel individually Fallback configuration is accomplished in two steps e first by configuring fallback modes for each channel e then if necessary configuring the fallback states All output channels have a fallback mode either predefined state or hold last value When a channel has predefined state as its fallback mode it can be configured with a fallback state which may be any value in the valid range When a channel has hold last value as its fallback mode it sta
74. NCO 2212 or STB NCO 1010 CANopen NIMs you must set the analog global interrupt enable to index 6423 subindex 7 in order to receive the input data For more information on analog global interrupt enable see the Advantys STB Standard CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 176 or the Advantys STB Basic CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 193 31007715 6 2008 165 Analog Input Modules Input Data Registers Input Status Registers The first and third STB ART0200 registers in the input block of the process image are the data words Each register represents either the temperature or the mV data of the associated channel The data has15 bit sign resolution The bit structure for a data register is STB ART 0200 Data Register Format 45 14 1312 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 To 0 Sign bit 14_ ee O p13 _52 L2 12 _93 2 pees 2 _24 210 25 2 2 28 i 27 If a register holds temperature data it represents it as degree C x 10 or degrees F x 10 For example if the channel data is 74 9 degrees C the register representing that channel reads 749 in decimal or Ox2ED in hexadecimal You can configure degree C or degrees F in the module editor see p 160 If a register holds mV data it represents it as mV x 100 For example if the channel data is 62 35 mV the register
75. NIM you can access the value of the following parameter e Analog Output Period Refer to the Advanced Configuration chapter in your NIM manual for general information on RTP Note Standard NIMs with firmware version 2 0 or higher support RTP RTP is not available in Basic NIMs Analog If the data to an analog output channel is not updated by the fieldbus master in a Output Period specified number of milliseconds the module will refresh the old data held by the channel The purpose of this update is to prevent the analog value from drifting in the event that there is a long interval between data updates The interval between refreshes is defined as the analog output period This period is user configurable in the range 5 to 255 ms The analog output period is configurable as a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 5 to 255 0x5 to OxFF By default the analog output period is 10 OxA If you want to configure a different period you need to use the Advantys configuration software Step Action Result 1 Double click on the STB ACO 1210 The selected STB ACO 1210 module module you want to configure in the island opens in the software module editor editor 2 Choose the data display format by either Hexadecimal values will appear in the checking or unchecking the Hexadecimal editor if the box is checked decimal checkbox at the top right of the editor values will appear if the box is unchecked 3
76. PDM power protection time lag fuse on the PDM Hart Protocol tolerance Tolerant with Hart communications networks and does not impact the integrity of the Hart Protocol agency certifications refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 ATEX applications prohibit hot swapping refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules This product supports operation at normal and extended temperature ranges Refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for a complete summary of cabalities and limitations 148 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules 2 8 STB ART 0200 Analog Multirange Input Module two channel isolated 16 bit RTD TC mV At a Glance Overview This section provides a detailed description of the STB ART 0200 analog input module its functions physical design technical specifications field wiring requirements and configuration options What s in this Section This section contains the following topics Topic Page STB ART 0200 Physical Description 150 STB ART 0200 LEDs 152 STB ART 0200 Field Wiring 154 STB ART 0200 Functional Description 159 STB ART 0200 Data for the Process Image 165 STB ART 0200 Specifications 169 31007715 6 2008 149 Analog Input Modules STB
77. Requirements Safety Keying Power Wiring Pinout The STB PDT 3100 uses two two pin source power connectors that let you connect the PDM to one or two 24 VDC field power source s Source power for the sensor bus is connected to the top connector and source power for the actuator bus is connected to the bottom connector The choices of connector types and wire types are described below and a power wiring example is presented Use a set of either e Two STB XTS 1130 screw type field wiring connectors e Two STB XTS 2130 spring clamp field wiring connectors Both connector types are provided in kits of 10 connectors kit These power wiring connectors each have two connection terminals with a 5 08 mm 0 2 in pitch between pins Individual connector terminals can accept one power wire in the range 1 29 2 03 mm 16 12 AWG When 1 29 mm 16 AWG power wire is used two wires can be connected to a terminal We recommend that you strip at least 10 mm from the wire jackets to make the connections Note The same screw type and spring clamp connectors are used to deliver power to the STB PDT 3100 PDM and to the STB PDT 2100 PDM To avoid accidentally connecting VAC power to a VDC module or vice versa Schneider offers an optional STB XMP 7810 safety keying pin kit for the PDMs Refer the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for a detailed discussion of keying strategies
78. S 31007734 I OM 3 me nananana ke Ee De na Sa wee EE Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 0x Advantys STB Standard Profibus DP Network Interface Applications Guide 890 USE 173 0x 31007715 6 2008 11 About the Book Title of Documentation Reference Number Advantys STB Basic Profibus DP Network Interface Applications Guide 890 USE 192 0x Advantys STB Standard INTERBUS Network Interface Applications Guide 890 USE 174 0x Advantys STB Basic INTERBUS Network Interface Applications Guide 890 USE 196 0x Advantys STB Standard DeviceNet Network Interface Applications Guide 890 USE 175 0x Advantys STB Basic DeviceNet Network Interface Applications Guide 890 USE 194 0x Advantys STB Standard CANopen Network Interface Applications Guide 890 USE 176 0x Advantys STB Basic CANopen Network Interface Applications Guide 890 USE 193 0x Advantys STB Standard CANopen Devices 31006709 E 31006710 F 31006711 G 31006712 S 31006713 I Advantys STB Standard Ethernet Modbus TCP IP Network Interface Applications Guide 890 USE 177 0x Advantys STB Standard Modbus Plus Network Interface Applications Guide 890 USE 178 0x Advantys STB Standard Fipio Network Interface Applications Guide 890 USE 179 0x Advantys STB Configuration Software Quick Start User Guide 890 USE 180 0x
79. STB NCO 2212 or STB NCO 1010 CANopen NIMs you must set the analog global interrupt enable to index 6423 subindex 7 in order to receive the input data For more information on analog global interrupt enable see the Advantys STB Standard CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 176 or the Advantys STB Basic CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 193 108 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Data Word Structure Each STB ACI 1225 data register represents the input voltage of a channel in the IEC data format The data has 10 bit resolution The bit structure in each data register is as follows STB ACI 1225 Data Register Format 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 always 0 always 0 914 25 23 26 212 _ 2 T 21 L 28 210 _ 29 There are 10 significant bits in each data word bits 14 through 5 They allow you to represent current data with integer values ranging from 0 to 32 736 in increments of 32 A value 32 000 represents an input of 20 mA A value of 0 represents an input less than or equal to 4 mA Linear current representations can be interpreted using the formula I C 8000 2000 where Cn is the numerical count and laiis the analog input current Alai 20 37 mA 20 mA 15 mA 4mA 24 000 32 000 32 736 Values greater than 32 000 do not produce over range indications
80. STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 e two STB XTS 2100 spring clamp field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 These connectors each have six terminal connectors on them with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin The STB ART 0200 allows each channel to be independently configured to support an RTD a TC sensor or a mV sensor An RTD may be a two three or four wire sensor TC and mV sensors must be two wire devices If you are using channel 1 to support an RTD sensor then do not use channel 2 for an externally cold junction compensated TC sensor All other device combinations are valid Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 51 1 29 mm 24 16 AWG e Shielded twisted pair cable is recommended The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to functional earth on only one side of the cable and as close as possible to the module Pin 6 cable shield should have no connection e Inhigh noise environments double shielded twisted pair cable is recommended with the inner shield tied to pin 6 and the outer shield tied to an external clamp that is tied to protective earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection 154 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Field Wiring Pinout Note Successful operation of the STB ART 0200 is determined by both t
81. Structure image are the status words The STB ACI 1230 can detect and report current overflow conditions The six LSBs in each register represent the status of each input channel STB ACI 1230 Status Register Format 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 32 1 o not used L_GS see 1 always set to 0 lL PDM see 2 L OCW see 3 OCE see 4 _ UCW see 5 UCE see 6 1 BitOrepresents global status GS It has a value of 0 when no errors have been detected It has a value of 1 when bit 1 and or bit 3 has a value of 1 2 Bit 1 represents the status of PDM voltage on the island s sensor bus It has a value of 0 when no PDM voltage errors are detected It has a value of 1 if sensor power has been shorted A PDM short turns on the GS bit bit 0 3 Bit 2 represents the presence or absence of an OCW It has a value of 0 when the current is less than or equal to 20 mA It has a value of 1 when the current is greater than 20 mA An OCW in the STB ACI 1230 does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 4 Bit 3 represents the presence or absence of an OCE It has a value of 0 when the current is less than 20 48 mA and a value of 1 when the current is greater than or equal to 20 48 mA An OCE in the STB ACI 1230 turns on the GS bit bit 0 5 Bit 4 represents the presence or absence of a UCW It has a value of 0 when the current is greater than or equal to 0 48 mA and a val
82. The STB AVI 0300 module is a four channel module that handles analog inputs from four field sensors operating in the 1 to 5 VDC 0 to 5 VDC 0 to 10 VDC 5 VDC or 10 VDC range The following operating parameters are user configurable offset maximum count averaging range channel operation enable disable Using the RTP feature in your NIM you can access the value of the following parameters e offset e maximum count e averaging Refer to the Advanced Configuration chapter in your NIM manual for general information on RTP Note Standard NIMs with firmware version 2 0 or higher support RTP RTP is not available in basic NIMs You may apply an offset value to the low end of the operating voltage range and a maximum count to the high end of the operating voltage range This feature allows you to calibrate the analog input channels to match your field device Offset is configured as a signed integer It may be a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 767 to 767 0xFD01 to Ox2FF representing a voltage offset of e 0 24 VDC when the range is 0 to 10 VDC or 10 VDC e 0 12 VDC when the range is 0 to 5 VDC or 5 VDC e 0 1 VDC when the range is 1 to 5 VDC By default the offset on both channels is 0 Maximum count is configured as a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 31 233 to 32 767 0x7A01 to Ox7FFF representing a voltage offset of e 0 24 VDC when the range is 0 to 10 VDC or
83. Vai 10 24V OVE 10V ff ovw OME ey 32 768 32 000 28 800 Ch l L 28 800 32 000 32 752 UVW UVES 10 24 V However due to use of manufacturing offset and also user configurable offset and max count if used an OVW may be generated before the reported count reaches 32000 Similarly the reported count may be at 32 752 but you may not receive the expected OVE 31007715 6 2008 65 Analog Input Modules Input Status The second and fourth STB AVI 1270 registers in the input block of the process Registers image are the status registers for the two analog input channels The six LSBs in each register represent the status of each input channel STB AVI 1270 Status Register Format 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 not used L_GS see 1 always set to 0 PDM see 2 _ OVW see 3 L OVE see 4 _ UVW see 5 UVE see 6 1 Bit Ois the global status GS bit for the input channel It has a value of 0 when no errors have been detected It has a value of 1 when bit 1 bit 3 and or bit 5 has a value of 1 2 Bit 1 represents the status of PDM voltage on the island s sensor bus It has a value of 0 when no PDM voltage errors are detected It has a value of 1 if sensor power is absent A PDM error turns on the GS bit bit 0 3 Bit 2 represents the presence or abse
84. When a channel has hold last value as its fallback mode it stays at its last known state when communication is lost it cannot be configured with a predefined fallback state By default the fallback mode for both channels is a predefined state If you want to change the fallback mode to hold last value you need to use the Advantys configuration software Step Action Result 1 Double click the STB ACO 0220 module The selected STB ACO 0220 module you want to configure in the island editor opens in the software module editor 2 Click the sign to expand the Fallback Rows for Channel 1 and Channel 2 Mode row appear 3 Select the desired fallback mode setting in Two choices appear in the list the Value list in the Channel 1 and or Predefined Channel 2 row e Hold Last Value 31007715 6 2008 297 Analog Output Modules Fallback States Channel Operation Enable Disable If an output channel s fallback mode is predefined state you may configure that channel to go to any value in the valid range e f you are using an unsigned output data format the valid range is 1 000 to 32 767 OxFC18 to Ox7FFF where 0 represents 4 mA and 32 000 represents 20 mA A value of 1000 represents 3 28 mA and a value of 32 767 represents 20 384 mA e f you are using a signed output data format the valid range is O to 65 535 0x0000 to OxFFFF where 0 represents 4 mA and 64 000 represents
85. acts as the gateway between the island and the fieldbus facilitating data exchange between the fieldbus master and the I O modules on the island It is the only module on the island that is fieldbus dependent a different type of NIM module is available for each fieldbus The rest of the I O and power distribution modules on the island bus function exactly the same regardless of the fieldbus on which the island resides You have the advantage of being able to select the I O modules to build an island independent of the fieldbus on which it will operate Advantys STB I O modules are designed to be small economical devices that provide you with just enough input and output channels to satisfy your application needs Specific types of I O modules are available with two or more channels You can select exactly the amount of I O you need and you do not have to pay for channels that you don t need 16 31007715 6 2008 Theory of Operation Mechatronics Environmental Considerations An Advantys STB system lets you place the control electronics in the I O modules as close as possible to the mechanical devices they are controlling This concept is known as mechatronics Depending on the type of NIM you use an Advantys STB island bus may be extended to multiple segments of I O on one or more DIN rails Island bus extensions allow you to position the I O as close as possible to the sensors and actuators they control Using special
86. analog input module wiring diagram without isolation 294 STB ACO 0220 analog output module analog output period 296 data registers 299 fallback modes 297 fallback states 298 field wiring 293 front panel view 289 LED indicators 291 loop power supplies 295 operating parameters 296 power supplies 295 status registers 301 technical specifications 302 wiring diagram with isolation 295 STB ACO 1210 analog output module analog output period 312 configurable fallback modes 313 data registers 315 fallback states 314 field wiring 309 front panel view 305 LED indicators 307 323 technical specifications 318 330 user configurable parameters 312 wiring diagram with isolation 310 wiring diagram without isolation 311 STB ACO 1210 digital output module status registers 317 STB ACO 1225 analog input module wiring diagram without isolation 326 STB ACO 1225 analog output module configurable fallback states 327 data registers 329 field wiring 324 front panel view 321 operating current 327 operating parameters 327 wiring diagram with isolation 325 STB ART 0200 analog input module data registers 166 field wiring 154 front panel view 150 mV mode specifications 173 RTD mode specifications 170 technical specifications 169 thermocouple mode specifications 171 wiring diagram for four wire RTDs 156 wiring diagram for three wire RTD 156 wiring diagram for two wire RTD 156 STB ART 0200 a
87. block of 4096 16 bit Status Registers registers in the range 45 392 through 49 487 that represent the status of all the I O modules along with the data for the input modules on the island bus The STB ACO 1210 is represented by two contiguous registers the first shows output status for channel 1 and the second shows output status for channel 2 The six LSBs in each register represent the status of each input channel STB ACO 1210 1230 Status Register Format 15 14 13 12 14 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 110 not used L es see 1 always 0 L PDM see 2 L OCW see 3 OCE see 4 _ UCW see 5 L UCE see 6 1 Bit Ois the global status GS bit for the output channel It has a value of 0 when no errors have been detected It has a value of 1 when bit 1 has a value of 1 2 Bit 1 represents the status of PDM voltage on the island s actuator bus It has a value of 0 when no PDM voltage errors are detected It has a value of 1 if actuator power has been shorted A PDM short turns on the GS bit bit 0 3 Bit 2 represents the presence or absence of an OCW It has a value of 0 when the current is less than or equal to a numerical count of 32 000 It has a value of 1 when the current is greater than 32 000 An OCW in the STB ACO 1210 does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 4 Bit 3 represents the presence or absence of an OCE It has a value of 0 when the current is les
88. bottom returns from input 1 top and input 2 bottom field power return from sensor 1 top and sensor 2 bottom Remember that using pins 1 and 6 defeats the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s field power bus ORAN 106 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 1225 Functional Description Functional The STB ACI 1225 module is a two channel module that handles analog input data Characteristics from two field sensors operating in a 4 to 20 mA current range It does not support user configurable operating parameters or reflex actions 31007715 6 2008 107 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 1225 Data for the Process Image Representing the Analog Input Data The STB ACI 1225 sends a representation of the operating states of its input channels to the NIM The NIM stores this information in two 16 bit registers one data register for each channel The information can be read by the fieldbus master If you are not using a basic NIM the information can also be read by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data process image is part of a block of 4096 Modbus registers in the range 45392 through 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The STB ACI 1225 is represented by two contiguous registers in this block The specific registers used are based on the module s physical location on the island bus Note When this module is used with the
89. but not for input modules STB XBA 2200 size 2 PDM base Contacts 7 and 12 present and are always made Contacts 8 11 are not connected on the left side sensor and actuator power are delivered to the PDM from external power sources and passed to the right STB XBA 2300 size 2 BOS base Contacts 7 12 present but do not pass signals to the right The BOS module does not receive field power STB XBA 2400 size 2 EOS base Contacts 7 12 are present but do not pass signals to the right The EOS module does not receive field power STB XBA 3000 type 3 I O base Contacts 7 12 present Contacts 7 and 12 are always made Contacts 8 and 9 are made for input modules but not for output modules Contacts 10 and 11 are made for output modules but not for input modules 31007715 6 2008 35 Theory of Operation Operating Environment Environmental Specifications Enclosure Requirements The following information describes systemwide environmental requirements and specifications for the Advantys STB system This equipment is considered Group 1 Class A industrial equipment according to IEC CISPR Publication 11 Without appropriate precautions there may be potential difficulties ensuring electromagnetic compatibility in other environments due to conducted and or radiated disturbance All Advantys STB modules meet CE mark requirements for open equipment as defined by EN61131
90. channel 2 3 for channel 3 4 for channel 4 Data Bytes 2 high byte amp 1 low byte 31 233 to 32 767 0x7A01 to Ox7FFF To apply offset and maximum count to an analog channel Step Action Result 1 Connect the Advantys configuration The software will be in online mode software to a physical island 2 Double click the appropriate STB ACI 0320 The module editor for the selected module in the island editor STB ACI 0320 module will open 3 Open the I O Data Animation sheet from either from the Online drop down menu or the I O Image Animation button on the Island toolbar 4 Apply 4 mA to the appropriate field sensor Ideally the channel data should read 0 and read the analog input channel s data in If this is true no offset adjustment is the I O Data Animation sheet needed If the data value is not 0 make a note of the actual data value 5 Now apply 20 mA to the field sensor and Ideally the channel data should read read the analog input channel s data in the 32 000 for signed input data or 64 000 module s I O Data Animation sheet for unsigned input data If this is true no maximum count adjustment is needed If the data value is different make a note of the actual data value 6 If adjustments need to be made take the Advantys configuration software offline 7 Open the Properties sheet in the module editor In the Offset value field enter the data value that you rea
91. count parameters will be applied to the analog input channel 31007715 6 2008 233 Analog Input Modules Averaging Range Channel Operation Enable Disable You may apply a filter that smooths the values of the analog inputs reported by the STB AVI 0300 The Advantys configuration software allows you to average over a specified number of samples By default the number samples averaged is one no averaging you may have a filtering average over up to 80 samples Step Action Result 1 Double click the STB AVI 0300 module you want to configure in the island editor The selected STB AVI 0300 module opens in the software module editor In the Configured Value column of the Averaging row enter a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 1 to 80 When you select the Averaging value the max min values of the range appear at the bottom of the module editor screen 0x50 Averaging is applied on a per channel basis This parameter is represented as an unsigned 8 bit number To access this parameter using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 1 Index low byte 0x02 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 3 for channel 3 4 for channel 4 Data Byte 1 1 to 80 0x50 You may configure the operating range of the STB AVI 0300 on a per channel basis e 1to5VDC 0 to 5 VDC O to
92. detailed discussion of external power supply selection considerations This example shows the field power connections to both the sensor bus and the actuator bus coming from a single 24 VDC SELV power supply 74 1 2 a Th o nt rent 1 24 VDC I O power 2 24 VDC return For a detailed discussion and some recommendations refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 31007715 6 2008 385 Power Distribution Modules STB PDT 3105 Field Power Over current Protection Fuse Requirements Recommended Fuses Performance Considerations Accessing the Fuse Panels Replacing a Fuse I O modules are protected by a 5 A fuse in the STB PDT 3105 PDM The fuse is accessible and replaceable via a side panel on the PDM Overcurrent protection for the input and output modules on the island bus needs to be provided by a 5 A time lag fuse such as the Wickmann 1951500000 When the island is operating at an ambient temperature of 60 degrees C 140 degrees F the fuse can pass 4 A continuously Two panels are located on the right side of the PDM housing see p 387 The top panel houses the active protection fuse and the other is not used The top panel has a fuse holder inside it Before you replace a fuse in the STB PDT 3105 remove the power source A CAUTION BURN HAZARD HOT FUSE Disconnect power for 10 minutes before removing fuse
93. diagram with isolation 105 wiring diagram without isolation 106 STB ACI 1230 analog input module averaging 123 data registers 125 field wiring 116 front panel view 112 LED indicators 114 offset and max count 119 status registers 126 technical specifications 127 user configurable parameters 119 wiring diagram with isolation 117 wiring diagram without isolation 118 STB ACI 1400 analog input module averaging 186 data registers 189 field wiring 179 front panel view 175 input channel operation 187 LED indicators 177 offset and max count 182 operating range 187 status registers 192 user configurable parameters 182 wiring diagram 180 181 STB ACI 8320 analog input module averaging 141 data registers 143 field wiring 134 front panel view 130 input channel operation 141 LED indicators 132 offset and max count 137 operating range 136 status registers 146 technical specifications 147 user configurable parameters 136 wiring diagram with isolation 135 31007715 6 2008 Index STB ACO 0120 analog input module wiring diagram without isolation 338 STB ACO 0120 analog output module analog output period 341 data registers 344 fallback modes 342 fallback states 343 field wiring 337 front panel view 333 LED indicators 335 loop power supplies 340 operating parameters 341 power supplies 340 status registers 346 technical specifications 347 STB ACO 0220
94. e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB XMP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Dimensions width module on a base 18 4 mm 0 72 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 128 3 mm 5 05 in depth module only 64 1 mm 2 52 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors 31007715 6 2008 131 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 8320 LED Indicator Purpose The two LEDs on the STB ACI 8320 provide visual indications of the module s operating status Their location and meanings are described below Location The LEDs are located on the top front bezel of the module directly below the model number ACI8320 132 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Indications The following table defines the meaning of the two LEDs where an empty cell indicates that the pattern on the associated LED doesn t matter RDY ERR Meaning What to Do off off The module is either not receiving Check power logic power or has failed flicker off Auto addressing is in progress on on The watchdog has timed out Cycle power restart the communica
95. ended At a Glance Overview This section provides you with a detailed description of the STB AVI 1255 analog input module its functions physical design technical specifications field wiring requirements and configuration options What s This section contains the following topics in this Section Topic Page STB AVI 1255 Physical Description 41 STB AVI 1255 LED Indicator 43 STB AVI 1255 Field Wiring 44 STB AVI 1255 Functional Description 47 STB AVI 1255 Data for the Process Image 48 STB AVI 1255 Specifications 50 40 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1255 Physical Description Physical The STB AVI 1255 is a basic Advantys STB two channel analog input module that Characteristics reads inputs from analog sensors that operate over the range 0 to 10 V The analog portion of the module is isolated from the island s field power bus to improve performance To take advantage of this internal isolation feature the sensors must be powered from an external power supply If isolation is not required you can use the module to deliver field power to the sensors 24 VDC for sensor 1 from the top connector and 24 VDC for sensor 2 from the bottom connector Front Panel View a AVI za 2 locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED light green identification stripe indicating an analog input modu
96. error 32 767 10 24 VDC OVW over voltage warning 32 001 gt 10 VDC UVW under voltage warning 767 lt 0 24 VDC UVE under voltage error 0 0 VDC In an ideal linear voltage representation for 0 to 10 VDC range a value of 32 001 represents an OVW If the output value is less than or equal to 767 the module reports a UVW When the output value reaches 32 767 an OVE occurs When the output value reaches 0 a UVE occurs An ideal linear voltage representation is interpreted using the formula Vao Cn 3200 31007715 6 2008 361 Analog Output Modules where C is the numerical count and Vao is the analog output voltage Vao 10 24 V p OVE ovw 32 000 32 767 Data Formats 5 V and 10 VDC y Error 5 VDC Range 10 VDC Range OVE over voltage error 32 767 32 767 5 12 VDC 10 24 VDC OVW over voltage warning 32 001 32 001 gt 5 VDC gt 10 VDC UVW under voltage warning 32 001 32 001 lt 5 VDC lt 10 VDC UVE under voltage error 32 768 32 768 5 12 VDC 10 24 VDC In an ideal linear voltage representation for 5 V range a value of 32 001 represents an over voltage warning OVW If the output value is less than or equal to 32 001 the module will report an under voltage warning UVW When the output value reaches 32 767 an over voltage error OVE occurs When the output value reaches 32 768 an unde
97. is extended to another segment of Advantys STB modules or to a preferred module see p 79 you need to install an STB XBE 1000 EOS bus extension module in the last position of the segment that will be extended Do not apply 120 Q termination to the EOS module The EOS module has an IEEE 1394 style output connector for a bus extension cable The extension cable carries the island s communications bus and auto addressing line to the extension segment or to the preferred module If the island bus is extended to a standard CANopen device see p 18 you need to installan STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module in the rightmost position of the segment and apply 120 Q termination to island bus after the CANopen extension module use the STB XMP 1100 terminator plate You must also provide 120 Q termination on the last CANopen device that is installed on the island bus Remember that you cannot use extensions when a basic NIM is in the primary segment 22 31007715 6 2008 Theory of Operation An Illustrative The illustration below shows an example of a primary segment with PDMs and I O Example modules installed in their bases The NIM resides in the first location One and only one NIM is used on an island A 115 230 VAC STB PDT 2100 PDM installed directly to the right of the NIM This module distributes AC power over two separate field power buses a sensor bus and an actuator bus 3 A set of digital AC I O modules
98. located in a column at the bottom of the STB XBA 1000 I O base Distribution provide field power and a protective earth PE connections to the I O module Contacts Field power sensor power for inputs and actuator power for outputs is distributed across the island bus to the STB XBA 1000 bases by a PDM Contacts Signals 1 and2 when the module inserted in the base has input channels contacts 1 and 2 deliver sensor bus power to the module 3 and 4 when the module inserted in the base has output channels contacts 3 and 4 deliver actuator bus power to the module 5 PE is established via a captive screw on the PDM base units see p 403 and is delivered to the Advantys STB I O module via contact 5 If the module in the STB XBA 1000 base supports only input channels contacts 3 and 4 are not used If the module in the STB XBA 1000 base supports only output channels contacts 1 and 2 are not used 394 31007715 6 2008 Bases STB XBA 2000 I O Base Summary Physical Overview The STB XBA 2000 I O base is 18 4 mm 0 72 in wide It provides the physical connections for a size 2 input or output module on the island bus These connections let you communicate with the NIM over the island bus and hot swap the module when the island bus is operational They also enable the module to receive e logic power from the NIM or from a BOS module e sensor power for inputs or actuator power for outputs from
99. module wiring diagram with isolation 227 STB AVO 0200 analog output module analog output period 356 data registers 359 fallback modes 357 fallback states 358 field wiring 354 front panel view 350 LED indicators 352 operating parameters 356 status registers 364 technical specifications 365 wiring diagram with isolation 355 STB AVO 1250 analog output module analog output period 255 configurable fallback modes 256 configurable fallback states 257 configurable output voltages 254 data registers 259 field wiring 251 front panel view 247 LED indicator 249 status registers 261 technical specifications 262 user configurable parameters 254 wiring diagram with isolation 252 wiring diagram without isolation 253 STB AVO 1255 analog output module configurable fallback states 271 data registers 273 field wiring 268 front panel view 265 LED indicator 267 operating parameters 271 output voltages 271 technical specifications 274 wiring diagram with isolation 269 wiring diagram without isolation 270 STB AVO 1265 analog input module wiring diagram without isolation 282 434 31007715 6 2008 Index STB AVO 1265 analog output module configurable fallback states 283 configurable output voltages 283 data registers 285 field wiring 280 front panel view 277 LED indicator 279 operating parameters 283 technical specifications 286 wiring diagram with isolation 281
100. modules in an Advantys STB island segment The 138 mm height dimension includes the added height imposed by the PE captive screw clamp on the bottom of the STB XBA 2200 base 31007715 6 2008 371 Power Distribution Modules STB PDT 3100 LED Indicators The two LEDs on the STB PDT 3100 are visual indications of the presence of sensor power and actuator power The LED locations and their meanings are described The two LEDs are located on the top front bezel of the module directly below the Overview below Location model number PDT 3100 Indications The following table defines the meaning of the two LEDs where an empty cell indicates that the pattern on the associated LED doesn t matter Meaning sensor input field power is present The module either e is not receiving sensor field power e has a blown fuse e has failed actuator output field power is present IN OUT on off on off The module either e is not receiving sensor field power e has a blown fuse e has failed Note The power required to illuminate these LEDs comes from the 24 VDC power supplies that provide the sensor bus and actuator bus power These LED indicators operate regardless of whether or not the NIM is transmitting logic power 372 31007715 6 2008 Power Distribution Modules STB PDT 3100 Source Power Wiring Summary Connectors Power Wire
101. ms then off for 1 s This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes Note The detection of error conditions on the PDM input power connection may be delayed by as much as 15 ms from the event depending on the sensor bus load the system configuration and the nature of the fault Field power faults that are local to the input module are reported immediately 31007715 6 2008 225 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 0300 Field Wiring Summary Connectors Field Sensors Field Wire Requirements Field Wiring Pinout The STB AVI 0300 module uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Analog sensors 1 and 2 are wired to the top connector Analog sensors 3 and 4 are wired to the bottom connector The choices of connectors and field wire types are described below and some field wiring options are presented Use a set of either e two STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 e two STB XTS 2100 spring clamp field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 These field wiring connectors each have six connection terminals with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin The STB AVI 0300 module supports four isolated 2 wire analog sensors It handles analog inputs in the following voltage ranges 1 to 5 VDC 0 to 5 VDC 0 to 10 VDC 5 VDC or 10 VDC Data on each channel has a resolution of 15 bits sign Note An open circuit in the input
102. on both channels addressing requirements two words of output data actuator bus power for accessories 100 mA module over current protection for accessory power yes field power requirements from a 24 VDC PDM 274 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules power protection time lag fuse on the PDM agency certifications refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 ATEX applications prohibit hot swapping refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules 31007715 6 2008 275 Analog Output Modules 3 3 STB AVO 1265 Analog Voltage Output Module two channel 10 to 10 V 9 bit sign At a Glance Overview This section provides a detailed description of the STB AVO 1265 analog output module its functions physical design technical specifications and field wiring requirements What s This section contains the following topics in this Section P Topic Page STB AVO 1265 Physical Description 277 STB AVO 1265 LED Indicator 279 STB AVO 1265 Field Wiring 280 STB AVO 1265 Functional Description 283 STB AVO 1265 Data for the Process Image 284 STB AVO 1265 Specifications 286 276 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 1265 Physical Description Physical The STB AVO 1265
103. one for each channel The information can be read by the fieldbus master or if you are using a standard NIM by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data process image is a block of 4096 Modbus registers in the range 45392 through 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The STB AVI 1400 module is represented by sixteen contiguous registers in this block which appear in the following order e ist register channel 1 data 16 bits e 2nd register channel 1 status 8 bits e 3rd register channel 2 data 16 bits e 4th register channel 2 status 8 bits e 5th register channel 3 data 16 bits e e e wan 6th register channel 3 status 8 bits 7th register channel 4 data 16 bits 8th register channel 4 status 8 bits wv e 9th register channel 5 data 16 bits e 10th register channel 5 status 8 bits e 11th register channel 6 data 16 bits e 12th register channel 6 status 8 bits e 13th register channel 7 data 16 bits e 14th register channel 7 status 8 bits e 15th register channel 8 data 16 bits e 16th register channel 8 status 8 bits The specific registers used are based on the module s logical address on the island bus Note When this module is used with the STB NCO 2212 or STB NCO 1010 CANopen NIMs you must set the analog global interrupt enable object index 6423 subindex 0 to a value of 1 For more information on analog global interrupt enable see the
104. one with default offset or max count settings see p 228 a value of 32 001 represents an OVW If the input value is less than or equal to 767 the module will report a UVW When the input value reaches 32 767 an OVE occurs When the input value reaches 0 a UVE occurs However due to user configurable offset and max count if used an OVW may be generated before the reported count reaches 32 001 Similarly the reported count may be at 32 767 but you may not receive the expected OVE An ideal linear representation of analog input voltage one with default offset and maximum count is given by the following formula 238 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Cn Vai X 3200 where C is the numerical count and V is the analog input voltage A Vai 10 24vj0 eee gt 10Vi_ 0 24V 32 001 32 767 Data Formats for 5 VDC and 10 VDC Error 5 VDC Range 10 VDC Range OVE over voltage error 5 12 VDC 10 24 VDC 32 767 32 767 OVW over voltage warning gt 5 VDC gt 10 VDC 32 001 32 001 UVW under voltage warning lt 5 VDC lt 10 VDC 32 001 32 001 UVE under voltage error 5 12 VDC 10 24 VDC 32 768 32 768 In an ideal linear voltage representation for 5 VDC range one with default offset or max count settings see p 228 a value of 32 001 represents an OVW If the input value is less than or equal to 32 001 the module will report a UV
105. over range indication 31007715 6 2008 49 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1255 Specifications Table of Technical Specifications description two single ended analog voltage input channels analog input voltage range 0 10V resolution 10 bits returned data format IEC module width 13 9 mm 0 58 in I O base STB XBA 1000 see p 397 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC logic bus current consumption 30 mA nominal field power bus current consumption 225 mA with no load hot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported no input response time nominal 5 0 ms both channels isolation field to bus 1500 VDC for 1 min analog module to sensor bus 500 VAC rms when sensor bus is not used for field power input filter single low pass filter at a nominal 25 Hz integral linearity 0 2 of full scale typical differential linearity monotonic absolute accuracy 0 75 of full scale 25 C temperature drift typically 0 01 of full scale C operating temperature range 0 to 60 C storage Temperature 40 to 85 C input impedance 400 kQ DC source impedance 1 KQ max maximum input voltage 50 VDC without damage addressing requirement two words one data word channel sensor bus power for accessories 100 mA module over current protection for accessory power yes
106. represent analog input current data with either signed integer values ranging from 767 to 32 767 or with unsigned integer values in the range 0 to 65 535 In the operating range 0 to 20 mA do not use negative values If the input data format is configured for signed integers the sign bit bit 15 is always 0 The value 0 represents 0 mA or 4 mA depending on the range selected The value of either 32 000 signed or 64 000 unsigned represents 20 mA Errors and warnings are reported in both operating ranges at the following counts Type of Error 4 to 20 mA Range default 0 to 20 mA Range or Warning Current Signed Unsigned Current Signed Unsigned Count Count Count Count OCE 20 38 mA 32767 65 534 20 48 mA 32767 65534 OCW gt 20 mA 32001 64 001 gt 20 mA 32 001 64001 UCE lt 3 62 mA 767 N A 0 0 0 UCW lt 4mA 1 N A lt 0 48mA 767 1535 BWE lt 1 mA N A N A N A 94 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Type of Error 4 to 20 mA Range default 0 to 20 mA Range or Warning Current Signed Unsigned Current Signed Unsigned Count Count Count Count OCE over current error OCW over current warning UCE under current error UCW under current warning BWE broken wire error Note Errors and warnings are based on count values not current values The current values in the table above are ideal values In the 4 to
107. return to the default setting you need to use the Advantys configuration software Step Action Result 1 Double click on the STB AVO 1250 module The selected STB AVO 1250 module you want to configure in the island editor opens in the software module editor 2 From the pull down menu in the Value Two choices appear in the pull down column of the Voltage Range row select menu 0 to 10 VDC and the desired voltage range 10 to 10 VDC The voltage range parameter is configurable at the module level both output channels must operate over the same voltage range 254 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules Analog Output Period If the data sent by the module to an analog output channel is not updated by the fieldbus master in a specified number of milliseconds the module will refresh the old data held by the channel The purpose of this update is to prevent the analog value from drifting in the event that there is a long interval between data updates The interval between refreshes is defined as the analog output period This period is user configurable in the range 5 to 255 ms The analog output period is configurable as a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 5 to 255 0x5 to OxFF By default the analog output period is 10 OxA If you want to configure a different period you need to use the Advantys configuration software Step Action Result 1 Double click on the STB The selected S
108. single ended 4 20 MA 0 000 e eee eee 100 STB ACI 1225 Physical Description 0 0 0 0 cece eee eee 101 STB ACI 1225 LED Indicator 0 0 0 0 cece eae 103 STB ACI 1225 Field Wiring 0 c eects 104 STB ACI 1225 Functional Description 000 cece eee 107 STB ACI 1225 Data for the Process Image 00 e eee eee eee 108 STB ACI 1225 Specifications 0 0 0 aaue ects 110 STB ACI 1230 Analog Current Input Module two channel 12 bit single ended O 20 MA 000 eee eee eae 111 STB ACI 1230 Physical Description 0 00 00 cece eee 112 STB ACI 1230 LED Indicator 1 0 0 0 cece tae 114 STB ACI 1230 Field Wiring 2 0 cece cts 116 STB ACI 1230 Functional Description 0 0 0 0 cece eee 119 STB ACI 1230 Data and Status for the Process Image 4 124 STB ACI 1230 Specifications 0 cece tee 127 STB ACI 8320 Analog Current Input Module four channel Hart tolerant 15 bit sign differential 4 20 mA or 0 20 mA 129 STB ACI 8320 Physical Description a an aana aaea 130 STB ACI 8320 LED Indicator naana aaan 132 STB ACI 8320 Field Wiring 0 0 aanu a anaa 134 STB ACI 8320 Functional Description n a saaana aaaea 136 STB ACI 8320 Data and Status for the Process Image 142 STB ACI 8320 Specifications 0 147 STB ART 0200 Analog Multirange Input Module two
109. the PDM The base also support an STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module on the island bus Note The STB XBA 2000 is designed only for the size 2 modules described above Do not use this base for other size 2 Advantys modules such as the PDMs EOS modules or BOS modules The following illustration shows some of the key components an STB XBA 2000 base user customizable label tab six island bus contacts DIN rail lock release latch DIN rail contact five field power distribution contacts 1 2 3 4 5 31007715 6 2008 395 Bases The Label Tab The Island Bus Contacts A label can be positioned on the tab shown above in item 1 The label helps identify the specific module that will reside at this base unit s island bus location A similar label can be placed on the module itself so that they can be matched up properly during the island installation Labels are provided on an STB XMP 6700 marking label sheet which can be ordered from your Schneider Electric service provider The six contacts located in a column at the top of the I O base provide logic power and island bus communications connections between the module and the island bus In the primary segment of the island bus the signals that make these contacts come from the NIM In extension segments these signals come from an STB XBE 1000 BOS extension module Contacts Signals 1 not used 2 the common ground contac
110. the control system A captive screw at the bottom of the STB XBA 2200 base secures a PE wire to the island 1 The PE contact 2 The PE captive screw PE is brought to the island by an insulated ground conductor usually a copper wire that is tied to a single grounding point on the cabinet The ground conductor is secured by the PE captive screw The STB XBA 2200 base distributes PE to the island via a single contact located at the bottom left side of the base item 2 above The PDM base distributes PE to its right and left along the island bus The single contact on the bottom left of the base is one of the ways to discriminate the STB XBA 2200 from other size 2 bases The PDM base does not need the four field power contacts on its bottom left side the PDM takes field power from an external power supply via two power connectors on the front of the module and distributes that power downstream to the I O modules it supports 402 31007715 6 2008 Bases The Protective Earth Connection PE Contact for the Island How PE Contact Is Made Handling Multiple PE Connections One of the key functions of a PDM in addition to distributing sensor and actuator power to the I O modules is the provision of protective earth PE to the island On the bottom of each STB XBA 2200 PDM base is a captive screw in a plastic block By tightening this captive screw you can make a PE contact with the island bus Every PDM base on t
111. the min max values of 32 768 and 32 767 at the bottom of the module editor screen want to change Then type in the desired value s Note If you type a value that is out of range e g a negative value when the range is 1 to 5 VDC the system applies a fallback state of 0 to the output channel Channel The STB AVO 0200 has an output channel enable disable on a per channel basis Operation You can disable the unused outputs By default all outputs are enabled When you Enable Disable disable a channel its output is set to 0 VDC and any data written to the output register is ignored The status byte returns all zeros when the channel is disabled and the fault indicator does not blink e channel enable default e channel disable Note If both channels are disabled when PDM power is removed the ERR LED does not flash 358 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 0200 Data and Status for the Process Image Representing the Analog Output Data Output Data Registers The NIM keeps a record of output data in one block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master and is used to update the output modules This information can be monitored by the fieldbus master If you are not using a basic NIM the information may also be monitored by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The out
112. three or four wire RTD Either used or jumpered for a two three or four wire RTD Always used for RTD RTD connection for external cold junction compensation on a TC sensor Always used for RTD no connection for TC or mV no connection for TC or mV inner double shield cable cable shield 31007715 6 2008 155 Analog Input Modules Sample RTD The following field wiring example shows a two wire RTD and a three wire RTD Wiring Diagrams connected to the STB ART 0200 ark UN ak O N top connector two wire RTD sensor bottom connector three wire RTD sensor The next example shows three and four wire RTDs The three wire sensor on the top connector uses a jumper between pins 2 and 3 The four wire RTD does not use jumpers ar WN ak ON 156 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Sample mV and TC Wiring Diagram Double shielded cable may be used with two three or four wire RTDs operating in high noise environments The example below shows a two wire RTD set up with double shielded twisted pair cable STB ART 0200 oar Wh oak Wh When double shielded twisted pair cable is used the inner shield is tied to pin 6 Pin 6 is not used when standard single shielded twisted pair cable is used The illustration below shows a TC sensor on the top connector and a mV sensor on the bottom connector TC and mV applications make use of pi
113. to protect the outputs standard profile On a Fipio network a standard profile is a fixed set of configuration and operating parameters for an agent device based on the number of modules that the device contains and the device s total data length There are 3 types of standard profiles Fipio reduced device profile FRD_P Fipio standard device profile FSD_P and the Fipio extended device profile FED_P A specialized DC motor that allows discrete positioning without feedback 31007715 6 2008 423 Glossary subnet surge suppression A part of a network that shares a network address with the other parts of a network A subnet may be physically and or logically independent of the rest of the network A part of an internet address called a subnet number which is ignored in IP routing distinguishes the subnet The process of absorbing and clipping voltage transients on an incoming AC line or control circuit Metal oxide varistors and specially designed RC networks are frequently used as surge suppression mechanisms TC thermocouple A TC device is a bimetallic temperature transducer that provides a temperature value by measuring the voltage differential caused by joining together two different metals at different temperatures TCP transmission control protocol A connection oriented transport layer protocol that provides reliable full duplex data transmission TCP is part of the TCP IP suite of protocols tel
114. want to use 24 VDC from the island s sensor bus to power the analog field devices this power can be delivered through the input module To do this use pins 1 and 6 as follows 1 3 4 6 alle 24 VDC for sensor 1 top and for sensor 2 bottom inputs from sensor 1 top and sensor 2 bottom returns from input 1 top and input 2 bottom field power return from sensor 1 top and sensor 2 bottom Remember that using pins 1 and 6 will defeat the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s sensor bus 58 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1270 Functional Description Functional Characteristics Offset and Maximum Count The STB AVI 1270 module is a two channel module that handles analog input data from two 10 V single ended analog field sensors The following operating parameters are user configurable e offset and maximum count on each analog input channel e a sampling of analog input values used to average the signal Using the RTP feature in your NIM you can access the value of the following parameters e Offset e Maximum Count e Averaging Refer to the Advanced Configuration chapter in your NIM manual for general information on RTP Note Standard NIMs with firmware version 2 0 or higher support RTP RTP is not available in Basic NIMs You may apply an offset value
115. 00 ms times two or four wire 50 Hz 200 ms devices 60 Hz 180 ms RTD sensor default IEC platinum Pt100 200 850 degrees C types 328 1562 degrees F user configurable IEC platinum Pt100 and 200 850 degrees C Pt1000 328 1562 degrees F US JIS platinum Pt100 100 450 degrees C and Pt1000 148 842 degrees F copper Cu10 100 260 degrees C 148 500 degrees F nickel Ni100 and 60 180 degrees C Ni1000 76 356 degrees F maximum IEC Pt100 four wire 500 wiring two or three wire 202 resistance TES Pt1000 four wire 500 2 two or three wire 200 Q 170 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules US JIS Pt100 four wire 50Q two or three wire 20 Q US JIS Pt1000 four wire 500 Q two or three wire 200 Q Ni100 four wire 50 Q two or three wire 20 Q Ni1000 four wire 500 Q two or three wire 200 Q Cu10 four wire 50Q two or three wire 20 Q absolute Pt 25 C 77 F 0 5 degrees C accuracy 0 9 degrees F RTD errors not included Cu 25 C 77 F 2 0 degrees C 3 6 degrees F Ni 25 C 77 F 0 5 degrees C 9 0 degrees F Pt 60 C 140 F 2 0 degrees C 3 6 degrees F Cu 60 C 140 F 4 0 degrees C 6 degrees F Ni 60 C 140 F 1 6 degrees C 1 6 degrees F Requires the Advantys configuration software
116. 08 Analog Input Modules Averaging You may apply a filter that will smooth the values of the analog inputs reported by the STB ACI 1230 The Advantys configuration software allows you to average over a specified number of samples By default the number samples averaged is one no averaging you may a filtering average over up to eight samples To configure an averaging sample Step Action Result 1 Double click on the STB ACI 1230 module you want to configure in the island editor The selected STB ACI 1230 module opens in the software module editor In the Value column of the Averaging row enter a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 1 to 8 When you select the Averaging value the max min values of the range appear at the bottom of the module editor screen Averaging is applied at the module level not on a per channel basis This parameter is represented as an unsigned 8 bit number To access this parameter using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 2 Index low byte 0x02 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 0 Data Byte 1 1to8 31007715 6 2008 123 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 1230 Data and Status for the Process Image Representing The STB ACI 1230 sends a representation of the operating states of its input the Analog channels to the NIM The NIM stores this information in four 16 bit registers two Inpu
117. 1 for an illustrated example of an island segment with an EMC kit making the analog I O modules CE compliant The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to functional earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection The top connector supports analog actuator 1 and the bottom connector supports analog actuator 2 Four field wires may be used on each connector on pins 1 2 4 and 6 Each connector provides a power supply for the analog current loop These are minimally isolated from the channel and fully isolated from each other Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 24 VDC loop supply 24 VDC loop supply 2 output to actuator 1 output to actuator 2 3 no connection no connection 4 output channel return output channel return 5 no connection no connection 6 loop power return to the module loop power return to the module 31007715 6 2008 293 Analog Output Modules Sample If you want to use 24 VDC from the island s actuator bus to power the analog field Wiring Diagrams devices this power can be delivered through the output module To do this use pins 1 and 6 as follows source FE D 1 2 4 sink A e FE 1 24 VDC loop supply 2 output to actuator 1 4 output channel return 6 loop power return to the module 294 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules The fo
118. 10 VDC 32 576 32 000 For the STB AVI 1400 module the calibration of the negative value is determined by extending the linear equation determined by the offset at 0 VDC and the max count at 10 VDC 204 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Operating Range 5 VDC In the 5 VDC operating range if you use the Advantys configuration software to calibrate an offset of 64 at O VDC and a max count of 32 576 at 5 VDC the system could be represented as follows A Vai o Here are some voltage representations after calibration with offset and max count Vai Uncalibrated Calibrated 5 VDC 32 448 32 000 0 VDC 64 0 5 VDC 32 576 32 000 5 VDC For the STB AVI 1400 module the calibration of the negative value is determined by extending the linear equation determined by the offset at 0 VDC and the max count at 31007715 6 2008 205 Analog Input Modules Operating Range 1 to 5 VDC If you use the Advantys configuration software to calibrate an offset of 64 at 1 VDC and a max count of 31 744 at 5 VDC the system could be represented as follows 5 10 V 5V 3V 1V Operating Range 0 to 5 VDC In the operating range of 0 to 5 VDC if you use the Advantys configuration software to calibrate an offset of 64 atO VDC and a max count of 31 744 at 5 VDC the system could be represented as follows A Vai 5 12 V 5V 2 5 V OV
119. 100 spring clamp field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 These field wiring connectors each have six connection terminals with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin Note If you are wiring two return lines directly into one pin on the connectors you need to use STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors as illustrated in the field wiring examples that follow The STB AVI 1400 module supports eight single ended 2 wire analog sensors It handles analog inputs ranging from 1 to 5 VDC 0 to 5 VDC 0 to 10 VDC 5 VDC or 10 VDC default Data on each channel has a resolution of 15 bits sign Note An open circuit in the input cabling causes a voltage with an indeterminate value to be reported Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 5 1 5 mm 24 16 AWG Shielded twisted pair cable is required to meet CE See the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for an illustrated example of an island segment with an EMC kit making the analog I O modules CE compliant The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to functional earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection Note If you are wiring two return lines directly into one pin on the connectors you need to use stranded wires that are no larger than 0 8 mm 18 AWG Both wires mus
120. 15 6 2008 Theory of Operation Parameter Specification supply voltage IEC 61000 4 11 variation interruption ref 61131 2 shut down and start up shock ref IEC88 part 2 27 15 g peak 11 ms half sine wave for 3 shocks axis operating altitude 2000 m 2187 yd transport altitude 3000 m 3281 yd free fall ref EN61131 2 1 m 1 09 yd agency certifications ATEX 0 to 60 C and FM extended temperature ranges for specified modules Electromagnetic The following table lists the electromagnetic susceptibility specifications Susceptibility Characteristic Specification electrostatic discharge ref EN61000 4 2 radiated ref EN61000 4 3 fast transients ref EN61000 4 4 surge withstand transients ref EN61000 4 5 conducted RF ref EN61000 4 6 Radiated The following table lists the emission specification ranges Emission Description Specification Range radiated emission ref EN 55011 Class A 30 230 MHz 10 m 40 dBuV 230 1000 MHz 10 m 47 dBuV 31007715 6 2008 37 Theory of Operation 38 31007715 6 2008 The Advantys STB Analog Input Modules 2 At a Glance Overview This chapter describes the features of the standard and basic Advantys STB analog input modules What s This chapter contains the following sections 2 in this
121. 2 in on a base 128 3 mm 5 05 in depth module only 64 1 mm 2 52 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors 102 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 1225 LED Indicator Purpose Location Indications The LED on the STB ACI 1225 provides a visual indication of the module s operating status Its location and meanings are described below The LED is located on the top front bezel of the module directly below the model number ACI 1225 RDY Meaning What to Do off The module is either not receiving logic power or has failed Check power flicker Auto addressing is in progress on The module has achieved all of the following it has power it has passed its confidence tests itis operational blink 1 The module is in pre operational mode flicker the LED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 the LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes 31007715 6 2008 103 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 1225 Field Wiring Summary Connectors Field Sensors Field Wire Requirements Field Wiring Pinout The STB ACI 1225 module uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Analog sensor 1 is wired to the top connector and analog sensor 2 is wired to the bottom connector
122. 30 VDC ATEX applications prohibit hot swapping refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules Requires the Advantys configuration software Note The field actuators or inputs driven by these nonisolated output channels must be independent isolated Cross channel errors can be generated if nonisolated inputs or actuators are used 31007715 6 2008 319 Analog Output Modules 3 6 STB ACO 1225 Analog Current Output Module two channel 10 bit 4 20 mA At a Glance Overview This section provides a detailed description of the STB ACO 1225 analog output module its functions physical design technical specifications and field wiring requirements What s This section contains the following topics in this Section Topic Page STB ACO 1225 Physical Description 321 STB ACO 1225 LED Indicator 323 STB ACO 1225 Field Wiring 324 STB ACO 1225 Functional Description 327 STB ACO 1225 Data in the Process Image 328 STB ACO 1225 Specifications 330 320 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 1225 Physical Description Summary Front Panel View The STB ACO 1225 is a basic Advantys STB two channel analog current output module that writes outputs to analog actuators that operate over a range of 4 to 20 mA The analog portion of the module is isolated from
123. 31007715 04 Advantys STB Analog I O Modules Reference Guide 6 2008 Schneider www schneider electric com Electric Table of Contents Chapter 1 Chapter 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 Safety Information 2 00 cee eee eee eee 9 About the BOOK sneer ke bee saa OY ewe ae eet 11 The Advantys STB Architecture Theory of Operation 15 Advantys STB Islands of Automation 0000 c cece eee 16 Types of Modules on an Advantys STB Island 0000 eee 18 Island SEGMeNtS eri 22 Geek Bete eee ed Ae a ES SS 20 Logic Power FIOW 0000 e ee eee eee ees 24 The Power Distribution Modules 0 0 00 eee eee eee eee 26 Sensor Power and Actuator Power Distribution on the Island Bus 29 Communications Across the Island 0 0 0 cece eee eee eee 33 Operating Environment 000 cect tte tee 36 The Advantys STB Analog Input Modules 39 STB AVI 1255 Analog Voltage Input Module two channel 0 10 V 10 bit single ended 20000 eee 40 STB AVI 1255 Physical Description 00 0 c cece eee 41 STB AVI 1255 LED Indicator s a tr oein eie eee 43 STB AVI 1255 Field Wiring oa 0 0 0 cette ae 44 STB AVI 1255 Functional Description sssaaa saaana aaee 47 STB AVI 1255 Data for the Process Image 0 0c cee eee eee 48 STB AVI 1255 Specifications 0 0 0 eee 50 STB AVI 1270 Analog Voltage Input Module two chann
124. 32 760 or greater an over voltage error OVE is reported When the module is configured to operate over a voltage range of 10 to 10 V the data has a resolution of 11 bits plus sign bit STB AVO 1250 Data Register Format for 10 to 10 V 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 sign bit al Ignored i 514 213 4 212 58 211 z6 210 L7 29 28 In this case you can represent voltage data with integer values in the range 32 768 32 752 in increments of 16 The value 32 000 produces a 10 V output and 32 000 produces a 10 V output If the value exceeds 32 000 the output channel reports an over voltage warning OVW If the output value drops below 32 000 the output channel reports an under voltage warning UVW If the output value goes up to 32 752 an over voltage error OVE is reported and if it drops to 32 768 an under voltage error UVE is reported 31007715 6 2008 259 Analog Output Modules Linear voltage representations can be interpreted using the formula Ca 3200 x V where Cn is the numerical count and Vao is the analog output voltage When the voltage range is from 0 to 10 VDC voltage data is represented as follows Vao 10 238 V 10 V 9V 0 24 V OVE OVW Cn 0 UVE 28 800 32 000 32 760 When the voltage range is from 10 to 10 VDC voltage data is represented as follows
125. 359 STB AVO 0200 Specifications 365 31007715 6 2008 349 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 0200 Physical Description Physical The STB AVO 0200 is a standard Advantys STB two channel analog voltage output Characteristics module that writes outputs to analog actuators that operate over a range of 1 to 5 VDC 0 to 5 VDC 0 to 10 VDC 5 VDC or 10 VDC default The analog portion of the module is isolated from the island s field power bus to improve performance Front Panel View 1 locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels 2 model name 3 LED 4 dark green identification stripe indicating an analog output module 5 actuator 1 connects to the top field wiring connector 6 actuator 2 connects to the bottom field wiring connector 350 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules Ordering The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB AVO 0200 K which includes Information e one STB AVO 0200 analog output module e one size 2 STB XBA 2000 see p 395 I O base e two alternative sets of connectors e two 6 terminal screw type connectors e two 6 terminal spring clamp connectors Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows e astandalone STB AVO 0200 analog output module e astandalone STB XBA 2000 size 2 base e a bag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional optional accessories are also avai
126. 7 degrees F typical conversion times with internal cold 50 Hz 230 ms junction 60 Hz 210 ms compensation with external cold 50 Hz 400 ms junction 60 Hz 360 ms compensation Requires the Advantys configuration software 172 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules mV Specifications range of the scale 80 mV 2 4 over or under range data resolution increments of 0 01 mV accuracy 0 1 of full scale 25 degrees C ambient temperature 0 15 of full scale max 60 degrees C ambient temperature typical conversion 50 Hz 170 ms times 60 Hz 150 ms input impedance 10 MQ typical 31007715 6 2008 173 Analog Input Modules 2 9 STB ACI 1400 Analog Current Input Module eight channel single ended Inputs 15 bit sign 4 20 mA or 0 20 mA At a Glance Overview This section provides you with a detailed description of the STB ACI 1400 analog input module its physical design and functional capabilities What s This section contains the following topics in this Section s Topic Page STB ACI 1400 Physical Description 175 STB ACI 1400 LED Indicator 177 STB ACI 1400 Field Wiring 179 STB ACI 1400 Functional Description 182 STB ACI 1400 Data and Status for the Process Image 188 STB ACI 1400 Specifications 193 174 31007715 6 2008 Ana
127. 7715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 1400 Field Wiring Summary Connectors Field Sensors Field Wire Requirements The STB ACI 1400 module uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Analog sensors 1 2 3 and 4 are wired to the top connector and analog sensors 5 6 7 and 8 are wired to the bottom connector The choices of connectors and field wire types are described below and some field wiring options are presented Use a set of either e two STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 e two STB XTS 2100 spring clamp field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 These field wiring connectors each have six connection terminals with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin Note If you are wiring two return lines directly into one pin on the connectors you need to use STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors as illustrated in the field wiring examples that follow The STB ACI 1400 module support eight single ended 2 wire analog sensors It handles analog inputs in the ranges of 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA Data on each channel has a resolution of 15 bits sign Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 5 1 5 mm 24 16 AWG Shielded twisted pair cable is required to meet CE See the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for an illustrated example of an island seg
128. 8 4 mm 0 72 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 128 3 mm 5 05 in depth module only 64 1 mm 2 52 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors 82 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 0320 LED Indicator Purpose The two LEDs on the STB ACI 0320 provide visual indications of the module s operating status Their location and meanings are described below Location The LEDs are located on the top front bezel of the module directly below the model number 31007715 6 2008 83 Analog Input Modules Indications The following table defines the meaning of the two LEDs where an empty cell indicates that the pattern on the associated LED doesn t matter RDY ERR Meaning What to Do off off The module is either not receiving Check power logic power or has failed flicker off Auto addressing is in progress on on The watchdog has timed out Cycle power restart the communications on off The module has achieved all of the following e it has power e it passed its confidence tests e itis operational on flicker An over current error is detected Check wiring and field device flicker A broken wire is detected Check wiring Field power is absent Check power A PDM short circuit is detected blink 1 The module is in pre operational mode blink 1 A nonfatal
129. 86 F field 5 A rms max 60 C 140 F for inputs 4 A rms max 30 C 86 F 2 5 A rms max 60 C 140 F overcurrent for inputs user replaceable 5 A time lag fuse from an STB XMP protection 5600 fuse kit for outputs user replaceable 10 A time lag fuse from an STB XMP 5600 fuse kit bus current 0 mA voltage surge protection yes PE current 30 A for 2 min status reporting to the two sensor bus power present green LEDs actuator bus power present voltage detect LED turns on at 15 VDC 1 VDC threshold LED turns off less than15 VDC 1 VDC storage temperature 40 to 85 C operating temperature range 0 to 60 C agency certifications refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 This product supports operation at normal and extended temperature ranges Refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for a complete summary of capabilities and limitations 31007715 6 2008 379 Power Distribution Modules 4 2 STB PDT 3105 24 VDC Basic Power Distribution Module At a Glance Overview This section provides you with a detailed description of the STB PDT 3105 PDM its functions physical design technical specifications and power wiring requirements What s This section contains the following topics in this Section To
130. 9v 2V 1V 0 3200 6400 28 800 32 000 32 736 Values greater than 32 000 do not produce over range indications 31007715 6 2008 273 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 1255 Specifications Table of Technical Specifications description two single ended analog voltage output channels analog voltage range 0 10V resolution 10 bits returned data format IEC module width 13 9 mm 0 58 in I O base STB XBA 1000 see p 391 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC logic bus current consumption 45 mA nominal actuator bus current consumption 260 mA with no load maximum output current 5 mA channel hot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported no output response time nominal 3 0 ms plus settling time for both channels short circuit protection on the outputs yes output fault detection none isolation field to bus 1500 VDC for 1 min module to field power bus 500 VAC rms when actuator bus is not used for field power integral linearity 0 1 of full scale typical differential linearity monotonic absolute accuracy 0 5 of full scale 25 C temperature drift typically 0 01 of full scale C operating temperature range 0 to 60 C storage temperature 40 to 85 C capacitive load 1 pF fallback mode predefined fallback states 0 V
131. ACI 8320 module uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Analog sensors 1 and 2 are wired to the top connector and analog sensors 3 and 4 are wired to the bottom connector The choices of connectors and field wire types are described below and some field wiring options are presented Use a set of either e two STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 e two STB XTS 2100 spring clamp field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 These field wiring connectors each have six connection terminals with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin The STB ACI 8320 module handles analog input data from four 4 to 20 mA differential analog field sensors Data on each channel has a resolution of 15 bits sign Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 5 1 5 mm 24 16 AWG Shielded twisted pair cable is required to meet CE See the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for an illustrated example of an island segment with an EMC kit making the analog I O modules CE compliant The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to functional earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection The top connector supports analog sensors 1 and 2 The bottom connector supports analog sensors 3 and 4 No connections are made on pins 3 and 4 of either connector
132. ART 0200 Physical Description Physical The STB ART 0200 is a standard Advantys STB two channel analog input module Characteristics that can support RTD thermocouple or mV analog sensors Each channel can be configured independently By default both channels support three wire RTD sensors You may reconfigure one or both channels using the Advantys configuration software The STB ART 0200 takes 24 VDC from the island s sensor bus and passes power to two analog sensor devices Front Panel View LoD essess locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED array light green identification stripe indicating an analog input module sensor 1 connects to the top field wiring connector sensor 2 connects to the bottom field wiring connector oa hWnd 150 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Ordering The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB ART 0200 k which includes Information e one STB ART 0200 analog input module e one size 1 STB XBA 1000 see p 391 I O base e two alternative sets of connectors e two 6 terminal screw type connectors e two 6 terminal spring clamp connectors Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows e astandalone STB ART 0200 analog input module e astandalone STB XBA 1000 size 1 base e a bag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional optio
133. B AVO 1255 module are based on its physical location on the island bus Note The data format illustrated below is common across the island bus regardless of the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is also transferred to and from the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus 272 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules Output Data Registers Each STB AVO 1255 data register represents the output voltage of a channel in the IEC data format The data has 10 bit resolution The bit structure in each data register is as follows 0 to 10 V Data Register Format 45 14 13 12 14 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 always 0 i I ignored 214 25 3 L 26 2 Lif 2 211 58 210 3 2 There are 10 significant bits in each data word bits 14 through 5 They allow you to represent voltage data with integer values ranging from 0 to 32 736 in increments of 32 A value 32 000 results in an output of 10 V If the sign bit bit 15 is set the output is set to 0 V Linear voltage representations can be interpreted using the formula C 3200 x Vio where Cn is the numerical count and Vao is the analog output voltage Voltage data is represented as follows A Vao 10 23 V 10V
134. C 32 001 32 001 UVW under voltage warning lt 1VDC lt 0 12 VDC 1 767 UVE under voltage error lt 0 91 VDC 0 VDC 767 0 In an ideal linear voltage representation for 1 to 5 VDC range one with default offset or max count settings see p 203 a value of 32 001 represents an over voltage warning OVW If the input value is less than or equal to 1 the module will report an under voltage warning UVW When the input value reaches 32 767 an over voltage error OVE occurs When the input value reaches 767 an under voltage error UVE occurs 212 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules However due to user configurable offset and max count if used an OVW may be generated before the reported count reaches 32 001 Similarly the reported count may be at 32 767 but you may not receive the expected OVE An ideal linear representation of analog input voltage one with default offset and maximum count is given by the following formula Cp Vai 1 x 8000 where C is the numerical count and V4 is the analog input voltage A Vai 5 10 V gt OVE gt 5 V gt OVW 3V lt 1 V 0 905 V UVE II e po 767 16 000 32 001 32 767 In an ideal linear voltage representation for 0 to 5 VDC range one with default offset or max count settings see p 203 a value of 32 001 represents an OVW If the input value is less than or equal to 767 the module reports a U
135. E An ideal linear representation of analog input voltage one with default offset and maximum count is given by the following formula 214 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Cn Vai X 3200 where C is the numerical count and V is the analog input voltage A Vai 10 24 V gt 10 V _ _ 4 p OVE gt OVW lt 0 24V Ch p UVE 32 001 32 767 Data Formats 5 VDC and 10 VDC Error 5 VDC Range 10 VDC Range OVE over voltage error 5 12 VDC 10 24 VDC 32 767 32 767 OVW over voltage warning gt 5 VDC gt 10 VDC 32 001 32 001 UVW under voltage warning lt 5 VDC lt 10 VDC 32 001 32 001 UVE under voltage error 5 12 VDC 10 24 VDC 32 768 32 768 In an ideal linear voltage representation for 5 VDC range one with default offset or max count settings see p 203 a value of 32 001 represents an OVW If the input value is less than or equal to 32 001 the module reports a UVW When the input value reaches 32 767 an OVE occurs When the input value reaches 32 767 a UVE occurs However due to user configurable offset and max count if used an OVW may be generated before the reported count reaches 32 001 Similarly the reported count may be at 32 767 but you may not receive the expected OVE 31007715 6 2008 215 Analog Input Modules An ideal linear representation of analog input voltage one with default offset and
136. E 171 Dimensions width module on a base 18 4 mm 0 72 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 128 3 mm 5 05 in depth module only 64 1 mm 2 52 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors 334 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 0120 LED Indicator Purpose The LED on the STB ACO 0120 provides a visual indication of the module s operating status Location The LED is located on the top of the front bezel of the module directly below the model number ACO0120 31007715 6 2008 335 Analog Output Modules Indications The following table defines the meaning of the two LEDs where an empty cell indicates that the pattern on the associated LED doesn t matter RDY ERR Meaning What to Do off off The module is either not receiving logic Check power power or has failed flicker off Auto addressing is in progress on off The module has achieved all of the following e it has power e it passed its confidence tests e itis operational on on The watchdog has timed out Cycle power restart the communications on flicker A broken wire is detected Check wiring blink 1 The module is in pre operational mode flicker Loop power is absent Check power blink 1 A nonfatal error has been detected Cycle power restart the communications blink 2 The island bus is
137. ED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 the LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes 31007715 6 2008 323 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 1225 Field Wiring Summary Connector Types Field Actuators Field Wire Requirements Field Wiring Pinout The STB ACO 1225 module uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Analog actuator 1 is wired to the top connector and the analog actuator 2 is wired to the bottom connector Use a set of either e two STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 e two STB XTS 2100 spring clamp field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 These field wiring connectors each have six connection terminals with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin The STB ACO 1225 module handles analog output data from two 4 to 20 mA single ended analog field actuators Data on each channel has a resolution of 10 bits The module allows you to connect to two three and four wire devices that can draw current up to 100 mA module If you want to maintain the module s built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s actuator bus you can make only two wire connections Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 5 1 5 mm 24 16 AWG Shielded twisted pai
138. F Determining To apply offset and maximum count to an analog channel Offset ang Step Action Result Maximum Count Values 1 Connect the Advantys configuration The software will be in online mode software to a physical island 2 Double click on the STB AVI 1400 The module editor for the selected module in the island editor STB AVI 1400 module will open 3 Open the I O Image Data Animation sheet which can be accessed from the module editor in the Advantys configuration software when it is online 4 Apply a value corresponding to the Ideally the channel data should read O If minimum input 0 VDC or 1 VDC this is true then no offset adjustment is depending on the selected range and necessary If the data value is not 0 make read the analog input channel s data in a note of the actual data value the I O Image Data Animation sheet 5 Apply a value corresponding to the Ideally the channel data should read maximum input 5 VDC or 10 VDC 32 000 If this is true then no maximum depending on the selected range and count adjustment is necessary If the data read the analog input channel s data in value is not 32 000 make a note of the the module s I O Image Data actual data value Animation sheet 208 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Step Action Result If adjustments need to be made take the Advantys configuration software offline
139. Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage Step Action Notes 1 After you have removed the power connector from the module and let the unit cool down for 10 minutes pull the PDM from its base Push the release buttons at the top and bottom of the PDM and pull it from the base 2 Insert a small flathead screwdriver in the slot The slot is molded to protect the tip of the on the left of the fuse panel door and use it screwdriver from accidentally touching to pop the door open the fuse 3 Remove the old fuse from the fuse holder Make sure that the new fuse is a 5 A fuse inside the panel door and replace it with Note 10 A fuses are provided in the fuse another fuse kit but they should not be used with an STB PDT 3105 module 4 Snap the panel door s shut and plug the PDM back into its base Then plug the connectors back into the receptacles close the cabinet and reapply field power 386 31007715 6 2008 Power Distribution Modules STB PDT 3105 Protective Earth Connection PE Contact for the Island Bus How PE Contact Is Made Handling Multiple PE Connections One of the key functions of a PDM in addition to distributing sensor and actuator power to the I O modules is the provision of PE to the island On the bottom of each STB XBA 2200 PDM base is a captive screw in a plastic block By tightening this captive screw you can ma
140. I 0300 Physical Description 222 STB AVI 0300 LED Indicator 224 STB AVI 0300 Field Wiring 226 STB AVI 0300 Functional Description 228 STB AVI 0300 Data and Status for the Process Image 235 STB AVI 0300 Specifications 243 31007715 6 2008 221 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 0300 Physical Description Physical The STB AVI 0300 is a four channel differential analog voltage input module that Characteristics reads inputs from analog sensors operating in the range of 1 to 5 VDC 0 to 5 VDC 0 to 10 VDC 5 VDC or 10 VDC default The module converts the analog signal to a digital value with 15 bit sign resolution and communicates that value to the control system The analog input channels have 200 VDC channel to channel isolation The analog portion of the module is isolated from the island s sensor bus to improve noise immunity The module mounts in a size 2 I O base and uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Front Panel View locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED array light green identification stripe indicating an analog input module sensors 1 and 2 connect to the top field wiring connector sensors 3 and 4 connect to the bottom field wiring connector oahwhnd 222 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Ordering The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB AVI 0300 K which includes Information e one STB AVI 0300 analog input mo
141. Image Representing the Analog Input Data The STB AVI 1275 sends a representation of the operating states of its input channels to the NIM The NIM stores this information in two 16 bit registers one data register for each channel The information can be read by the fieldbus master If you are not using a basic NIM the information can also be read by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data process image is part of a block of 4096 Modbus registers in the range 45392 through 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The STB AVI 1275 module is represented by two contiguous registers in this block The specific registers used are based on the module s physical location on the island bus Note When this module is used with the STB NCO 2212 or STB NCO 1010 CANopen NIMs you must set the analog global interrupt enable to index 6423 subindex 7 in order to receive the input data For more information on analog global interrupt enable see the Advantys STB Standard CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 176 or the Advantys STB Basic CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 193 31007715 6 2008 77 Analog Input Modules Input Data Registers Each STB AVI 1275 data register represents the input voltage of a channel in the IEC data format The data has 9 bit sign resolution The bit structure in each data register is as follows STB AVI 1275 Data Reg
142. MP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 width module on a base 13 9 mm 0 58 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 128 3 mm 5 05 in depth module only 64 1 mm 2 52 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors 31007715 6 2008 53 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1270 LED Indicator Purpose Location The two LEDs on the STB AVI 1270 provide visual indications of the module s operating status Their location and meanings are described below The two LEDs are located on the top front bezel of the module directly below the model number AVI 1270 54 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Indications The following table defines the meaning of the two LEDs where an empty cell indicates that the pattern on the associated LED doesn t matter RDY ERR Meaning What to Do off off The module is either not receiving logic Check power power or has failed flicker off Auto addressing is in progress on off The module has achieved all of the following e it has power e it has passed its confidence tests itis operational on on The watchd
143. S bit bit 0 3 Bit 3 represents the presence or absence of an over current error OCE It has a value of 0 when a signed data value is less than 32 767 or an unsigned data value is less than 65 535 it has a value of 1 when a signed data value reaches 32 767 or an unsigned value reaches 65 535 An OCE does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 4 Bit 4 represents the presence or absence of an under current warning UCW UCW indications can be generated only when the signed output data format is used It has a value of 0 when the data value is greater than or equal to 0 anda value of 1 when the data value is less than 0 A UCW does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 5 Bit 5 represents the presence or absence of an under current error UCE UCE indications can be generated only when the signed output data format is used It has a value of 0 when the data value is greater than 1 000 and a value of 1 when the data value is less than or equal to 1 000 A UCE does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 6 Bit 6 represents the physical status of output channel HWE It has a value of 0 when no hardware errors are detected and a value of 1 if there is a broken wire or the channel is not powered An HWE turns on the GS bit bit 0 31007715 6 2008 301 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 0220 Specifications Table of Technical ne z 5 cA 3 description two isolated analog sink source Specifications output channels analog current range 4
144. STB XBA 2000 see p 395 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC logic bus current consumption 90 mA nominal sensor bus current consumption 150 mA hot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported no profile ID 0x47 input response time nominal 16 ms for all channels maximum 22 ms for all channels input filter low pass filter with 3 dB cutoff at 985 Hz integral linearity 0 08 of full scale differential linearity monotonic absolute accuracy typically 0 4 of full scale 25 C and 0 45 maximum of full scale temperature drift typically 0 005 of full scale C operating temperature range 0 to 60 C storage temperature 40 to 85 C over range margin 2 4 under range margin 4 to 20 mA range only 2 4 input impedance lt 250 Q maximum input current 25 mA with no damage addressing requirement 16 input words total 8 words for data 8 words for status isolation field to bus 1500 VDC for 1 minute analog module to sensor bus 500 VDC 31007715 6 2008 193 Analog Input Modules field power requirements from a 24 VDC PDM power protection time lag fuse on the PDM broken wire detection 4 to 20 mA range only Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules This product supports operation at normal and extended temperature ranges Re
145. STB XBA 2000 I O Base 0 cc eee eee eee 395 STB XBA 2200 PDM Base 0 ccc ccc eee eens 399 The Protective Earth Connection 0 0 00 eee eee 403 ia Red aE E an a ca nara Rca ca a ance alg tava carson akan 405 IEG SYMDOIS Grina rona the Se tethers ete aS 407 i Baie Ahad ines eas ena ee ete E E E 409 Gee Rea ae ascirib A ees Awe NA AS Tw a Oe ara Ramee aR ae 427 Safety Information Aa Important Information NOTICE PLEASE NOTE Read these instructions carefully and look at the equipment to become familiar with the device before trying to install operate or maintain it The following special messages may appear throughout this documentation or on the equipment to warn of potential hazards or to call attention to information that clarifies or simplifies a procedure that an electrical hazard exists which will result in personal injury if the The addition of this symbol to a Danger or Warning safety label indicates A instructions are not followed injury hazards Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid This is the safety alert symbol It is used to alert you to potential personal A possible injury or death A DANGER DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury A WARNING WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided can result in death serious injury or equipment damage
146. STB XBA 2000 base provide AC or DC field power and a protective earth PE connections to the I O Contacts module They are as follows Field power sensor power for inputs and actuator power for outputs is distributed across the island bus to the STB PDT 2100 PDM Contacts Signals 1and2 when the module inserted in the base has input channels contacts 1 and 2 deliver sensor bus power to the module 3 and 4 when the module inserted in the base has output channels contacts 3 and 4 deliver actuator bus power to the module PE is established via a captive screw on the PDM base units see p 403 and is delivered to the Advantys STB I O module via contact 5 If the module in the STB XBA 2000 base supports only input channels contacts 3 and 4 are not used If the module in the STB XBA 1000 base supports only output channels contacts 1 and 2 are not used 398 31007715 6 2008 Bases STB XBA 2200 PDM Base Summary Physical Overview The STB XBA 2200 PDM base is 18 4 mm 0 72 in wide It is the mounting connection for any PDM s on the island bus It allows you to easily remove and replace the module from the island for maintenance It also enables the PDM to distribute sensor bus power to input modules and actuator power to output modules in the voltage group of I O modules supported by that NIM A plastic block at the bottom of the base houses a PE captive screw see p 403 w
147. TB ACI 1230 module in the island STB ACI 1230 module will open editor 3 Open the I O Data Animation sheet which can be accessed from the module editor in the Advantys configuration software when it is online 4 Apply 0 mA to the appropriate field Ideally the channel data should read O If sensor and read the analog input this is true then no offset adjustment is channel s data in the I O Data necessary If the data value is not 0 make Animation sheet a note of it 5 Now apply 20 mA to the field sensor Ideally the channel data should read and read the analog input channel s 32 000 If this is true then no maximum data in the module s I O Data count adjustment is necessary If the data Animation sheet value is not 32 000 make a note of it 6 If adjustments need to be made take the Advantys configuration software offline 7 Double click on the appropriate The module editor for the selected STB ACI 1230 module in the island STB ACI 1230 module will open editor 8 Open the Properties sheet in the module editor In the Offset value field enter the data value that you read when 0 mA was applied In the Max Count value field enter the data value that you read when 20 mA was applied 9 Save the new configuration When the configuration is downloaded to parameters the physical island the new offset and maximum count parameters will be applied to the analog input channel 122 31007715 6 20
148. TB AVO 1250 module opens in AVO 1250 module you want to the software module editor configure in the island editor 2 Choose the data display format Hexadecimal values will appear in the editor if by either checking or unchecking the box is checked decimal values will appear the Hexadecimal checkbox at if the box is unchecked the top right of the editor 3 In the Value column of the When you select the Analog Output Period Analog Output Period row value the max min values of the range appear enter the desired value at the bottom of the module editor screen The analog output period is set at the module level you cannot configure different channels to refresh at different intervals This parameter is represented as an unsigned 8 bit number To access this parameter using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 1 Index low byte 0x10 Index high byte 0x23 Sub index 0 Data Byte 1 5 to 255 31007715 6 2008 255 Analog Output Modules Fallback Modes When communications are lost between the output module and the fieldbus master the module s output channels must go to a known state where they will remain until communications are restored This is known as the channel s fallback state You may configure fallback states for each channel individually Fallback configuration is accomplished in two steps e first by configuring fallback mod
149. The Last Device on the Primary Segment Base Model Base Width Advantys STB Modules It Supports STB XBA 2100 18 4 mm 0 72 in the size 2 base that supports an auxiliary power supply STB XBA 2200 18 4 mm 0 72 in the size 2 base that supports the PDMs STB XBA 2300 18 4 mm 0 72 in the size 2 base that supports BOS modules STB XBA 2400 18 4 mm 0 72 in the size 2 base that supports EOS modules STB XBA 3000 28 1 mm 1 06 in the size 3 base that supports many of the special modules As you plan and assemble the island bus make sure that you choose and insert the correct base in each location on the island bus Each segment contains a minimum of one Advantys STB I O module The maximum number of modules in a segment is determined by their total current draw on the 5 VDC logic power supply in the segment A built in power supply in the NIM provides 5 VDC to the I O modules in the primary segment A similar power supply built into the BOS modules provides 5 VDC for the I O modules in any extension segments Each of these supplies produce 1 2 A and the sum of the logic power current consumed by all the I O modules in a segment cannot exceed 1 2 A The island bus must be terminated with a 120 terminator resistor If the last module on the island bus is an Advantys STB I O module use an STB XMP 1100 terminator plate at the end of the segment If the island bus
150. The top connector receives 24 VDC source power for the sensor bus and the bottom connector receives 24 VDC source power for the actuator bus Pin Top Connector Bottom Connector 1 24 VDC for the sensor bus 24 VDC for the sensor bus 2 24 VDC sensor power return 24 VDC actuator power return 31007715 6 2008 373 Power Distribution Modules Source Power Sample Wiring Diagrams The STB PDT 3100 PDM requires source power from at least one independent SELV rated 19 2 30 VDC power supply Sensor power and actuator power are isolated from one another on the island You may provide source power to these two buses via a single power supply or by two separate power supplies Refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for a detailed discussion of external power supply selection considerations This example shows the field power connections to both the sensor bus and the actuator bus coming from a single 24 VDC SELV power supply STB PDT 3100 24 VDC sensor bus power 24 VDC sensor power return 24 VDC actuator bus power 24 VDC actuator power return kOoOND The diagram above shows a protection relay which you may optionally place on the 24 VDC power wire to the actuator bus connector A protection relay enables you to disable the output devices receiving power from the actuator bus while you test the input devices that receive pow
151. To take advantage of this internal isolation feature the sensors must be powered from an external power supply If isolation is not required you can use the module to deliver field power to the sensors 24 VDC for sensor 1 from the top connector and 24 VDC for sensor 2 from the bottom connector The module mounts in a size 1 I O base and uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Pi Tl eseses locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED array light green identification stripe indicating an analog input module sensor 1 connects to the top field wiring connector sensor 2 connects to the bottom field wiring connector 1 2 3 4 5 6 112 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Ordering Information The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB ACI 1230 K which includes e one STB ACI 1230 analog input module e one size 1 STB XBA 1000 see p 397 I O base e two alternative sets of connectors e two 6 terminal screw type connectors e two 6 terminal spring clamp connectors Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows e astandalone STB ACI 1230 analog input module e astandalone STB XBA 1000 size 1 base e a bag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional optional accessories are also available e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the b
152. Use a set of either e two STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 e two STB XTS 2100 spring clamp field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 These field wiring connectors each have six connection terminals with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin The STB ACI 1225 module handles analog input data from two 4 to 20 mA single ended analog field sensors Data on each channel has a resolution of 10 bits The module supports two three and four wire devices that draw current up to 100 mA module If you want to maintain the module s built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s sensor bus you can make only two wire connections Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 5 1 5 mm 24 16 AWG Shielded twisted pair cable is recommended The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to functional earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection The top connector supports analog sensor 1 and the bottom connector supports analog sensor 2 Four field wires may be used on each connector on pins 1 2 4 and 6 The connections on pins 1 and 6 are optional and using them defeats the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s field power bus No connections are made on pins 3 and 5 of either connector
153. VW When the input value reaches 32 767 an OVE occurs When the input value reaches 0 a UVE occurs However due to user configurable offset and max count if used an OVW may be generated before the reported count reaches 32 001 Similarly the reported count may be at 32 767 but you may not receive the expected OVE An ideal linear representation of analog input voltage one with default offset and maximum count is given by the following formula Cn Vai X 6400 31007715 6 2008 213 Analog Input Modules where C is the numerical count and V is the analog input voltage A Vai 5 12 V gt 5V UVE 32 001 32 767 Data Format 0 to 10 VDC Error 0 to 10 VDC Range OVE over voltage error 10 24 VDC 32 767 OVW over voltage warning gt 10 VDC 32 001 UVW under voltage warning lt 0 24 VDC 767 UVE under voltage error 0 VDC 0 In an ideal linear voltage representation for 0 to 10 VDC range one with default offset or max count settings see p 203 a value of 32 001 represents an OVW If the input value is less than or equal to 767 the module reports a UVW When the input value reaches 32 767 an OVE occurs When the input value reaches 0 a UVE occurs However due to user configurable offset and max count if used an OVW may be generated before the reported count reaches 32 001 Similarly the reported count may be at 32 767 but you may not receive the expected OV
154. W When the input value reaches 32 767 an OVE occurs When the input value reaches 32 767 a UVE occurs However due to user configurable offset and max count if used an OVW may be generated before the reported count reaches 32 001 Similarly the reported count may be at 32 767 but you may not receive the expected OVE An ideal linear representation of analog input voltage one with default offset and maximum count is given by the following formula 31007715 6 2008 239 Analog Input Modules Cn Vai X 6400 where C is the numerical count and V is the analog input voltage A Vai 512V OVE gt 5VL A gt OVW 32 001 32 767 In an ideal linear voltage representation for 10 VDC range one with default offset or max count settings see p 228 a value of 32 001 represents an OVW If the input value is less than or equal to 32 001 the module will report a UVW When the input value reaches 32 767 an OVE occurs When the input value reaches 32 767 a UVE occurs However due to user configurable offset and max count if used an OVW may be generated before the reported count reaches 32 001 Similarly the reported count may be at 32 767 but you may not receive the expected OVE An ideal linear voltage representation one with default offset or max count settings is given by the formula Cn Vai X 3200 240 31007715 6 2008 Analog Inp
155. a known state where they remain until communications are restored This is known as the channel s fallback state Both output channels go to a predefined fallback state of 4 mA 31007715 6 2008 327 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 1225 Data in the Process Image Representing the Analog Output Data The NIM keeps a record of output data in one block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master and is used to update the output modules This information can be monitored by the fieldbus master If you are not using a basic NIM the information may also be monitored by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data returned by the fieldbus master An STB ACO 1225 is represented by two contiguous registers in the output data block The specific registers used by an STB ACO 1225 module are based on its physical location on the island bus Note The data format illustrated below is common across the island bus regardless of the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is also transferred to and from the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus
156. able 11 bit sign At a Glance Overview This section provides you with a detailed description of the STB AVO 1250 analog output module its functions physical design technical specifications field wiring requirements and configuration options What s This section contains the following topics in this Section Topic Page STB AVO 1250 Physical Description 247 STB AVO 1250 LED Indicator 249 STB AVO 1250 Field Wiring 251 STB AVO 1250 Functional Description 254 STB AVO 1250 Data and Status for the Process Image 258 STB AVO 1250 Specifications 262 246 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 1250 Physical Description Physical The STB AVO 1250 is a standard Advantys STB two channel analog voltage output Characteristics module that writes outputs to analog actuators that operate over a user selectable range of either 0 to10 V or 10 to 10 V The analog portion of the module is isolated from the island s actuator bus to improve performance To take advantage of this internal isolation feature the actuators must be powered from an external power supply If isolation is not required you can use the module to deliver field power to the actuators 24 VDC for actuator 1 from the top connector and 24 VDC for actuator 2 from the bottom connector The module mounts in a size 1 I O base and uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Front Panel View
157. ac VAC vac vac vac vac vac E NIM IPpM iN N N OUT OUT OUT A a 1 ae if 115 VAG 115 VAC 24 VDC signal to the NIM s logic power supply 115 VAC signal to the segment s sensor bus 115 VAC signal to the segment s actuator bus optional relay on the actuator bus OND 31007715 6 2008 31 Theory of Operation If the segment contains a mixture of both 115 VAC and 230 VAC I O modules you must take care to install them in separate voltage groups and support the different voltages with separate STB PDT 2100 PDMs P S 50V i x 1 Logic Power ae External 24 VDC Source 115 115 115 230 230 230 P S VAC vac vac vac YAC vac vac vac foe NM PDM IN Jout IN PPM N lout IN A A 476 VAC M A sovio a A T5 V C I 30 VAC ee 115 VAC 230 VAC 24 VDC signal to the NIM s logic power supply 115 VAC signal to the segment s sensor bus 115 VAC signal to the segment s actuator bus optional relay on the actuator bus 230 VAC signal to the segment s sensor bus 230 VAC signal to the segment s actuator bus ouhwnhd 32 31007715 6 2008 Theory of Operation Communications Across the Island Island Bus Two sets of contacts on the left side of the base units one set on the bottom and Architectur
158. age A Vai SO Vs Soe ay gt 5V A OVW i lt 1 V 0 905 V lt _ ve c i n Pp 767 16 000 32 001 32 767 In an ideal linear voltage representation for 0 to 5 VDC range one with default offset or max count settings see p 228 a value of 32 001 represents an OVW If the input value is less than or equal to 767 the module will report a UVW When the input value reaches 32 767 an OVE occurs When the input value reaches 0 a UVE occurs However due to user configurable offset and max count if used an OVW may be generated before the reported count reaches 32 001 Similarly the reported count may be at 32 767 but you may not receive the expected OVE An ideal linear representation of analog input voltage one with default offset and maximum count is given by the following formula Cn Vai X 6400 31007715 6 2008 237 Analog Input Modules where C is the numerical count and V is the analog input voltage A Vai 5 12V i gt 5VL p OVE ovw lt 0 12 V Cn 0 p t 767 UVE 32 001 32 767 Data Format for 0 to 10 VDC Error 0 to 10 VDC Range OVE over voltage error 10 24 VDC 32 767 OVW over voltage warning gt 10 VDC 32 001 UVW under voltage warning lt 0 24 VDC 767 UVE under voltage error 0 VDC 0 In an ideal linear voltage representation for 0 to 10 VDC range
159. al accessories are also available e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB XMP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Dimensions width module on a base 18 4 mm 0 72 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 128 3 mm 5 05 in depth module only 64 1 mm 2 52 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors 176 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 1400 LED Indicator Purpose The two LEDs on the STB ACI 1400 provide visual indications of the module s operating status Their location and meanings are described below Location The LEDs are located on the top front bezel of the module directly below the model number ACI1400 31007715 6 2008 177 Analog Input Modules Indications The following table defines the meaning of the two LEDs where an empty cell indicates that the pattern on the associated LED doesn t matter RDY ERR Meaning What to Do off off The module is either
160. al accessories are also available e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB XMP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Module Dimensions width module on a base 13 9 mm 0 58 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 128 3 mm 5 05 in depth module only 64 1 mm 2 52 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors 31007715 6 2008 71 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1275 LED Indicator Purpose The LED on the STB AVI 1275 provides a visual indication of the module s operating status Location The LED is located on the top front bezel of the module directly below the model number AVI 1275 Indications RDY Meaning What to Do off The module is either not receiving logic power or has failed Check power flicker Auto addressing is in progress on The module has achieved all of the following it has power it has passed its confidence tests itis operational
161. alog output module 251 on the STB AVO 1255 analog output module 268 on the STB AVO 1265 analog output module 280 STB XTS 1130 screw type power wiring connector on the STB PDT 3100 power distribution module 373 on the STB PDT 3105 power distribution module 384 STB XTS 2100 spring clamp field wiring connector on an STB ACO 1210 analog output module 309 on the STB ACI 0320 analog input module 85 on the STB ACI 1225 analog input module 104 31007715 6 2008 435 Index on the STB ACI 1230 analog input module 116 on the STB ACI 1400 analog input module 179 on the STB ACI 8320 analog input module 134 on the STB ACO 0120 analog output module 337 on the STB ACO 0220 analog output module 293 on the STB ACO 1225 analog output module 324 on the STB ART 0200 analog input module 154 on the STB AVI 0300 analog input module 226 on the STB AVI 1255 analog input module 44 on the STB AVI 1270 analog input module 56 on the STB AVI 1275 analog input module 73 on the STB AVI 1400 analog input module 200 on the STB AVO 0200 analog output module 354 on the STB AVO 1250 analog output module 251 on the STB AVO 1255 analog output module 268 on the STB AVO 1265 analog output module 280 STB XTS 2130 spring clamp power wiring connector on the STB PDT 3100 power distribution module 373 on the STB PDT 3105 power distribution module 384 STB ACI 1400 analog input module technical specifications 193 STB AVI
162. alues are data format dependent The STB ACO 0320 has an output channel enable disable on a per channel basis You can disable the unused outputs By default all outputs are enabled upon auto configuration When you disable a channel its output is set to minimum output current and any data written to the output register is ignored The status byte returns all zeros when the channel is disabled and the fault indicator does not blink e channel enable default e channel disable 298 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 0220 Data in the Process Image Representing the Analog Output Data Output Data Registers The NIM keeps a record of output data in one block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master and is used to update the output modules This information can be monitored by the fieldbus master If you are not using a basic NIM the information may also be monitored by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data sent by the fieldbus master An STB ACO 0220 is represented by two contiguous registers in the output data block The specific registers used by an STB ACO 0220 module are based on its physical location on the island bus Note The data format illustrated below is common acro
163. and s sensor bus No connections are made on pins 3 and 5 of either connector Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 24 VDC from sensor bus for field device 24 VDC from sensor bus for field device accessories accessories 2 input from sensor 1 input from sensor 2 116 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections no connection no connection analog input return analog input return no connection no connection oO oOo field power return to the module field power return to the module The analog returns pin 4 for each channel are internally connected therefore there is no channel to channel isolation Sample Wiring Diagrams the sensors A The following field wiring example shows how two isolated analog sensors can be wired to the STB ACI 1230 module An external power supply is required to power BO D 2 B BO BO D p BO BO BO BO D 2 inputs from sensor 1 top and sensor 2 bottom 4 returns from input 1 top and input 2 bottom 31007715 6 2008 117 Analog Input Modules If you want to use 24 VDC from the island s sensor bus to power the analog field devices this power can be delivered through the input module To do this use pins 1 and 6 as follows
164. and 6 on each connector With this wiring configuration a maximum wire size of 0 8 mm 18 AWG stranded wire must be used for the return connections and STB XTS 1100 screw type wiring connectors must be used Both return wires must be of the same wire gauge 31007715 6 2008 181 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 1400 Functional Description Functional Characteristics Offset and Maximum Count The STB ACI 1400 module is an eight channel module that handles analog input data from eight field sensors operating in a 4 to 20 mA default or 0 to 20 mA current range The following operating parameters are user configurable offset maximum count averaging range channel operation enable disable Using the RTP feature in your NIM you can access the value of the following parameters e offset e maximum count e averaging Refer to the Advanced Configuration chapter in your NIM manual for general information on RTP Note Standard NIMs with firmware version 2 0 or higher support RTP RTP is not available in basic NIMs You may apply an offset value to the low end of the operating current range and a maximum count to the high end of the operating current range This feature allows you to calibrate the analog input channels to match your equipment Offset is configured as a signed integer It ma
165. and maximum count value ranges available to you 31007715 6 2008 87 Analog Input Modules Offset and Maximum Count You can apply an offset value to the low end of the operating current range anda maximum count to the high end of the operating current range Offset and maximum count can be applied on each channel independently This feature allows you to calibrate the analog input channels to match your equipment These parameters are provided only for sensor compensation not for scaling The module is able to measure over the physical range of 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA An offset adjustment will move the interpretation of the low end of the range and a max count adjustment will move the interpretation of only the high end of the range Offset If you are using a signed input data format an offset can be configured as a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 767 to 767 OxFDO1 to Ox02FF If you are using an unsigned input data format an offset can be configured as a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 0 to 1535 OxO5FF In either case the value represents a current offset in the range 4 mA 0 38 mA for the 4 to 20 mA operating range and 0 mA 0 48mA for the 0 to 20 mA operating range By default the offset on both channels is 0 indicating no offset applied Maximum Count If you are using a signed input data format a maximum count can be configured as a positive decimal or hexadecimal value in the r
166. ange 31 233 to 32 767 0x7A01 to Ox7FFF If you are using an unsigned input data format a maximum count can be configured as a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 62 465 to 65 535 OxF401 to OxXFFFF In either case the value represents a current in the range 20 0 38 mA for the 4 to 20 mA operating range and 20 0 48 mA for the 0 to 20 mA operating range By default the maximum count on both channels is 32 000 signed or 64 000 unsigned indicating no gain applied In the 4 to 20 mA operating range an ideal linear current representation one without offset or max count adjustments is interpreted using the formula e Vn lai 4 MA x 2 000 for a signed input data range e Vh laj 4 MA x 4 000 for an usigned input data range where V is the numerical count and lai is the analog input current 88 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Here is a graphical representation of ideal linear current for a signed input data range A lai 20 38 mA 20 mA 12 mA 4 mA Vn 16 000 32 000 32 767 In the 0 to 20 mA operating range an ideal linear current representation one without offset or max count adjustments is interpreted using the formula e Vha laji X 1 600 I in mA for a signed input data range e V I X 3 200 lai in mA for an unsigned input data range where V is the numerical count and laj is the analog input current Here is a graphical representation of ideal linear cur
167. anning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules Note The field actuators or inputs driven by these nonisolated output channels must be independent isolated Cross channel errors can be generated if nonisolated inputs or actuators are used 31007715 6 2008 331 Analog Output Modules 3 7 STB ACO 0120 Analog Current Output Module one channel 15 bit sign 4 20 mA At a Glance Overview This section provides you with a detailed description of the STB ACO 0120 analog output module its functions physical design technical specifications field wiring requirements and configuration options What s This section contains the following topics in this Section P Topic Page STB ACO 0120 Physical Description 333 STB ACO 0120 LED Indicator 335 STB ACO 0120 Field Wiring 337 STB ACO 0120 Functional Description 341 STB ACO 0120 Data in the Process Image 344 STB ACO 0120 Specifications 347 332 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 0120 Physical Description Summary The STB ACO 0120 is a standard Advantys STB isolated one channel analog sink source output module that operates over a range of 4 to 20 mA The analog portion of the module is isolated from the island s actuator bus to improve performance The module also provides an isolated short circuit protected loop power supply that allows a
168. ase Models There are six different base units When interconnected on a DIN rail these bases form the physical backplane onto which the Advantys modules are mounted This physical backplane also supports the transmission of power communications and PE across the island bus The table below lists the bases by model number size and types of Advantys modules that they support Base Model Width Modules Supported STB XBA 1000 13 9 mm 0 58 in size 1 Advantys input and output modules see p 391 STB XBA 2000 18 4 mm 0 72 in size 2 Advantys input and output modules and the see p 395 STB XBE 2100 CANopen extension module STB XBA 2200 18 4 mm 0 72 in All Advantys PDM modules see p 399 STB XBA 2300 18 4 mm 0 72 in STB XBE 1200 BOS island bus extension modules STB XBA 2400 18 4 mm 0 72 in STB XBE 1000 EOS island bus extension modules STB XBA 3000 27 8 mm 1 09 in size 3 Advantys specialty modules Note You must insert the correct base in each location on the island bus to support the desired module type Notice that there are three different size 2 18 4 mm bases Make sure that you choose and install the correct one at each position on the island bus 390 31007715 6 2008 Bases STB XBA 1000 I O Base Summary The STB XBA 1000 I O base is 13 9 mm 0 58 in wide It provides the physical connections for a size 1 input or outpu
169. ase as part of your island assembly plan e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB XMP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 31007715 6 2008 113 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 1230 LED Indicator Purpose Location The two LEDs on the STB ACI 1230 provide visual indications of the module s operating status Their location and meanings are described below The LEDs are located on the top front bezel of the module directly below the model number ACI1230 114 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Indications The following table defines the meaning of the two LEDs where an empty cell indicates that the pattern on the associated LED doesn t matter RDY ERR Meaning What to Do off off The module is either not receiving logic Check power power or has failed flicker off Auto addressing is in progress on off The module has achieved all of the following e it has power e it has passed its confidence tests e itis operational on on The watchdog has timed out Cycle power restart the communications blink 1 The module is in pre operational mode flicker Field power absent o
170. aster with a mechanism for issuing reconfiguration and start requests Island operation status object A special object that appears in the CANopen object dictionary when the remote virtual placeholder option is enabled in a CANopen NIM It is a 16 bit word that reports the success of reconfiguration and start requests or records errors in the event that a request fails internet protocol That part of the TCP IP protocol family that tracks the internet addresses of nodes routes outgoing messages and recognizes incoming messages Ingress Protection rating according to IEC 60529 IP20 modules are protected against ingress and contact of objects larger than 12 5 mm The module is not protected against harmful ingress of water IP67 modules are completely protected against ingress of dust and contact Ingress of water in harmful quantity is not possible when the enclosure is immersed in water up to 1m LAN light industrial I O linearity local area network A short distance data communications network An Advantys STB I O module designed at a low cost for less rigorous e g intermittent low duty cycle operating environments Modules of this type operate in lower temperature ranges with lower qualification and agency requirements and limited on board protection they usually have limited or no user configuration options A measure of how closely a characteristic follows a straight line function 31007715 6 2008 417
171. ation on the island bus Note When this module is used with the STB NCO 2212 or STB NCO 1010 CANopen NIMs you must set the analog global interrupt enable to index 6423 subindex 7 in order to receive the input data For more information on analog global interrupt enable see the Advantys STB Standard CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 176 or the Advantys STB Basic CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 193 48 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Input Data Each STB AVI 1255 data register represents the input voltage of a channel in the Registers IEC data format The data has 10 bit resolution The bit structure in each data register is as follows STB AVI 1255 Data Register Format 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 always 0 24 ma 213_ 26 212 L97 211 98 210 _ _ 99 always 0 There are 10 significant bits in each data word bits 14 through 5 They allow you to represent voltage data with integer values ranging from 0 to 32 736 in increments of 32 A value 32 000 represents an input of 10 V Linear voltage is interpreted using the formula Vai C 3200 where Cn is the numerical count and Vai is the analog input voltage A Vai 10 23 VF 10V Ch 0 a 28 800 32 000 32 736 A value above 32 000 does not produce an
172. cabling causes a voltage with an indeterminate value to be reported Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 5 1 5 mm 24 16 AWG Shielded twisted pair cable is required to meet CE See the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for an illustrated example of an island segment with an EMC kit making the analog I O modules CE compliant The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to functional earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection No connections are made on pins 3 and 4 of either connector Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 voltage in 1 voltage in 3 2 voltage in 1 voltage in 3 3 no connection no connection 4 no connection no connection 5 voltage in 2 voltage in 4 6 voltage in 2 voltage in 4 226 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Sample The following field wiring example shows how four isolated analog sensors can be Wiring Diagrams wired to the STB AVI 0300 module An external power supply is required to power the sensors I l i 31007715 6 2008 227 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 0300 Functional Description Functional Characteristics Offset and Maximum Count
173. cations to the next segment Which EOS module must be selected depends on the module types that shall follow ALAN cabling and signaling specification used to connect devices within a defined area e g a building Ethernet uses a bus or a star topology to connect different nodes on a network A frame format in which the header specifies the packet type Ethernet II is the default frame format for NIM communications 31007715 6 2008 413 Glossary EtherNet IP EtherNet IP the Ethernet Industrial Protocol is especially suited to factory applications in which there is a need to control configure and monitor events within an industrial system The ODVA specified protocol runs CIP the Common Industrial Protocol on top of standard Internet protocols like TCP IP and UDP It is an open local communications network that enables the interconnectivity of all levels of manufacturing operations from the plant s office to the sensors and actuators on its floor fallback state fallback value FED_P Fipio Flash memory FRD_P FSD_P full scale function block A known state to which an Advantys STB I O module can return in the event that its communication connection fails The value that a device assumes during fallback Typically the fallback value is either configurable or the last stored value for the device Fipio extended device profile On a Fipio network the standard device profile type for agents who
174. ch data register is as follows STB ACI 1230 Data Register Format 15 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 always 0 214 There are 12 to represent c of eight The value 32 14 13 ii 212 always 0 23 L 24 L 25 L 96 Lo 28 significant bits in each data word bits 14 through 3 They allow you urrent data with integer values ranging from 0 to 32 760 in increments 000 represents 20 mA If the input value exceeds 20 mA the input channel reports an over current warning OCW If the input value reaches 20 48 mA an 0 48 mA thei over current error OCE is reported If the input value drops below nput channel reports an under current warning UCW and if the value is less than or equal to 0 the channel reports an under current error UCE Linear current representations can be interpreted using the formula I C 1600 where Cn is the numerical count and lai is the analog input current Ala i 20 48 mA OCE 20 mA OCW 15 mA 0 48 mA _ Ch 0 UCE gt 768 24 000 32 000 32 760 The sign bit bit 15 is always 0 indicating that negative values are not represented The three least significant bits in the data words are always 0 31007715 6 2008 125 Analog Input Modules Status The second and fourth STB ACI 1230 registers in the input block of the process Byte
175. channel isolated 16 bit RTD TC mV 0 00 0c eee eee 149 STB ART 0200 Physical Description 00 00 e eee eee ee 150 STB ART0200 LEDS sacl aiene ey dads eR ae ee ee 152 STB ART 0200 Field Wiring 1 0 0 0 cect teas 154 STB ART 0200 Functional Description 0 000 c eee eee eee 159 STB ART 0200 Data for the Process Image cee eee eee eee 165 STB ART 0200 Specifications 2 0 cette 169 2 9 STB ACI 1400 Analog Current Input Module eight channel single ended Inputs 15 bit sign 4 20 mA or0 20MA 174 STB ACI 1400 Physical Description 00 0000 cece eee eee 175 STB ACI 1400 LED Indicator 0 0 c eects 177 STB ACI 1400 Field Wiring 2 0 000 e cece tee eee 179 STB ACI 1400 Functional Description 000 e eee eee 182 STB ACI 1400 Data and Status for the Process Image 188 STB ACI 1400 Specifications 0 0 0 tee 193 2 10 STB AVI 1400 Analog Voltage Input Module eight channel single ended inputs 15 bit sign 1 5 VDC 0 5 VDC 0 10 VDC 5 VDC or 10 VDC 195 STB AVI 1400 Physical Description 0 00000 cece eee eee 196 STB AVI 1400 LED Indicator 0 0 cece 198 STB AVI 1400 Field Wiring 0 0 cee eee 200 STB AVI 1400 Functional Description 0 000 c eee eee eee 203 STB AVI 1400 Data and Status for the Process Image
176. cimal or hexadecimal value in the range O to 1535 OxO5FF In either case the value represents a current offset in the range 4 mA 0 38 mA for the 4 to 20 mA operating range and 0 mA 0 48mA for the 0 to 20 mA operating range By default the offset on both channels is 0 indicating no offset applied Maximum Count If you are using a signed input data format a maximum count can be configured as a positive decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 31 233 to 32 767 0x7A01 to Ox7FFF If you are using an unsigned input data format a maximum count can be configured as a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 62 465 to 65 535 OxF401 to OxFFFF In either case the value represents a current in the range 20 0 38 mA for the 4 to 20 mA operating range and 20 0 48 mA for the 0 to 20 mA operating range By default the maximum count on both channels is 32 000 signed or 64 000 unsigned indicating no gain applied In the 4 to 20 mA operating range an ideal linear current representation one without offset or max count adjustments is interpreted using the formula e Vi laj 4 MA x 2 000 for a signed input data range e Vh lai 4 MA x 4 000 for an usigned input data range where V is the numerical count and la is the analog input current 31007715 6 2008 137 Analog Input Modules Here is a graphical representation of ideal linear current for a signed input data range A tai 20 38 mA 20 mA
177. ck the first for the data in channel 1 and the second for the data in channel 2 The STB ACO 1210 s two output data registers represent the channel data in the IEC data format The data has 12 bit resolution The bit structure in each of the two data words is as follows STB ACO 1210 Data Register Format 3 12 14 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 always 0 ay A Ignored L23 Lo4 ra 211 2 210 L_o7 29 1 L38 31007715 6 2008 315 Analog Output Modules There are 12 significant bits in each data word bits 14 through 3 They allow you to represent current data with integer values ranging from 0 to 32 760 in increments of eight The value 32 000 results in a 20 mA output If the value exceeds 32 000 the output channel reports an over current warning OCW If the value reaches 32 760 an over current error OCE is reported If the value drops below 768 the output channel reports an under current warning UCW and if the value goes to 0 the channel reports an under current error UCE Linear current representations can be interpreted using the formula C n L X 1600 where Cn is the numerical count and lao is the analog output current rN 20 48 mA 20 mA l ao OCE OCW 15 mA 0 48 mA 0 UCE lt 316 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules Output The input data and I O status process image is a reserved
178. compensation requires that you connect an external RTD device to the top connector on the module The module uses the real temperature of the RTD for external cold junction compensation It reports the real temperature as compensation data to the process image 168 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB ART 0200 Specifications Summary General Specifications Each channel on the STB ART 0200 can be configured independently to support an RTD sensor a TC sensor or a mV sensor The following four tables describe the module specifications description two analog input channels individually configurable for RTD thermocouple or mV operations data resolution 15 bits plus sign conversion method x A operating mode self scan module width 13 9 mm 0 58 in I O base STB XBA 1000 see p 391 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC bus current consumption 30 mA nominal sensor bus current consumption 170 mA hot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported as inputs only isolation field to bus 1500 VAC for 1 min channel to channel 500 VDC for 1 min channel to field power supply 500 VDC for 1 min input protection 7 5 V maximum input filter single low pass filter nominal 25 Hz cross talk between channels not measurable common mode rejection 50 or 60 Hz 100 dB
179. control devices for electric motors including ATV31 ATV71 and TeSys U An I O module that functions as an auto addressable device on an Advantys STB Island but is not in the same form factor as a standard Advantys STB I O module and therefore does not fit in an I O base A preferred device connects to the Island bus via an EOS module and a length of a preferred module extension cable It can be extended to another preferred module or back into a BOS module If it is the last device on the Island it must be terminated with a 120 Q terminator A premium NIM has advanced features over a standard or basic NIM An optional feature on a standard NIM that allows you to selectively identify digital input modules to be scanned more frequently during a the NIM s logic scan An Advantys STB I O module designed for operation at extended temperature ranges in conformance with IEC type 2 thresholds Modules of this type often feature high levels of on board diagnostics high resolution user configurable parameter options and higher levels of agency approval A part of the NIM firmware that serves as a real time data area for the data exchange process The process image includes an input buffer that contains current data and status information from the Island bus and an output buffer that contains the current outputs for the Island bus from the fieldbus master In networks that observe the producer consumer model data packets are identified accordin
180. could be represented as follows A 20 475 mA 20 mA 9V 120 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Here are some current representations after calibration with offset and max count lai Uncalibrated Calibrated OmA 64 0 5mA 7984 8000 10 mA 15 904 16 000 15 mA 23 824 24 000 20 mA 31 744 32 000 Offset and RTP The offset parameter is represented as a signed 16 bit number To access it using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 2 Index low byte 0x00 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 Data Bytes 2 high byte amp 1 low byte 8191 to 8191 Maximum Count and RTP The maximum count parameter is represented as a signed 16 bit number To access it using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 2 Index low byte 0x01 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 Data Bytes 2 high byte amp 1 low byte 23800 to 32767 121 Analog Input Modules Determining Offset and Maximum Count Values To apply offset and maximum count to an analog channel Step Action Result 1 Connect the Advantys configuration The software will be in online mode software to a physical island 2 Double click on the appropriate The module editor for the selected S
181. cted It has a value of 1 when bit 6 has a value of 1 2 Bit 2 represents the presence or absence of an OCW It has a value of 0 when the data value is less than or equal to 32 000 and a value of 1 when the data value is greater than 32 000 An OCW does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 3 Bit 3 represents the presence or absence of an OCE It has a value of 0 when the data value is less than 32 767 and a value of 1 when the data value reaches 32 767 An OCE does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 4 Bit 4 represents the presence or absence of a UCW It has a value of 0 when the data value is greater than or equal to 0 and a value of 1 when the data value is less than 0 A UCW does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 5 Bit 5 represents the presence or absence of a UCE It has a value of 0 when the data value is greater than 1 000 and a value of 1 when the data value is less than or equal to 1 000 A UCE does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 6 Bit 6 represents the physical status of output channel It has a value of O when no hardware errors HWEs are detected and a value of 1 if there is a broken wire or the channel is not powered An HWE turns on the GS bit bit 0 346 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 0120 Specifications Table of Technical Specifications description one current output channel analog current range 4 20mA resolution 15 bit sign returned data format IEC module width 18 4 mm
182. d maximum output current 20 mA channel hot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported no settling time 900 us to 0 1 of the final value output response time nominal 3 0 ms plus settling time both channels short circuit protection on the outputs yes fault detection none isolation field to bus 1500 VDC for 1 min analog module to actuator bus 500 VAC rms when actuator bus is not used for field power integral linearity 0 1 of full scale typical differential linearity monotonic absolute accuracy 0 5 of full scale 25 C temperature drift typically 0 01 of full scale C operating temperature range 0 to 60 C storage temperature 40 to 85 C external loop supply 19 2 30 VDC from the 24 VDC PDM fallback mode predefined fallback states 4 mA on both channels addressing requirement two words for output data 330 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules actuator bus power for accessories 100 mA module over current protection for accessory power yes field power requirements from a 24 VDC PDM power protection time lag fuse on the PDM agency certifications refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 ATEX applications prohibit hot swapping refer to the Advantys STB System Pl
183. d in step 4 In the Max Count value field enter the data value that you read in step 5 31007715 6 2008 91 Analog Input Modules Averaging Channel Operation Enable Disable Step Action Result Save the new configuration parameters When the configuration is downloaded to the physical island the new offset and maximum count parameters are applied to the analog input channel and your 4 and 20 mA readings should be 0 and 32 000 respectively You may apply a filter that will smooth the values of the analog inputs reported by the STB ACI 0320 The Advantys configuration software allows you to average over a specified number of samples Averaging is applied on a per channel basis By default the number samples averaged is one no averaging you may have a filtering average over up to 80 samples To configure an averaging sample row enter a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 1 to 80 0x50 Step Action Result 1 Double click the STB ACI 0320 module The selected STB ACI 0320 module you want to configure in the island editor opens in the software module editor 2 In the Value column of the Averaging When you select the Averaging value the max min values of the range appear at the bottom of the module editor screen This parameter is represented as an unsigned 8 bit number To access this parameter using RTP write the following val
184. d row enter Period value the max min values of the range the desired value appear at the bottom of the module editor screen 296 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules Output Data Format Fallback Modes This parameter is represented as an unsigned 8 bit number To access this parameter using RTP the following values to the RTP request block Length 1 Index low byte 0x10 Index high byte 0x23 Sub index 0 Data Byte 1 5 to 255 By default the data format is signed values with 15 bit resolution If you are using the Advantys configuration software you can change the data format to unsigned values with 16 bit resolution The output data format that you use affects the range of values available for a predefined fallback state When communications are lost between the output module and the fieldbus master the module s output channels go to a known state where they remain until communications are restored This is known as the channel s fallback state You may configure fallback states for each channel individually Fallback configuration is accomplished in two steps 1 configure the fallback modes for each channel 2 configure the fallback states All output channels have a fallback mode either predefined state or hold last value When a channel has predefined state as its fallback mode it can be configured with a fallback state which may be any value in the valid range
185. d wiring options are presented Use a set of either e two STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 e two STB XTS 2100 spring clamp field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 These field wiring connectors each have six connection terminals with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin The STB AVI 1270 module handles analog input data from two 10 V single ended analog field sensors Data on each channel has a resolution of 11 bits plus the sign bit The module is designed to support high duty cycles and to control continuous operation equipment The module supports two three and four wire devices that draw current up to e 100 mA channel at 30 degrees C e 50 mA channel at 60 degrees C If you want to maintain the module s built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s sensor bus you can make only two wire connections Note An open circuit in the input cabling will cause a voltage with an indeterminate value to be reported Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 5 1 5 mm 24 16 AWG Shielded twisted pair cable is recommended The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to protective earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection 56 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Field The top connector s
186. depending on the selected range and necessary If the data value is not 0 make read the analog input channel s datain a note of the actual data value the I O Image Data Animation sheet 5 Apply a value corresponding to Ideally the channel data should read maximum input 20 mA and read the 32 000 If this is true then no maximum analog input channel s data in the count adjustment is necessary If the data module s I O Image Data Animation value is not 32 000 make a note of the sheet actual data value 6 If adjustments need to be made take the Advantys configuration software offline 7 Double click on the STB ACI 1400 The module editor for the selected module in the island editor STB ACI 1400 module will open 8 Open the Properties sheet in the module editor In the Offset value field enter the data value that you read in step 4 In the Max Count value field enter the data value that you read in step 5 9 Save the new configuration parameters When the configuration is downloaded to the physical island the new offset and maximum count parameters will be applied to the analog input channel Averaging You may apply a filter that will smooth the values of the analog inputs reported by the STB ACI 1400 The Advantys configuration software allows you to average over a specified number of samples By default the number samples averaged is one no averaging you may have a filt
187. ding electricity and electronics An Advantys STB I O module designed at a moderate cost for typical continuous high duty cycle applications Modules of this type often feature standard IEC threshold ratings usually providing user configurable parameter options on board protection good resolution and field wiring options They are designed to operate in moderate to high temperature ranges The amount of time that a sensor must hold its signal on or off before the input module detects the change of state An input channel s polarity determines when the input module sends a 1 and when it sends a 0 to the master controller If the polarity is normal an input channel will send a 1 to the controller when its field sensor turns on If the polarity is reverse an input channel will send a 0 to the controller when its field sensor turns on 416 31007715 6 2008 Glossary input response time INTERBUS protocol IOC object IOS object IP Rating The time it takes for an input channel to receive a signal from the field sensor and put it on the Island bus The INTERBUS fieldbus protocol observes a master slave network model with an active ring topology having all devices integrated in a closed transmission path Island operation control object A special object that appears in the CANopen object dictionary when the remote virtual placeholder option is enabled in a CANopen NIM It is a 16 bit word that provides the fieldbus m
188. distributed to an STB PDT 3100 PDM A CAUTION IMPROPER GALVANIC ISOLATION The power components are not galvanically isolated They are intended for use only in systems designed to provide SELV isolation between the supply inputs or outputs and the load devices or system power bus You must use SELV rated supplies to provide 24 VDC source power to the NIM Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage A CAUTION COMPROMISED DOUBLE INSULATION Above 130 VAC the relay module may compromise the double insulation provided by a SELV rated power supply When you use a relay module use separate external 24 VDC power supplies for the PDM supporting that module and the logic power to the NIM or BOS module when the contact voltage is above 130 VAC Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage 31007715 6 2008 29 Theory of Operation To assure that the installation will perform to system specifications it is advisable to use a separate 24 VDC supply for logic power to the NIM and for field power to the PDM PIS 50V pom l 5 VDC m 24 VDC 24 VDC P S P S NM 24V 24v 24vi24v 24v 24V 24V IPDM IN IN IN OUT OUT OUT 4iVDC iag AIARA 24 VDE n 2 P3 Q 1 24 VDC signal to the NIM s logic power supply 2 24 VDC signal to the segment s sen
189. dule e one size 2 STB XBA 2000 see p 395 I O base e two alternative sets of connectors e two 6 terminal screw type connectors e two 6 terminal spring clamp connectors Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows e a standalone STB AVI 0300 analog input module e astandalone STB XBA 2000 size 2 base e a bag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional optional accessories are also available e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB XMP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Dimensions width module on a base 18 4 mm 0 72 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 128 3 mm 5 05 in depth module only 64 1 mm 2 52 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors 31007715 6 2008 223 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 0300 LED Indicator Purpose The two LEDs on the STB AVI 0300 provide visual indications of the module s operating status Thei
190. e configured as a decimal or hexadecimal integer in the range 0 to 32 000 0 to Ox7D00 e If your voltage range of 10 to 10 VDC then the fallback state value may be configured as a decimal or hexadecimal integer in the range 32 000 to 32 000 0x8300 to 0x7D00 By default both channels are configured to go to 0 VDC as their predefined fallback state Note If an output channel has been configured with hold last value as its fallback mode any value that you assign its fallback state parameter will be ignored To modify a fallback state from its default setting or to revert back to the default from an on setting you need to use the Advantys configuration software Step Action Result 1 Make sure that the Fallback Mode value for the channel you want to configure is predefined state If the Fallback Mode value for the channel is hold last value any value entered in the associated Predefined Fallback Value row will be ignored Choose the data display format by either checking or unchecking the Hexadecimal checkbox at the top right of the editor Hexadecimal values will appear in the editor if the box is checked decimal values will appear if the box is unchecked Expand the Predefined Fallback Value Settings fields by clicking on the sign Rows for Channel 1 and Channel 2 appear Double click on the channel value s you want to change then type in the desired value s T
191. e ISO OSI reference model is made available to the next layer supervisory control and data acquisition Typically accomplished in industrial settings by means of microcomputers service data object In CAN based networks SDO messages are used by the fieldbus master to access read write the object directories of network nodes A group of interconnected I O and power modules on an Island bus An Island must have at least 1 segment and depending on the type of NIM used may have as many as 7 segments The first leftmost module in a segment needs to provide logic power and Island bus communications to the I O modules on its right In the primary or basic segment that function is filled by a NIM In an extension segment that function is filled by an STB XBE 1200 or an STB XBE 1300 BOS module safety extra low voltage A secondary circuit designed and protected so that the voltage between any 2 accessible parts or between 1 accessible part and the PE terminal for Class 1 equipment does not exceed a specified value under normal conditions or under single fault conditions subscriber identification module Originally intended for authenticating users of mobile communications SIMs now have multiple applications In Advantys STB configuration data created or modified with the Advantys Configuration Software can be stored on a SIM and then written to the NIM s Flash memory An analog input design technique whereby a wire from each signal so
192. e STB XBA 1000 size 1 base e a bag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional optional accessories are also available e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB XMP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Dimensions width module on a base 13 9 mm 0 58 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 128 3 mm 5 05 in depth module only 64 1 mm 2 52 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors 278 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 1265 LED Indicator Purpose The LED on the STB AVO 1265 provides a visual indication of the module s operating status Location The LED is located on the top of the front bezel of the module directly below the model number AVO 1265 Indications RDY Meaning What to Do off The module is either not receiving logic power or has failed Check power flicker Auto addressing is in progress
193. e extension segment Which BOS module must be selected depends on the module types that shall follow A master on a Fipio network CAN CANopen protocol Cl CiA CIP COB configuration The CAN controller area network protocol ISO 11898 for serial bus networks is designed for the interconnection of smart devices from multiple manufacturers in smart systems for real time industrial applications CAN multi master systems ensure high data integrity through the implementation of broadcast messaging and advanced error mechanisms Originally developed for use in automobiles CAN is now used in a variety of industrial automation control environments An open industry standard protocol used on the internal communication bus The protocol allows the connection of any enhanced CANopen device to the Island bus This abbreviation stands for command interface CiA CAN in Automation is a non profit group of manufacturers and users dedicated to developing and supporting CAN based higher layer protocols Common Industrial Protocol Networks that include CIP in the application layer can communicate seamlessly with other CIP based networks For example the implementation of CIP in the application layer of an Ethernet TCP IP network creates an EtherNet IP environment Similarly CIP in the application layer of a CAN network creates a DeviceNet environment Devices on an EtherNet IP network can therefore communicate with devices on a D
194. e in a kit of 20 e two STB XTS 2100 spring clamp field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 These field wiring connectors each have six connection terminals with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin The STB AVO 1250 module handles analog output data from two 0 to 10 V or 10 V single ended analog field actuators Data on each channel has a resolution of 12 bits or 12 bits plus sign The module is designed to support high duty cycles and to control continuous operation equipment The module allows you to connect to two three and four wire devices that can draw current up to 100 mA channel at 30 degrees C or 50 mA channel at 60 degrees C If you want to maintain the module s built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s actuator bus you can make only two wire connections Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 5 1 5 mm 24 16 AWG Shielded twisted pair wire is recommended The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to protective earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection The top connector supports analog actuator 1 and the bottom connector supports analog actuator 2 Four field wires may be used on each connector on pins 1 3 4 and 6 The connections on pin 1 and pin 6 are optional and using these pins will defeat the built in isolation bet
195. e one on the top enable the island to support several different communication and power buses The contacts on the top left of a base support the island s logic side functions The contacts at the bottom left of a base support the island s field power side Logic Side The following illustration shows the location of the contacts as they appear on all the Contacts I O bases The six contacts at the top of the base support the logic side functionality reserved common ground contact 5 VDC logic power contact island bus communications contact island bus communications contact address line contact ou hwnd The following table lists the way the logic side contacts are implemented on the different base units Base Unit Logic side Contacts STB XBA 1000 size 1 I O base Contacts 2 6 present and pass signals to the right Contacts 2 and 3 terminate at the end of the segment contacts 4 5 and 6 pass to the end of the island bus STB XBA 2000 size 2 I O base Contacts 2 6 present and pass signals to the right Contacts 2 and 3 terminate at the end of the segment contacts 4 5 and 6 pass to the end of the island bus STB XBA 2200 size 2 PDM base Contacts 2 6 present and pass signals to the right Contacts 2 and 3 terminate at the end of the segment contacts 4 5 and 6 pass to the end of the island bus 31007715 6 2008 33 Theory of Operation Base Unit L
196. e or mV range see p 167 A URW does not turn on the GSC bit bit 0 5 under range error The value is 1 when the input sensor value is in the URE URE status temperature or mV range see p 167 A URE turns on the GSC bit bit 0 6 broken wire detection The value is 1 when the channel is configured for an RTD or BWD status TC sensor and it detects a broken wire if you have a mV sensor connected to the channel BWD does not work When the channel is configured for a TC sensor the bit may also be set when external cold junction compensation is used and a broken wire is detected in the RTD connection In this case the cold junction compensation data will be near O and the TC data will be uncompensated BWD turns on the GSC bit bit 0 7 internal module error Internal hardware firmware error has been detected or INT status differential between two internal sensors is in excess of 10 degrees C Note The detection of error conditions on the PDM input power connection may be delayed by as much as 15 ms from the event depending on the sensor bus load the system configuration and the nature of the fault Field power faults that are local to the input module are reported without delay Note If the INT bit is set you need to either cycle power or hot swap the module to reset the bit If the bit does not reset the module needs to be replaced 31007715 6 2008 167 Analog Input Modules
197. e pins 1 and 6 as follows PE 24 VDC for actuator 1 top and for actuator 2 bottom outputs to actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom returns from actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom field power return from actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom oro Remember that using pins 1 and 6 will defeat the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s actuator bus 31007715 6 2008 253 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 1250 Functional Description Functional The STB AVO 1250 is a two channel analog output module that sends data to two Characteristics voltage field actuators The following operating parameters are user configurable e the voltage range of the module e the module s analog output period e the fallback states of the two analog output channels Using the RTP feature in your NIM you can access the value of the following parameter e Analog Output Period Refer to the Advanced Configuration chapter in your NIM manual for general information on RTP Note Standard NIMs with firmware version 2 0 or higher support RTP RTP is not available in Basic NIMs Voltage Range The voltage range of the module is user configurable for either e Oto 10 V with 12 bit resolution e 10 V with 11 bit sign resolution By default the range is O to 10 V If you want to transfer signals in the 10 V range or
198. e presence or absence of a UVW An UVW does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 6 Bit5 represents the presence or absence of a UVE A UVE turns on the GS bit bit 0 when the voltage range is 10 VDC or 5 VDC a UVE does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 when the voltage range is 0 to 5 VDC 0 to 10 VDC or 1 to 5 VDC 7 Bit 6 not used always 0 8 Bit 7 represents the presence or absence an internal communication error ICE This error turns on the GS bit bit 0 Note When the GS bit is on the channel data value may not be valid Note The detection of error conditions on the PDM input power connection may be delayed by as much as 15 ms from the event depending on the sensor bus load the system configuration and the nature of the fault Field power faults that are local to the input module are reported immediately 242 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 0300 Specifications Table of Technical Specifications deseriptiori four isolated analog voltage input channels analog voltage range 1 to 5 VDC 0 to 5 VDC 0 to 10 VDC 5 VDC 10 VDC default resolution 15 bit plus sign returned data format IEC module width 18 4 mm 0 72 in I O base STB XBA 2000 see p 395 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC logic bus current consumption 90 mA typical nominal sensor bus current consumption 150 mA typical h
199. e sure that the proper current is delivered to each actuator FE 2 outputs to actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom 4 field power returns from actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom 31007715 6 2008 325 Analog Output Modules If you want to use 24 VDC from the island s actuator bus to power the single ended analog field devices this power can be delivered through the output module To do this use pins 1 and 6 as follows 1 24 VDC for actuator 1 top and for actuator 2 bottom 2 outputs to actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom 4 and 6 close the power loop by sending the field power return to the module return Remember that using pins 1 and 6 defeats the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s actuator bus 326 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 1225 Functional Description Functional The STB ACO 1225 module is a two channel analog output module that sends data Characteristics to two current field actuators It does not support user configurable operating parameters or reflex actions Operating The current range of the module is 4 to 20 mA with 10 bit resolution Parameters Note At startup before the module becomes operational the outputs are at 0 mA When communications are lost between the output module and the fieldbus master the module s output channels go to
200. e width 13 9 mm 0 58 in I O base STB XBA 1000 see p 391 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC logic bus current consumption 45 mA nominal actuator bus current consumption 260 mA with no load maximum output current 5 mA channel hot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported no output response time nominal 3 0 ms plus settling time both channels short circuit protection on the outputs yes output fault detection none isolation field to bus 1500 VDC for 1 min analog module to actuator bus 500 VAC rms when actuator bus is not used for field power integral linearity 0 1 of full scale typical differential linearity monotonic absolute accuracy 0 5 of full scale 25 C temperature drift typically 0 01 of full scale C operating temperature range 0 to 60 C storage temperature 40 to 85 C capacitive load 1 uF fallback mode predefined fallback states 0 V on both channels addressing requirements two words of output data actuator bus power for accessories 100 mA module over current protection for accessory power yes field power requirements from a 24 VDC PDM 286 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules power protection time lag fuse on the PDM agency certifications refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation G
201. ed by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data sent by the fieldbus master An STB ACO 0120 is represented by one register in the output data block The specific register used by an STB ACO 0120 module is based on its logical address on the island bus Output Each STB ACO 0120 output data register represents the output data in the IEC data Data Registers format The data has 15 bit sign resolution STB ACO 0120 Data Register Format 1514 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 sign 9 214_ 213 212 L_2 ott _ L_2 10_ 2 3 L 96 2 e 27 All 16 bits in the data word are significant They allow you to represent analog output current data with all the integer values in the range 1 000 to 32 767 The value 0 represents 4 mA The value 32 000 represents 20 mA Errors and warnings are reported in both operating ranges at the following counts Note Errors and warnings are based on count values not current values The current values in the table below are ideal values 344 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules Error 4 to 20 mA Range OCE over current error 20 38 mA 32 767 OCW over current warning gt 20 mA 32 001 UCW under current warning lt 4mA 0 UCE u
202. ed temperature ranges Refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for a complete summary of cabalities and limitations Requires Advantys configuration software 244 31007715 6 2008 The Advantys STB Analog Output Modules 3 At a Glance Overview This chapter describes the features of the standard and basic Advantys STB analog output modules What s This chapter contains the following sections 2 in this Chapter Section Topic Page 3 1 STB AVO 1250 Analog Voltage Output Module 246 two channel bipolar selectable 11 bit sign 3 2 STB AVO 1255 Analog Voltage Output Module 264 two channel 0 to 10 V 10 bit 3 3 STB AVO 1265 Analog Voltage Output Module 276 two channel 10 to 10 V 9 bit sign 3 4 STB ACO 0220 Analog Current Output Module 288 two channel 15 bit sign 4 20 mA 3 5 STB ACO 1210 Analog Current Output Module 304 two channel 12 bit O 20 mA 3 6 STB ACO 1225 Analog Current Output Module 320 two channel 10 bit 4 20 mA 3 7 STB ACO 0120 Analog Current Output Module 332 one channel 15 bit sign 4 20 mA 3 8 STB AVO 0200 Analog Voltage Output Module two channel 15 bit plus 349 sign 1 5 VDC 0 5 VDC 0 10 VDC 5 VDC or 10 VDC 31007715 6 2008 245 Analog Output Modules 3 1 STB AVO 1250 Analog Voltage Output Module two channel bipolar select
203. ed to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB XMP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Dimensions width module on a base 13 9 mm 0 58 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 128 3 mm 5 05 in depth module only 64 1 mm 2 52 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors 322 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 1225 LED Indicator Purpose The LED on the STB ACO 1225 provides a visual indication of the module s operating status Location The LED is located on the top of the front bezel of the module directly below the model number Indications RDY Meaning What to Do off The module is either not receiving logic power or has failed Check power flicker Auto addressing is in progress on The module has achieved all of the following e it has power e it has passed its confidence tests e itis operational blink 1 The module is either in pre operational mode or in its fallback state flicker the L
204. een identification stripe indicating an analog input module sensor 1 connects to the top field wiring connector sensor 2 connects to the bottom field wiring connector ORON 31007715 6 2008 101 Analog Input Modules Ordering The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB ACI 1225 K which includes Information e one STB ACI 1225 analog input module e one size 1 STB XBA 1000 see p 391 I O base e two alternative sets of connectors e two 6 terminal screw type connectors e two 6 terminal spring clamp connectors Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows e a standalone STB ACI 1225 analog input module e astandalone STB XBA 1000 size 1 base e abag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional optional accessories are also available e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB XMP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Dimensions width module on a base 13 9 mm 0 58 in height module only 125 mm 4 9
205. egram A data packet used in serial communication TFE transparent factory Ethernet Schneider Electric s open automation framework based on TCP IP Tx transmission For example in a CAN based network a PDO is described as a TxPDO of the device that transmits it UDP user datagram protocol A connectionless mode protocol in which messages are delivered in a datagram to a destination computer The UDP protocol is typically bundled with the Internet Protocol UPD IP varistor A 2 electrode semiconductor device with a voltage dependant nonlinear resistance voltage group VPCR object that drops markedly as the applied voltage is increased It is used to suppress transient voltage surges A grouping of Advantys STB I O modules all with the same voltage requirement installed directly to the right of the appropriate power distribution module PDM and separated from modules with different voltage requirements Never mix modules with different voltage requirements in the same voltage group virtual placeholder configuration read object A special object that appears in the CANopen object dictionary when the remote virtual placeholder option is enabled in a CANopen NIM It provides a 32 bit subindex that represents the actual module configuration used in a physical Island 424 31007715 6 2008 Glossary VPCW object virtual placeholder configuration write object A special object that appears in the CANopen object dictionary when
206. el isolated 10 V 11 bit sign 20000 005s 51 STB AVI 1270 Physical Description 00 00 c cee eee 52 STB AVI 1270 LED Indicator 00 54 STB AVI 1270 Field Wiring aana aana 56 STB AVI 1270 Functional Description 00 00 e eee eee 59 STB AVI 1270 Data and Status for the Process Image 64 STB AVI 1270 Specifications 0 0 0c eee 67 STB AVI 1275 Analog Voltage Input Module two channel 10 V 9 bit Sign n asaan 69 STB AVI 1275 Physical Description asana aeaaaee 70 STB AVI 1275 LED Indicator 00 tee 72 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 STB AVI 1275 Field Wiring 0 000000 73 STB AVI 1275 Functional Description 00 0 eee eee 76 STB AVI 1275 Data for the Process Image 0 0 ee eee eee 77 STB AVI 1275 Specifications 0 0 0c te ee 79 STB ACI 0320 Analog Current Input Module four channel 15 bit sign differential 4 20 mA orO 20mA 80 STB ACI 0320 Physical Description 000 cee eee eee 81 STB ACI 0320 LED Indicator 0 00 00 cece eee ee 83 STB ACI 0320 Field Wiring 0 0 0 0 cece eee 85 STB ACI 0320 Functional Description 0 0 0 ee eee eee 87 STB ACI 0320 Data and Status for the Process Image 4 5 93 STB ACI 0320 Specifications 0 0 0 0 cece tees 98 STB ACI 1225 Analog Current Input Module two channel 10 bit
207. eld devices Normal I O module capacities are offered in a variety of signal levels and capacities The continuous polling of the Advantys STB I O modules performed by the COMS to collect data bits status error and diagnostics information International Electrotechnical Commission Carrier Founded in 1884 to focus on advancing the theory and practice of electrical electronics and computer engineering and computer science EN 61131 2 is the specification that deals with industrial automation equipment Type 1 digital inputs support sensor signals from mechanical switching devices such as relay contacts and push buttons operating in normal environmental conditions Type 2 digital inputs support sensor signals from solid state devices or mechanical contact switching devices such as relay contacts push buttons in normal or harsh environmental conditions and 2 or 3 wire proximity switches Type 3 digital inputs support sensor signals from mechanical switching devices such as relay contacts push buttons in normal to moderate environmental conditions 3 wire proximity switches and 2 wire proximity switches that have e a voltage drop of no more than 8 V e a minimum operating current capability less than or equal to 2 5 mA e a maximum off state current less than or equal to 1 5 mA Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Inc The international standards and conformity assessment body for all fields of electrotechnology inclu
208. eld wiring connectors Analog actuator 1 is wired to the top connector and the analog actuator 2 is wired to the bottom connector Use a set of either e two STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 e two STB XTS 2100 spring clamp field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 These field wiring connectors each have six connection terminals with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin The STB AVO 0200 module supports two 2 wire analog actuators It handles analog outputs ranging from 1 to 5 VDC 0 to 5 VDC 0 to 10 VDC 5 VDC or 10 VDC Data on each channel has a resolution of 15 bits plus sign Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 5 1 5 mm 24 16 AWG Shielded twisted pair wire is recommended The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to functional earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection Field Wiring Pinout z g Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 no connection no connection 2 no connection no connection 3 output to actuator 1 output to actuator 2 4 output channel return output channel return 5 no connection no connection 6 no connection no connection 354 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules Sample The following field wiring example shows how two wire non isolated analog Wiring D
209. en as the leftmost single value in conventional hexadecimal or binary notation N C contact normally closed contact A relay contact pair that is closed when the relay coil is de energized and open when the coil is energized N O contact normally open contact A relay contact pair that is open when the relay coil is de energized and closed when the coil is energized NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association network The time that a master requires to complete a single scan of all of the configured I cycle time O modules on a network device typically expressed in microseconds NIM network interface module This module is the interface between an Island bus and the fieldbus network of which the Island is a part A NIM enables all the I O on the Island to be treated as a single node on the fieldbus The NIM also provides 5 V of logic power to the Advantys STB I O modules in the same segment as the NIM 418 31007715 6 2008 Glossary NMT network management NMT protocols provide services for network initialization error control and device status control object dictionary ODVA open industrial communication network output filtering output polarity output response time Part of the CANopen device model that provides a map to the internal structure of CANopen devices according to CANopen profile DS 401 A device s object dictionary also called the object directory is a lookup table that describ
210. ent Input Module four channel 15 bit sign differential 4 20 mA or 0 20 mA At a Glance Overview This section provides you with a detailed description of the STB ACI 0320 analog input module its physical design and functional capabilities What s This section contains the following topics in this Section Topic Page STB ACI 0320 Physical Description 81 STB ACI 0320 LED Indicator 83 STB ACI 0320 Field Wiring 85 STB ACI 0320 Functional Description 87 STB ACI 0320 Data and Status for the Process Image 93 STB ACI 0320 Specifications 98 80 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 0320 Physical Description Physical The STB ACI 0320 is a four channel differential analog current input module that Characteristics reads inputs from analog sensors operating in the range of 4 to 20 mA default or 0 to 20 mA The analog input channels have 200 VDC channel to channel isolation and the analog portion of the module is isolated from the island s sensor bus to improve performance To take advantage of this internal isolation feature the sensors must be powered from an external loop power supply The module mounts in a size 2 I O base and uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Front Panel View Dau Ac10320 4 0 1 O WY PP 099999 locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED ar
211. ent of an address to each Island bus I O module and preferred device The ability of Island modules to operate with predefined default parameters A configuration of the Island bus based completely on the actual assembly of I O modules basic I O basic network interface basic power distribution module BootP Low cost Advantys STB input output modules that use a fixed set of operating parameters A basic I O module cannot be reconfigured with the Advantys Configuration Software and cannot be used in reflex actions A low cost Advantys STB network interface module that supports up to 12 Advantys STB I O modules A basic NIM does not support the Advantys Configuration Software reflex actions nor the use of an HMI panel A low cost Advantys STB PDM that distributes sensor power and actuator power over a single field power bus on the Island The bus provides a maximum of 4 A total power A basic PDM requires a 5 A fuse to protect the I O BootP bootstrap protocol is an UDP IP protocol that allows an internet node to obtain its IP parameters based on its MAC address 410 31007715 6 2008 Glossary BOS bus arbitrator BOS stands for beginning of segment When more than 1 segment of I O modules is used in an Island an STB XBE 1200 or an STB XBE 1300 BOS module is installed in the first position in each extension segment Its job is to carry Island bus communications to and generate logic power for the modules in th
212. epresents the input voltage of a channel in the IEC data format The data has 11 bit sign resolution The bit structure in each data register is as follows STB AVI 1270 Data Register Format 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Sign bit always 0 0 214 214 1 213 _ L 35 12 2 2 L 26 2 2 210 28 64 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules There are 12 significant bits in each data word bits 15 through 4 They allow you to represent voltage data with integer values ranging from 32 768 to 32 752 in increments of 16 When the sign bit bit 15 is 0 the value is positive when bit 15 is 1 the value is negative In an ideal linear voltage representation one without offset or max count settings see p 59 the value 32 000 represents an input of 10 V and 32 000 represents an input of 10 V If the input value exceeds 10 V the input channel reports an over voltage warning OVW If the input value drops below 10 V the input channel reports an under voltage warning UVW If the input value reaches 10 24 V an over voltage error OVE is reported If it drops to 10 24 V an under voltage error UVE is reported An ideal linear voltage representation one without offset or max count settings see p 59 is interpreted using the formula Vai Cy 3200 where Cn is the numerical count and Vai is the analog input voltage A
213. epth module only 64 1 mm 2 52 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors 42 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1255 LED Indicator Purpose The LEDs on the STB AVI 1255 provide a visual indication of the module s operating status Location The LED is located on the top front bezel of the module directly below the model number AVI 1255 Indications RDY Meaning What to Do off The module is either not receiving logic power or has failed Check power flicker Auto addressing is in progress on The module has achieved all of the following it has power e it has passed its confidence tests itis operational blink 1 The module is in pre operational mode flicker the LED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 the LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes 31007715 6 2008 43 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1255 Field Wiring Summary Connectors Field Sensors Field Wire Requirements Field Wiring Pinout The STB AVI 1255 module uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Analog sensor 1 is wired to the top connector and analog sensor 2 is wired to the bottom connector Use a set of either e two STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors available in a kit o
214. er from the sensor bus For a detailed discussion and some recommendations refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 374 31007715 6 2008 Power Distribution Modules This example shows field power for the sensor bus and field power for the actuator bus being derived from separate SELV power supply sources STB PDT 3100 24 VDC sensor bus power 24 VDC sensor power return 24 VDC actuator bus power 24 VDC actuator power return OND An optional protection relay is shown on the 24 VDC power wire to the actuator bus connector 31007715 6 2008 375 Power Distribution Modules STB PDT 3100 Field Power Over current Protection Fuse Requirements Recommended Fuses Performance Considerations Input modules on the sensor bus and output modules on the actuator bus are protected by fuses in the STB PDT 3100 PDM The sensor bus is protected by a 5 A fuse and the actuator bus is protected by an 10 A fuse These fuses are accessible and replaceable via two side panels on the PDM e Overcurrent protection for the input modules on the sensor bus needs to be provided by a 5 A time lag fuse such as the Wickmann 1951500000 e Overcurrent protection for the output modules on the actuator bus needs to be provided by a 10 A time lag fuse such as the Wickmann 1952100000 The maximum combined module current the sum of actuator current and sensor cu
215. ering average over up to 80 samples To configure an averaging value Step Action Result 1 Double click the STB ACI 1400 module The selected STB ACI 1400 module you want to configure in the island editor opens in the software module editor 186 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Range Channel Operation Enable Disable Step Action Result 2 In the Configured Value column of the When you select the Averaging value Averaging row enter a decimal or the max min values of the range appear at hexadecimal value in the range 1 to 80 the bottom of the module editor screen 0x50 Averaging is applied on a per channel basis This parameter is represented as an unsigned 8 bit number To access this parameter using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 1 Index low byte 0x02 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 3 for channel 3 4 for channel 4 5 for channel 5 6 for channel 6 7 for channel 7 8 for channel 8 Data Byte 1 1 to 80 0x50 You may configure the operating range of the STB ACI 1400 on a per channel basis e 4 to 20 mA default e 0 to 20 mA The STB ACI 1400 has an input channel enable disable on a per channel basis You can disable the unused inputs By default all inputs are enabled When you disable a channel its input is set to
216. error has been detected Cycle power restart the communications blink 2 The island bus is not running Check network connections replace NIM flicker The LED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 The LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes blink 2 The LED blinks on for 200 ms off for 200 ms on again for 200 ms then off for 1 s This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes Note The detection of error conditions on the PDM input power connection may be delayed by as much as 15 ms from the event depending on the sensor bus load the system configuration and the nature of the fault Field power faults that are local to the input module are reported immediately 84 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 0320 Field Wiring Summary Connectors Field Sensors Field Wire Requirements Field Wiring Pinout The STB ACI 0320 module uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Analog sensors 1 and 2 are wired to the top connector and analog sensors 3 and 4 are wired to the bottom connector The choices of connectors and field wire types are described below and some field wiring options are presented Use a set of either e two STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 e two STB XTS 2100 spring clamp field wiring connectors available in a kit o
217. es for each channel e then if necessary configuring the fallback states All output channels have a fallback mode either predefined state or hold last value When a channel has predefined state as its fallback mode it can be configured with a fallback state which can be any value in the valid range When a channel has hold last value as its fallback mode it stays at its last known state when communication is lost it cannot be configured with a predefined fallback state By default the fallback mode for both channels is a predefined state If you want to change the fallback mode to hold last value you need to use the Advantys configuration software Step Action Result 1 Double click on the STB AVO 1250 module The selected STB AVO 1250 you want to configure in the island editor module opens in the software module editor 2 Expand the Fallback Mode row by clicking Rows for Channel 1 and Channel on the sign 2 appear 3 From the pull down menu in the Value column Two choices appear in the pull of the Channel 1 and or Channel 1 row select down menus Predefined and the desired fallback mode setting Hod Last Value 256 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules Fallback States If an output channel s fallback mode is predefined state you may configure that channel to go to any value in the valid range e f your voltage range is 0 to 10 VDC then the fallback state value may b
218. es the data types communications objects and application objects the device uses By accessing a particular device s object dictionary through the CANopen fieldbus you can predict its network behavior and build a distributed application Open Devicenet Vendors Association The ODVA supports the family of network technologies that are built on the Common Industrial Protocol EtherNet IP DeviceNet and CompoNet t A distributed communication network for industrial environments based on open standards EN 50235 EN50254 and EN50170 and others that allows the exchange of data between devices from different manufacturers The amount that it takes an output channel to send change of state information to an actuator after the output module has received updated data from the NIM An output channel s polarity determines when the output module turns its field actuator on and when it turns the actuator off If the polarity is normal an output channel will turn its actuator on when the master controller sends it a 1 If the polarity is reverse an output channel will turn its actuator on when the master controller sends it a 0 The time it takes for an output module to take an output signal from the Island bus and send it to its field actuator parameterize PDM PDO To supply the required value for an attribute of a device at run time power distribution module A module that distributes either AC or DC field power to a cluster o
219. eviceNet network via CIP bridges or routers A COB communication object is a unit of transportation a message in a CAN based network Communication objects indicate a particular functionality in a device They are specified in the CANopen communication profile The arrangement and interconnection of hardware components within a system and the hardware and software selections that determine the operating characteristics of the system 31007715 6 2008 411 Glossary CRC cyclic redundancy check Messages that implement this error checking mechanism have a CRC field that is calculated by the transmitter according to the message s content Receiving nodes recalculate the field Disagreement in the two codes indicates a difference between the transmitted message and the one received D DDXML Device Description eXtensible Markup Language device name DeviceNet protocol DHCP differential input digital I O DIN Drivecom Profile A customer driven unique logical personal identifier for an Ethernet NIM A device name or role name is created when you e combine the numeric rotary switch setting with the NIM for example STBNIP2212_010 or e edit the Device Name setting in the NIM s embedded web server pages After the NIM is configured with a valid device name the DHCP server uses it to identify the island at power up DeviceNet is a low level connection based network that is based on CAN a serial b
220. extension cables and modules an island bus may be stretched to distances up to 15 m 49 21 ft This product supports operation at normal and extended temperature ranges and is ATEX certified for operation in hazardous environments Refer to the Advantys STB System Installation and Planning Guide 890 USE 171 00 for a complete summary of capabilities and limitations 31007715 6 2008 17 Theory of Operation Types of Modules on an Advantys STB Island Summary Advantys STB Modules Your island s performance is determined by the type of NIM that you use NIMs for various field buses are available in different model numbers at different price points and with scalable operating capabilities Standard NIMs for example can support up to 32 I O modules in multiple extension segments Low cost basic NIMs on the other hand are limited to 16 I O modules in a single segment If you are using a basic NIM you may use only Advantys STB I O modules on the island bus With a standard NIM you may use e Advantys STB I O modules e optional preferred modules e optional standard CANopen devices The core set of Advantys STB modules comprises a set of analog digital and special I O modules open fieldbus NIMs power distribution modules PDMs island bus extension modules e special modules These core modules are designed to specific Advantys STB form factors and fit on base units on the island bus They take full ad
221. f 20 These field wiring connectors each have six connection terminals with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin The STB ACI 0320 module handles analog input data from four 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA differential analog field sensors Data on each channel has a resolution of 15 bits sign Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 5 1 5 mm 24 16 AWG Shielded twisted pair cable is required to meet CE See the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for an illustrated example of an island segment with an EMC kit making the analog I O modules CE compliant The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to functional earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection The top connector supports analog sensors 1 and 2 The bottom connector supports analog sensors 3 and 4 No connections are made on pins 3 and 4 of either connector Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 current in 1 current in 3 2 current in 1 current in 3 3 no connection no connection 4 no connection no connection 5 current in 2 current in 4 6 current in 2 current in 4 31007715 6 2008 85 Analog Input Modules The following field wiring example shows how two isolated analog sensors can be wired to the STB ACI 0320 module An external power su
222. f 20 e two STB XTS 2100 spring clamp field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 These field wiring connectors each have six connection terminals with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin The STB AVI 1255 module handles analog input data from two 0 to 10 V single ended analog field sensors Data on each channel has a resolution of 10 bits The module supports two three and four wire devices that draw current up 100 mA module If you want to maintain the module s built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s sensor bus you can make only two wire connections Note An open circuit in the input cabling causes a voltage with an indeterminate value to be reported Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 5 1 5 mm 24 16 AWG Shielded twisted pair cable is recommended The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to functional earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection The top connector supports analog sensor 1 and the bottom connector supports analog sensor 2 Four field wires may be used on each connector on pins 1 3 4 and 6 The connections on pin 1 and pin 6 are optional and using them defeats the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s field power bus No connections are made on pins 2 and 5 o
223. f I O modules directly to its right on the Island bus A PDM delivers field power to the input modules and the output modules It is important that all the I O clustered directly to the right of a PDM be in the same voltage group either 24 VDC 115 VAC or 230 VAC process data object In CAN based networks PDOs are transmitted as unconfirmed broadcast messages or sent from a producer device to a consumer device The transmit PDO from the producer device has a specific identifier that corresponds to the receive PDO of the consumer devices 31007715 6 2008 419 Glossary PE peer to peer communications PLC PowerSuite Software preferred module premium network interface prioritization process I O process image producer consumer model protective earth A return line across the bus for fault currents generated at a sensor or actuator device in the control system In peer to peer communications there is no master slave or client server relationship Messages are exchanged between entities of comparable or equivalent levels of functionality without having to go through a third party like a master device programmable logic controller The PLC is the brain of an industrial manufacturing process It automates a process as opposed to relay control systems PLCs are computers suited to survive the harsh conditions of the industrial environment PowerSuite Software is a tool for configuring and monitoring
224. f contacts on the sides of the base units see p 33 provides the bus structure for logic power sensor field power to the input modules actuator power to the output modules the auto addressing signal island bus communications between the I O and the NIM The NIM unlike the PDMs and I O modules attaches directly to a DIN rail NIM module bases termination plate DIN rail kon 20 31007715 6 2008 Theory of Operation The DIN Rail The NIM PDMs The Bases The NIM and the module bases snap onto a conductive metal DIN rail The rail may be 7 5 mm or 15 mm deep A NIM performs several key functions e Itis the master of the island bus supporting the I O modules by acting as their communications interface across the island backplane e Itis the gateway between the island and the fieldbus on which the island operates managing data exchange between the island s I O modules and the fieldbus master e t may be the interface to the Advantys configuration software basic NIMs to not provide a software interface e Itis the primary power supply for logic power on the island bus delivering a 5 VDC logic power signal to the I O modules in the primary segment Different NIM models are available to support the various open fieldbuses and different operational requirements Choose the NIM that meets your needs and operates on the appropriate fieldbus protocol Each NIM is documented in its own user manual
225. f either connector Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 24 VDC from field power bus for field 24 VDC from field power bus for field device accessories device accessories 44 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 2 no connection no connection 3 input from sensor 1 input from sensor 2 4 analog input return analog input return 5 no connection no connection 6 field power return to the module field power return to the module The analog returns pin 4 for each channel are internally connected therefore there is no channel to channel isolation Sample The following field wiring example shows how two single ended analog sensors can Wiring Diagrams be wired to the STB AVI 1255 module An external power supply is required to power the single ended sensors e FE leo iB 99999 alam IEBES gt E 3 inputs from sensor 1 top and sensor 2 bottom 4 returns from input 1 top and input 2 bottom 31007715 6 2008 45 Analog Input Modules If you want to use 24 VDC from the island s field power bus for the single ended analog field devices this power can be delivered through the input module To do this use pins 1 and 6 as follows 1 3 4 6 PE 24 VDC fo
226. f this update is to prevent the analog value from drifting in the event that there is a long interval between data updates The interval between refreshes is defined as the analog output period This period is user configurable in the range 5 to 255 ms The analog output period is configurable as a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 5 to 255 By default the analog output period is 10 If you want to configure a different period you need to use the Advantys configuration software Step Action Result 1 Double click the STB AVO 0200 The selected STB AVO 0200 module opens module you want to configure in the in the software module editor island editor 2 Choose the data display format by Hexadecimal values appear in the editor if either selecting or clearing the the checkbox is selected decimal values Hexadecimal checkbox at the top right appear if the checkbox is cleared of the editor 3 In the Configured Value column of the Notice that when you select the Analog Analog Output Period row enter the Output Period value the min max values of desired value the range appear at the bottom of the module editor screen 356 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules This parameter is represented as an unsigned 8 bit number To access this parameter using RTP the following values to the RTP request block Length 1 Index low byte 0x10 Index high byte 0x23 Sub index 0 Data
227. fer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for a complete summary of cabalities and limitations 194 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules 2 10 STB AVI 1400 Analog Voltage Input Module eight channel single ended inputs 15 bit sign 1 5 VDC 0 5 VDC 0 10 VDC 5 VDC or 10 VDC At a Glance Overview This section provides you with a detailed description of the STB AVI 1400 analog input module its physical design and functional capabilities What s This section contains the following topics in this Section Topic Page STB AVI 1400 Physical Description 196 STB AVI 1400 LED Indicator 198 STB AVI 1400 Field Wiring 200 STB AVI 1400 Functional Description 203 STB AVI 1400 Data and Status for the Process Image 211 STB AVI 1400 Specifications 219 31007715 6 2008 195 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1400 Physical Description Physical The STB AVI 1400 is an eight channel single ended analog voltage input module Characteristics that reads inputs from analog sensors operating in the range of 1 to 5 VDC 0 to 5 VDC 0 to 10 VDC 5 VDC or 10 VDC default The module converts the analog signal to a digital value with 15 bit sign resolution and communicates the value to the control system The module mounts in a size 2 I O base and uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Front Panel View
228. fic format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus 258 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules Output Data Registers The output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data returned by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The STB AVO 1250 uses two contiguous registers in the output data block the first for the data in channel 1 and the second for the data in channel 2 The two output data registers represent the channel data in the IEC data format When the module is configured to operate over a voltage range of 0 to 10 V the data has a resolution of 12 bits STB AVO 1250 Data Register Format for 0 to 10 V 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 always 0 Ignored 28 Cal 2 2 212 J5 211 L26 210 Lo 7 29 28 In this case you can represent voltage data with integer values in the range 0 32 760 in increments of 8 The value of bit 15 should always be 0 If a negative value is sent the output will be set to 0 VDC and an under voltage error will be returned The value 32 000 produces a 10 V output and the value 0 produces a 0 V output If the output value is set to
229. for each supported fieldbus 284 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules Output Each STB AVO 1265 data register represents the output voltage data in the IEC Data Registers data format The data has 9 bit sign resolution 10 to 10 V Data Register Format 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 sign bit oA ignored 214 L 26 afd 212 L37 ai 28 210 29 The value of each data word is represented in bits 15 through 6 The bits represent voltage data as integer values in the range 32 768 32 704 in increments of 64 When the sign bit bit 15 is 0 the value is positive when bit 15 is 1 the value is negative Linear voltage representations can be interpreted using the formula Ca Vio X 3200 where Cn is the numerical count and Vao is the analog output voltage Voltage data is represented as follows 32 768 32 000 28 800 3200 28 800 2V 6400 32 000 32 704 9 V 4 10V 10 24 V Values greater than 32 000 and less than 32 000 do not produce out of range indications 31007715 6 2008 285 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 1265 Specifications Table of Technical a pesos description two single ended analog voltage output Specifications channels analog voltage range 10 10 V resolution 9 bits sign returned data format IEC modul
230. ft typically 0 005 of full scale C over range margin 2 4 operating temperature range 0 to 60 C storage temperature 40 to 85 C under range margin 1 to 5 V 5 V or 2 4 10 V input impedance gt 1MQ minimum input voltage 12 VDC maximum input voltage 12 VDC 31007715 6 2008 219 Analog Input Modules addressing requirement 16 input words total 8 words for data 8 words for status isolation field to bus 1500 VDC for 1 minute analog module to sensor bus 500 VDC field power requirements from a 24 VDC PDM power protection time lag fuse on the PDM Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules This product supports operation at normal and extended temperature ranges Refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for a complete summary of cabalities and limitations 220 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules 2 11 STB AVI 0300 Analog Voltage Input Module four channel isolated inputs 15 bit sign 1 5 VDC 0 5 VDC 0 10 VDC 5 VDC or 10 VDC At a Glance Overview This section provides you with a detailed description of the STB AVI 0300 analog input module its physical design and functional capabilities What s This section contains the following topics in this Section z Topic Page STB AV
231. functions physical design technical specifications and field wiring requirements What s This section contains the following topics in this Section P Topic Page STB AVO 1255 Physical Description 265 STB AVO 1255 LED Indicator 267 STB AVO 1255 Field Wiring 268 STB AVO 1255 Functional Description 271 STB AVO 1255 Data for the Process Image 272 STB AVO 1255 Specifications 274 264 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 1255 Physical Description Physical The STB AVO 1255 is a basic Advantys STB two channel analog voltage output Characteristics module that writes outputs to analog actuators that operate over a range of 0 to10 V The analog portion of the module is isolated from the island s field power bus to improve performance To take advantage of this internal isolation feature power the actuators from an external power supply If isolation is not required you can use the module to deliver field power to the actuators 24 VDC for actuator 1 from the top connector and 24 VDC for actuator 2 from the bottom connector Front Panel View gt 2 DEO lt i locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED dark green identification stripe indicating an analog output module actuator 1 connects to the top field wiring connector actuator 2 connects to the bottom field wiring connecto
232. g The STB AVI 1270 sends a representation of the operating states of its input the Analog channels to the NIM The NIM stores this information in four 16 bit registers two Input Data data registers one for each channel and two status registers one per channel The information can be read by the fieldbus master or if you are not using a basic NIM by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data process image is part of a block of 4096 Modbus registers in the range 45392 through 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The STB AVI 1270 module is represented by four contiguous registers in this block which appear in the following order the data in input channel 1 the status of input channel 1 the data in input channel 2 the status of input channel 2 The specific registers used are based on the module s physical location on the island bus Note When this module is used with the STB NCO 2212 or STB NCO 1010 CANopen NIMs you must set the analog global interrupt enable to index 6423 subindex 7 in order to receive the input data For more information on analog global interrupt enable see the Advantys STB Standard CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 176 or the Advantys STB Basic CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 193 Input Data The first and third STB AVI 1270 registers in the input block of the process image Registers are the data words Each register r
233. g to their data content rather than by their node address All nodes listen on the network and consume those data packets that have appropriate identifiers 420 31007715 6 2008 Glossary Profibus DP Profibus Decentralized Peripheral An open bus system that uses an electrical network based on a shielded 2 wire line or an optical network based on a fiber optic cable DP transmission allows for high speed cyclic exchange of data between the controller CPU and the distributed I O devices reflex action repeater reverse polarity protection rms role name RTD RTP Rx A simple logical command function configured locally on an Island bus I O module Reflex actions are executed by Island bus modules on data from various Island locations like input and output modules or the NIM Examples of reflex actions include compare and copy operations An interconnection device that extends the permissible length of a bus Use of a diode in a circuit to protect against damage and unintended operation in the event that the polarity of the applied power is accidentally reversed root mean square The effective value of an alternating current corresponding to the DC value that produces the same heating effect The rms value is computed as the square root of the average of the squares of the instantaneous amplitude for 1 complete cycle For a sine wave the rms value is 0 707 times the peak value A customer driven unique l
234. ge is 1 to 5 VDC By default the offset on both channels is 0 Maximum count is configured as a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 31 233 to 32 767 0x7A01 to Ox7FFF representing a voltage offset of e 0 24 VDC when the range is 0 to 10 VDC or 10 VDC e 0 12 VDC when the range is 0 to 5 VDC or 5 VDC e 0 1 VDC when the range is 1 to 5 VDC By default the maximum count on both channels is 32 000 0x7D00 Offset and maximum count may be applied on each channel independently 31007715 6 2008 203 Analog Input Modules These parameters are provided only for sensor compensation not for scaling An offset adjustment will move the interpretation of the low end of the range and a max count adjustment will move the interpretation of only the high end of the range An ideal linear representation of analog input voltage one with default offset and maximum count is given by the following formula Cy Vai 1 V 8000 where C is the numerical count and V is the analog input voltage Operating Range 10 VDC For example in the 10 VDC operating range if you use the Advantys configuration software to calibrate an offset of 64 at 0 VDC and a max count of 32 576 at 10 VDC the system could be represented as follows A Vai ye Here are some voltage representations after calibration with offset and max count Vai Uncalibrated Calibrated 10 VDC 32 448 32 000 0 VDC 64 0
235. gement services used for process control data exchange error reporting and device status notification on a Fipio network simple network management protocol The UDP IP standard protocol used to manage nodes on an IP network A circuit generally used to suppress inductive loads it consists of a resistor in series with a capacitor in the case of an RC snubber and or a metal oxide varistor placed across the AC load A load with a current directed into its input must be driven by a current source Any of a subset of Advantys STB input output modules designed at a moderate cost to operate with user configurable parameters A standard I O module may be reconfigured with the Advantys Configuration Software and in most cases may be used in reflex actions An Advantys STB network interface module designed at moderate cost to support the configuration capabilities multi segment design and throughput capacity suitable for most standard applications on the Island bus An Island run by a standard NIM can support up to 32 addressable Advantys STB and or preferred I O modules up to 12 of which may be standard CANopen devices An Advantys STB module that distributes sensor power to the input modules and actuator power to the output modules over two separate power buses on the Island The bus provides a maximum of 4 A to the input modules and 8 A to the output modules A standard PDM requires a 5 A fuse to protect the input modules and an 8 A fuse
236. hat to Do off off The module is either not receiving Check power power or has failed flicker off Auto addressing is in progress on off The module has achieved all of the following e it has power e ithas passed its confidence tests itis operational on on The watchdog has timed out Cycle power restart the communications blink 1 The module is in pre operational mode blink 1 Island bus controller error Replace the module flicker Field power absent or a PDM short Check power circuit detected Broken wire detected in RTD or TC mode Locate and repair wiring problem Measurement out of limits Check configuration and application Internal error Cycle power if the problem remains replace the module flicker the LED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 the LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes 31007715 6 2008 153 Analog Input Modules STB ART 0200 Field Wiring Summary Connectors Field Sensors Field Wire Requirements The STB ART 0200 module uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Analog sensor 1 is wired to the top connector and analog sensor 2 is wired to the bottom connector The choices of connectors and field wire types are described below and some field wiring options are presented Use a set of either e two
237. he max min values of the range appear at the bottom of the module editor screen 32 000 to 32 000 0x8300 to 0x7D00 The software does not change the way it displays the minimum range value when your voltage range is 0 to 10 V You should not enter a value less than 0 when your outputs are in this voltage range If you enter a negative predefined state value when the voltage range is 0 to 10 V the fallback state of the affected channel will become 0 31007715 6 2008 257 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 1250 Data and Status for the Process Image Representing the Analog Output Data The NIM keeps a record of output data in one block of registers in the process image and a record of output status in another block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master and is used to update the output module The information in the status block is provided by the module itself This process image information can be monitored by the fieldbus master or if you are not using a basic NIM by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The specific registers used by the STB AVO 1250 module are based on its physical location on the island bus Note The data format illustrated below is common across the island bus regardless of the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is also transferred to and from the master in a fieldbus speci
238. he Advantys configuration software to calibrate an offset of 64 at O VDC and a max count of 31 744 at 10 VDC the system could be represented as follows 10 24 V 10V 5V OV Offset and RTP The offset parameter is represented as a signed 16 bit number To access it using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 2 Index low byte 0x00 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 3 for channel 3 4 for channel 4 Data Bytes 2 high byte amp 1 low byte 767 to 76 7 OxFDO1 to Ox2FF Maximum Count and RTP The maximum count parameter is represented as a signed 16 bit number To access it using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 2 Index low byte 0x01 Index high byte 0x24 232 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Determining Offset and Maximum Count Values Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 3 for channel 3 4 for channel 4 Data Bytes 2 high byte amp 1 low byte 31 233 to 32 767 0x7A01 to Ox7FFF To apply offset and maximum count to an analog channel Step Action Result 1 Connect the Advantys configuration The software will be in online mode software to a physical island 2 Double click on the STB AVI 0300 module The module editor for the selected in the is
239. he bottom of the each PDM base and is secured by the PE captive screw Local electrical codes take precedence over our PE wiring recommendations It is possible that more than one PDM will be used on an island Each PDM base on the island will receive a ground conductor and distribute PE as described above Note Tie the PE lines from more than one PDM to a single PE ground point in a star configuration This will minimize ground loops and excessive current from being created in PE lines This illustration shows separate PE connections tied to a single PE ground eae N il PSHM PE PE the NIM a PDM another PDM captive screws for the PE connections FE connection on the DIN rail aron 378 31007715 6 2008 Power Distribution Modules STB PDT 3100 Specifications Table of Technical Specifications The STB PDT 3100 module s technical specifications are described in the following table description 24 VDC power distribution module module width 18 4 mm 0 72 in module height in its base 137 9 mm 5 43 in PDM base STB XBA 2200 hot swapping supported no nominal logic power current 0 mA consumption sensor actuator bus voltage range 19 2 30 VDC reverse polarity protection yes on the actuator bus module current for outputs 8 A rms max 30 C
240. he island bus should make PE contact PE is brought to the island by a heavy duty cross sectional wire usually a copper braided cable 6 mm or larger The wire needs to be tied to a single grounding point The ground conductor connects to the bottom of the each PDM base and is secured by the PE captive screw Local electrical codes take precedence over our PE wiring recommendations It is possible that more than one PDM will be used on an island Each PDM base on the island will receive a ground conductor and distribute PE as described above Note Tie the PE lines from more than one PDM to a single PE ground point in a star configuration This will minimize ground loops and excessive current from being created in PE lines This illustration shows separate PE connections tied to a single PE ground the NIM a PDM another PDM captive screws for the PE connections FE connection on the DIN rail PE ground point ouahWnhd 31007715 6 2008 403 Bases 404 31007715 6 2008 Appendices Overview IEC Symbols What s in this Appendix This appendix illustrates the IEC symbols used in the field wiring examples in this book and some of the installation examples in the Advantys STB Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 The appendix contains the following chapters Chapter Chapter Name Page A IEC Symbols 407 31007715 6 2008 405
241. he way the module is configured and the way it is field wired If you configure a channel to operate with one type of analog sensor thermocouple RTD or mV you must also make the proper field connections to make the channel work properly Similarly you need to make sure that the module s configuration matches the field wiring For example if you have configured a channel to work with a thermocouple and have field wired the module correctly the channel will work properly If you then disconnect the TC wiring the module will detect a broken wire and stop communicating with that channel If you then attempt to rewire the channel to support a different sensor type without changing the configuration the module will not detect the new sensor The top connector supports sensor 1 and the bottom connector supports sensor 2 No connections are ever made on pin 1 of either connector Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 no connection no connection 2 Always used for RTD RTD connection for external cold junction compensation on a TC sensor Always used for RTD no connection for TC or mV no connection for TC or mV TC or mV connection TC or mV connection Either used or jumpered for a two three or four wire RTD Either used or jumpered for a two three or four wire RTD TC or mV connection TC or mV connection Either used or jumpered for a two
242. hich should be used to make protective earth connections for the island This captive screw block gives the PDM an added height dimension of 138 mm 5 44 in As a result the PDMs are always the tallest Advantys modules in an island segment Note The STB XBA 2200 is designed only for PDMs Do not attempt to use this base for other size 2 Advantys modules such as STB I O modules or island bus extension modules The following illustration shows an STB XBA 2200 PDM base and highlights some of its key physical components 18 4 mm user customizable label six island bus contacts DIN rail lock release latch DIN rail contact PE contact PE captive screw ouhWN 31007715 6 2008 399 Bases The Label Tab A label can be positioned on the tab shown above in item 1 to help identify the module that will reside at this base unit s island bus location A similar label can be placed on the PDM itself so that they can be matched up properly during the island installation Labels are provided on an STB XMP 6700 marking label sheet which can be ordered at no charge from your Scneider Electric service provider The Island The six contacts located in a column at the top of the I O base allow island bus logic Bus Contacts power and communication signals flow through the PDM downstream to the I O modules not used common ground contact 5 VDC logic power contact island bus communications contact island bu
243. iagrams actuators can be wired to the STB AVO 0200 module An external power supply is required O n E mO 3 mO 4 yE I FE The following field wiring example shows how two wire isolated analog actuators can be wired to the STB AVO 0200 module An external power supply is required for each channel wo A Rw pe H Seso 999999 999999 FE t 31007715 6 2008 355 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 0200 Functional Description Functional The STB AVO 0200 module is a two channel module that sends analog outputs to Characteristics two voltage field actuators It supports user configurable operating parameters and reflex actions The following operating parameters are user configurable analog output period fallback modes fallback states channel operation enable disable Using the RTP feature in your NIM you can access the value of the following parameter e analog output period Refer to the Advanced Configuration chapter in your NIM manual for general information on RTP Note Standard NIMs with firmware version 2 0 or later support RTP RTP is not available in basic NIMs Analog If the data to an analog output channel is not updated by the fieldbus master in a Output Period specified number of milliseconds the module will refresh the old data held by the channel The purpose o
244. ications channels analog voltage range default 0 10V user configurable 10 10 V setting resolution 0 10V 12 bits 10 10 V 11 bits sign returned data format IEC module width 13 9 mm 0 58 in I O base STB XBA 1000 see p 391 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC logic bus current consumption 45 mA nominal actuator bus current consumption 260 mA with no load maximum output current 5 mA channel hot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported two maximum output response time nominal 3 0 ms plus settling time both channels short circuit protection on the outputs yes output fault detection none isolation field to bus 1500 VDC for 1 min analog module to actuator bus 500 VAC rms when actuator bus is not used for field power integral linearity 0 1 of full scale typical differential linearity monotonic absolute accuracy 0 5 of full scale 25 C temperature drift typically 0 01 of full scale C kkk operating temperature range 0 to 60 C storage temperature 40 to 85 C capacitive load 1 uF fallback mode default predefined user configurable settings hold last value predefined on one or both channels 262 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules fallback states when default setting 0 V on both channels predef
245. ignals 1 not used 2 the common ground contact 3 the 5 VDC logic power signal generated by the power supply in either the NIM in the primary segment or a BOS module in an extension segment 4and5 used for communications across the island bus between the I O and the NIM contact 4 is positive ve and contact 5 is negative ve 6 connects the module in the base to the island s address line The NIM uses the address line to validate that the expected module is located at each physical address 392 31007715 6 2008 Bases The Lock The latch in the center front of the STB XBA 1000 base has two positions as shown Release Latch below Release position The latch needs to be in release position while the base is being inserted on the DIN rail and when it is being removed from the DIN rail It needs to be in lock position when the base has been pushed and snapped into place on the rail before the module is inserted into the base The DIN One of the functions of the DIN rail is to provide the island with functional earth Rail Contacts Functional earth provides the island with noise immunity control and RFI EMI protection When an I O base is snapped onto the DIN rail two contacts on the back of the rail provide the earth ground connection between the rail and the I O module that will be seated on the base 31007715 6 2008 393 Bases The Field Power The five contacts
246. in this Chapter This chapter provides an overview of the Advantys STB system It provides you with context for understanding the functional capabilities of an island and how its various hardware components interoperate with one other This chapter contains the following topics Topic Page Advantys STB Islands of Automation 16 Types of Modules on an Advantys STB Island 18 Island Segments 20 Logic Power Flow 24 The Power Distribution Modules 26 Sensor Power and Actuator Power Distribution on the Island Bus 29 Communications Across the Island 33 Operating Environment 36 31007715 6 2008 15 Theory of Operation Advantys STB Islands of Automation System Definition Open Fieldbus Choices Granularity Advantys STB is an open modular distributed I O system designed for the machine industry with a migration path to the process industry Modular I O power distribution modules PDMs and a network interface module NIM reside in a structure called an island The island functions as a node on a fieldbus control network and is managed by an upstream fieldbus master controller An island of Advantys STB modules can function on a variety of different open industry standard fieldbus networks Among these are Profibus DP DeviceNet Ethernet CANopen Fipio Modbus Plus e INTERBUS ANIM resides in the first position on the island bus leftmost on the physical setup It
247. inedis the fallback user configurable when the voltage is 0 10 V integer mode settings values between 0 32 000 on each channel when the voltage is 10 10 V integer values between 32 000 32 000 on each channel addressing requirements two words of output data and two noncontiguous bytes of configuration data for voltage range and fallback state actuator bus power for accessories 100 mA channel 30 degrees C 50 mA channel 60 degrees C over current protection for accessory power yes field power requirements from a 24 VDC PDM power protection time la fuse on the PDM agency certifications refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 ATEX applications prohibit hot swapping refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules This product supports operation at normal and extended temperature ranges Refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for a complete summary of cabalities and limitations Requires the Advantys configuration software 31007715 6 2008 263 Analog Output Modules 3 2 STB AVO 1255 Analog Voltage Output Module two channel 0 to 10 V 10 bit At a Glance Overview This section provides a detailed description of the STB AVO 1255 analog output module its
248. installed in a voltage group directly to the right of the STB PDT 2100 PDM The input modules in this group receive field power from the island s sensor bus and the output modules in this group receive AC field power from the island s actuator bus 4 A24VDC STB PDT 3100 PDM which will distribute 24 VDC across the island s sensor and actuator buses to a voltage group of 24 VDC I O modules This PDM also provides isolation between the AC voltage group to its left and the DC voltage group to its right 5 Asset of analog and digital I O modules installed directly to the right of the STB PDT 3100 PDM 6 An STB XBE 1000 EOS extension module installed in the last location in the segment Its presence indicates that the island bus will be extended beyond the primary segment and that you are not using a basic NIM N 31007715 6 2008 23 Theory of Operation Logic Power Flow Summary Logic power is the power that the Advantys STB I O modules require to run their internal processing and light their LEDs It is distributed across an island segment by a 5 to 24 VDC power supply One of these power supplies is built into the NIM to support the primary segment another is built into the STB XBE 1200 BOS modules to support any extension segments If you need to provide more logic power in a primary or extension segment than the initial power supply can deliver you may also use an STB CPS 2111 auxiliary power supply These power sup
249. ion Guide 890 USE 171 Dimensions width module on a base 18 4 mm 0 72 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 128 3 mm 5 05 in depth module only 64 1 mm 2 52 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors 31007715 6 2008 197 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1400 LED Indicator Purpose The two LEDs on the STB AVI 1400 provide visual indications of the module s operating status Their location and meanings are described below Location The LEDs are located on the top front bezel of the module directly below the model number AVI1400 198 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Indications The following table defines the meaning of the two LEDs where an empty cell indicates that the pattern on the associated LED doesn t matter RDY ERR Meaning What to Do off off The module is either not receiving logic Check power power or has failed flicker off Auto addressing is in progress on on The watchdog has timed out Cycle power restart the communications on off The module has achieved all of the following e it has power e it passed its confidence tests e itis operational on flicker An over voltage error is detected Check wiring and field device flicker Field power is absent Check power A PDM short circuit is detected blink 1 The module is in pre operational m
250. ion of the STB PDT 3100 PDM its functions physical design technical specifications and power wiring requirements What s This section contains the following topics in this Section Topic Page STB PDT 3100 Physical Description 369 STB PDT 3100 LED Indicators 372 STB PDT 3100 Source Power Wiring 373 STB PDT 3100 Field Power Over current Protection 376 The Protective Earth Connection 378 STB PDT 3100 Specifications 379 368 31007715 6 2008 Power Distribution Modules STB PDT 3100 Physical Description Physical The STB PDT 3100 is a standard module that distributes field power independently Characteristics over the island s sensor bus to the input modules and over the island s actuator bus to the output modules This PDM requires two DC power inputs from an external power source 24 VDC source power signals are brought into the PDM via a pair of two pin power connectors one for sensor power and one for actuator power The module also houses two user replaceable fuses that independently protect the island s sensor power bus and actuator power bus Front and Side Panel Views 1 PDT 3100 2 i INPUT LO mo DC OUTPUT H oko locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED array dark blue identification stripe indicating a DC PDM input field power connection receptacle for the sensor bu
251. is a basic Advantys STB two channel analog voltage output Characteristics module that writes outputs to analog actuators that operate over a range of 10 to 10 V The analog portion of the module is isolated from the island s actuator bus to improve performance To take advantage of this internal isolation feature the actuators must be powered from an external power supply If isolation is not required you can use the module to deliver field power to the actuators 24 VDC for actuator 1 from the top connector and 24 VDC for actuator 2 from the bottom connector Front Panel View moraa 2 O i locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED array dark green identification stripe indicating an analog output module actuator 1 connects to the top field wiring connector actuator 2 connects to the bottom field wiring connector oahwh 31007715 6 2008 277 Analog Output Modules Ordering The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB AVO 1265 K which includes Information e one STB AVO 1265 analog input module e one size 1 STB XBA 1000 see p 391 I O base e two alternative sets of connectors e two 6 terminal screw type connectors e two 6 terminal spring clamp connectors Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows e astandalone STB AVO 1265 analog input module e astandalon
252. ister Format 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 15 14 Sign bit 0 214 1 213 _ 212 211 always 0 L26 L 98 L29 20 _ There are 10 significant bits in each data word bits 15 through 6 They allow you to represent voltage data with integer values ranging from 32 768 to 32 704 in increments of 64 A value 32 000 represents 10 V and a value of 32 000 represents 10 V When bit 15 is 0 the value is positive when bit 15 is 1 the value is negative Linear voltage is interpreted using the formula Vai Cy 3200 where Cn is the numerical count and Vai is the analog input voltage A Vai 22 WV cs Hc k s 9vL 32 768 32 000 i 28 800 lile l 28 800 32 000 9V 32 704 40V 10 24V Values greater than 32 000 and less than 32 000 do not produce out of range indications 78 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1275 Specifications Table of Technical Specifications description two single ended analog voltage input channels analog input voltage range 10 V resolution 9 bits sign returned data format IEC module width 13 9 mm 0 58 in I O base STB XBA 1000 see p 397 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC logic bus current consumption 30 mA
253. ke a PE contact with the DIN rail Every PDM base on the island bus should make PE contact PE is brought to the island by a heavy duty cross sectional wire usually a copper braided cable 4 2 mm 10 gauge or larger The wire needs to be tied to a single grounding point The ground conductor connects to the bottom of the each PDM base and is secured by the PE captive screw Local electrical codes take precedence over our PE wiring recommendations It is possible that more than one PDM will be used on an island Each PDM base on the island will receive a ground conductor and distribute PE as described above Note Tie the PE lines from more than one PDM to a single PE ground point in a star configuration This will minimize ground loops and excessive current from being created in PE lines This illustration shows separate PE connections tied to a single PE ground the NIM a PDM another PDM captive screws for the PE connections FE connection on the DIN rail akhond 31007715 6 2008 387 Power Distribution Modules STB PDT 3105 Specifications Table of Technical Specifications description basic 24 VDC power distribution module module width 18 4 mm 0 72 in module height in its base 137 9 mm 5 43 in PDM base STB XBA 2200
254. l return output channel return 5 no connection no connection 6 field power return to the module field power return to the module 268 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules The analog returns pin 4 for each channel are internally connected therefore there is no channel to channel isolation Sample The following field wiring example shows how two isolated single ended analog Wiring Diagrams actuators can be wired to the STB AVO 1255 module An external power supply is required Boooo 999999 Le T gt FE FE 3 outputs to actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom 4 field power returns from actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom 31007715 6 2008 269 Analog Output Modules If you want to use 24 VDC from the island s field power bus to power the single ended analog field devices use pins 1 and 6 as follows FE 24 VDC for actuator 1 top and for actuator 2 bottom outputs to actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom returns from actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom field power return from actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom Remember that using pins 1 and 6 defeats the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s actuator bus Oro 270 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modu
255. lable e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB XMP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Dimensions width module on a base 18 4 mm 0 72 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 128 3 mm 5 05 in depth module only 64 1 mm 2 52 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors 31007715 6 2008 351 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 0200 LED Indicator Purpose The LED on the STB AVO 0200 provides a visual indication of the module s operating status Location The LED is located on the top of the front bezel of the module directly below the model number AVO0200 352 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules Indications The following table defines the meaning of the two LEDs where an empty cell indicates that the pattern on the associated LED doesn t matter RDY ERR Meaning What to Do off off The module is either not receiving logic Check power power or has failed flicker off Au
256. lable the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan the STB XMP 7700 kit for inserting the module into the base to make sure that an AC PDM is not inadvertently placed on the island where an STB PDT 3105 PDM belongs the STB XMP 7800 kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module For installation instructions and other details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 width module on a base 18 4 mm 0 72 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 138 mm 5 43 in depth module only 65 1 mm 2 56 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors PDMs are the tallest modules in an Advantys STB island segment The 138 mm height dimension includes the added height imposed by the PE captive screw clamp on the bottom of the STB XBA 2200 base 31007715 6 2008 383 Power Distribution Modules STB PDT 3105 Source Power Wiring Summary Connectors Power Wire Requirements Safety Keying Power Wiring Pinout The STB PDT 3105 uses a two pin source power connector that let you connect the PDM to a 24 VDC field power source The choices of connector types and wire types are described below and a power wiring example is presented Use either e an STB XTS 1130 screw type field wiring connecto
257. land editor STB AVI 0300 module will open 3 Open the I O Image Data Animation sheet which can be accessed from the module editor in the Advantys configuration software when it is online 4 Apply a value corresponding to minimum Ideally the channel data should read O If input 0 VDC or 1 VDC depending on the this is true then no offset adjustment is selected range and read the analog input necessary If the data value is not 0 make channel s data in the I O Image Data a note of the actual data value Animation sheet 5 Apply a value corresponding to maximum Ideally the channel data should read input 5 VDC or 10 VDC depending on 32 000 If this is true then no maximum the selected range and read the analog count adjustment is necessary If the data input channel s data in the module s I O value is not 32 000 make a note of the Image Data Animationsheet actual data value 6 If adjustments need to be made take the Advantys configuration software offline 7 Double click on the STB AVI 0300 module The module editor for the selected in the island editor STB AVI 0300 module will open 8 Open the Properties sheet in the module editor In the Offset value field enter the data value that you read in step 4 In the Maximum Count value field enter the data value that you read in step 5 9 Save the new configuration parameters When the configuration is downloaded to the physical island the new offset and maximum
258. ld wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 These field wiring connectors each have six connection terminals with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin The STB AVO 1255 module handles analog output data from two 0 to 10 V single ended analog field actuators Data on each channel has a resolution of 10 bits The module allows you to connect to two three and four wire actuators that can draw current up to 100 mA module If you want to maintain the module s built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s field power bus you can make only two wire connections Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 5 1 5 mm 24 16 AWG Shielded twisted pair wire is recommended The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to functional earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection The connections on pin 1 and pin 6 are optional and using them defeats the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s sensor bus No connections are made on pins 2 and 5 Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 24 VDC from the island s field power 24 VDC from the island s field power bus for field device accessories bus for field device accessories 2 no connection no connection 3 output to actuator 1 output to actuator 2 4 output channe
259. le is used for the 24 VDC I O 26 31007715 6 2008 Theory of Operation Note When you plan the layout of an island segment that contains a mixture of AC and DC modules we recommend that you place the AC voltage group s to the left of the DC voltage group s in a segment In this case the STB PDT 3100 PDM is placed directly to the right of the last 115 VAC module It terminates the sensor and actuator buses for the 115 VAC I O voltage group and initiates new sensor and actuator buses for the 24 VDC modules nim 115V DAL DAI DAI DAO DAO DAO 24 V DDI DDO PDM PDM 1 115 VAC sensor power signal to the PDM 2 115 VAC actuator power signal to the PDM 3 24 VDC sensor power signal to the PDM 4 24 VDC actuator power signal to the PDM Each standard PDM contains a pair of time lag fuses to protect the I O modules in the segment A 10 A fuse protects the output modules on the actuator bus and a 5 A fuse protects the input modules on the sensor bus These fuses are user replaceable 31007715 6 2008 27 Theory of Operation Basic If your island uses basic PDMs instead of standard PDMs then actuator power and PDM Power Distribution NIM sensor power are sent over a single power line
260. le sensor 1 connects to the top field wiring connector sensor 2 connects to the bottom field wiring connector ORON 31007715 6 2008 41 Analog Input Modules Ordering Information Module Dimensions The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB AVI 1255 K which includes e one STB AVI 1255 analog input module e one size 1 STB XBA 1000 see p 391 I O base e two alternative sets of connectors e two 6 terminal screw type connectors e two 6 terminal spring clamp connectors Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows e astandalone STB AVI 1255 analog input module e astandalone STB XBA 1000 size 1 base e a bag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional optional accessories are also available e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB XMP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 width module on a base 13 9 mm 0 58 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 128 3 mm 5 05 in d
261. le click on the STB ART 0200 module The selected STB ART 0200 module you want to configure in the island editor opens in the software module editor 2 Inthe Value column select the desired The menu gives you two choices temperature unit value from the pull down degrees C and degrees F menu 160 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Input The input sensor type parameter defines the type of analog field device that each Sensor Type channel will support By default both channels support three wire IEC Pt100 RTD sensors You may change the input sensor type on a per channel basis to be one of several types of TC mV or RTD devices If you are not using a sensor on one of the channels you may configure it as type none If you configure it as a particular sensor type and do not connect a physical device to the channel the module will detect a broken wire and flash an error on the LED Broken wire detection is not provided for mV sensors Use the following procedure to configure the input sensor type Step Action Result 1 Double click on the STB ART 0200 module The selected STB ART 0200 module you want to configure in the island editor opens in the software module editor 2 Click on the sign in front of the Input Channel 1 and Channel 2 are sensor type parameter displayed 3 In the Value column select the desired The menu gives y
262. les STB AVO 1255 Functional Description Functional The STB AVO 1255 is a two channel analog module that sends output data to two Characteristics voltage field actuators It does not support user configurable operating parameters or reflex actions Operating The voltage range of the module is 0 to 10 V with 10 bit resolution Parameters When communications are lost between the output module and the fieldbus master the module s output channels go to a known state where they will remain until communications are restored This is known as the channel s fallback state Both output channels go to a predefined fallback state of 0 VDC 31007715 6 2008 271 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 1255 Data for the Process Image Representing The NIM keeps a record of output data in a block of registers in the process image the Analog Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master and Output Data is used to update the output modules This information can be monitored by the fieldbus master If you are not using a basic NIM the information may also be monitored by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data returned by the fieldbus master An STB AVO 1255 is represented by two contiguous registers in the output data block The specific registers used by an ST
263. llowing field wiring example shows how two isolated analog actuators can be wired to the STB ACO 0220 module using external power supplies Eo 42 mo sink 4 Ee mo mO 2 Ee source mim 4 mo D FE 2 outputs to actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom 4 loop power returns from actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom Recommended To guarantee EMC performance in accordance with European Directives CE 89 Loop Power 336 EEC EN61131 2 2003 when using an external loop supply you must use one Supplies of the following Telemecanique power supplies e ABL7 RE 2403 e ABL7 RE 2405 e ABL7 RP 2410 While the module will function using any 24 VDC loop supply we cannot guarantee the module will comply to the European EMC directive CE for operation in a noisy environment We strongly recommend that you use the built in loop supply for this reason 31007715 6 2008 295 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 0220 Functional Description Functional The STB ACO 0220 module is a two channel analog output module that sends data Characteristics to two current field actuators It supports user configurable operating parameters and reflex actions The following operating parameters are user configurable analog output data format analog output period predefined fallback value channel settings fallback mode settings Using the RTP feature in your NIM you can access the value of the anal
264. lly the channel data should read 32 000 If this is true then no maximum count adjustment is necessary If the data value is not 32 000 make a note of the actual data value If adjustments need to be made take the Advantys configuration software offline Double click the appropriate STB ACI 8320 module in the island editor The module editor for the selected STB ACI 8320 module will open Open the Properties sheet in the module editor In the Offset value field enter the data value that you read in step 4 In the Max Count value field enter the data value that you read in step 5 140 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Averaging Channel Operation Enable Disable Step Action Result 9 Save the new configuration parameters When the configuration is downloaded to the physical island the new offset and maximum count parameters will be applied to the analog input channel You may apply a filter that will smooth the values of the analog inputs reported by the STB ACI 8320 The Advantys configuration software allows you to average over a specified number of samples Averaging is applied on a per channel basis By default the number samples averaged is one no averaging you may have a filtering average over up to 80 samples To configure an averaging sample Step Action Result 1 Double click the STB ACI 8320 module you want t
265. log Input Modules STB ACI 1400 Physical Description Physical The STB ACI 1400 is an eight channel single ended analog current input module Characteristics that reads inputs from analog sensors operating in the range of 4 to 20 mA default or 0 to 20 mA The module converts the analog signal to a digital value with 15 bit sign resolution and communicates that value to the control system The module mounts in a size 2 I O base and uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Front Panel View locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED array light green identification stripe indicating an analog input module sensors 1 2 3 and 4 connect to the top field wiring connector sensors 5 6 7 and 8 connect to the bottom field wiring connector oahWhnd 31007715 6 2008 175 Analog Input Modules Ordering The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB ACI 1400 K which includes Information e one STB ACI 1400 analog input module e one size 2 STB XBA 2000 see p 395 I O base e two alternative sets of connectors e two 6 terminal screw type connectors e two 6 terminal spring clamp connectors Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows e astandalone STB ACI 1400 analog input module e astandalone STB XBA 2000 size 2 base e a bag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional option
266. mal and extended temperature ranges Refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for a complete summary of cabalities and limitations Requires the Advantys configuration software 128 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules 2 7 STB ACI 8320 Analog Current Input Module four channel Hart tolerant 15 bit sign differential 4 20 mA or 0 20 mA At a Glance Overview This section provides you with a detailed description of the STB ACI 8320 analog input module its physical design and functional capabilities What s This section contains the following topics in this Section z Topic Page STB ACI 8320 Physical Description 130 STB ACI 8320 LED Indicator 132 STB ACI 8320 Field Wiring 134 STB ACI 8320 Functional Description 136 STB ACI 8320 Data and Status for the Process Image 142 STB ACI 8320 Specifications 147 31007715 6 2008 129 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 8320 Physical Description Physical The STB ACI 8320 is a four channel Hart tolerant differential analog current input Characteristics module that reads inputs from analog sensors operating in the range of 4 to 20 mA default or 0 to 20 mA The module does not corrupt the Hart data that is communicated on the same cable as the analog inputs It mounts in a size 2 I O base and uses two six terminal field wiring connectors The analog input channels ha
267. maximum count is given by the following formula Cy Vai X 6400 where C is the numerical count and V is the analog input voltage A Vai 5 12VF OVE gt 5V A NOVY 32 001 32 767 In an ideal linear voltage representation for 10 VDC range one with default offset or max count settings see p 203 a value of 32 001 represents an OVW If the input value is less than or equal to 32 001 the module reports a UVW When the input value reaches 32 767 an OVE occurs When the input value reaches 32 768 a UVE occurs However due to user configurable offset and max count if used an OVW may be generated before the reported count reaches 32 001 Similarly the reported count may be at 32 767 but you may not receive the expected OVE An ideal linear representation of analog input voltage one with default offset and maximum count is given by the following formula Cn Vai X 3200 216 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules where Cp is the numerical count and Vai is the analog input voltage A Vai p OVE gt ovw 32 768 Ch p 32 767 UVW lt UVE lt 31007715 6 2008 217 Analog Input Modules Status Byte Structure The second fourth sixth eighth tenth twelfth fourteenth and sixteenth registers in the module s input process image are the status words The STB AVI 1400 can detect and report voltage overflo
268. ment with an EMC kit making the analog I O modules CE compliant The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to functional earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection Note If you are wiring two return lines directly into one pin on the connectors you need to use stranded wires that are no larger than 0 8 mm 18 AWG Both wires must be the same wire gauge 31007715 6 2008 179 Analog Input Modules Field The top connector supports analog sensors 1 2 3 and 4 The bottom connector Wiring Pinout supports analog sensors 5 6 7 and 8 Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 current in 1 current in 5 2 current in 2 current in 6 3 return return 4 current in 3 current in 7 5 current in 4 current in 8 6 return return Sample The following field wiring examples show how eight analog sensors can be wired to Wiring Diagrams the STB ACI 1400 module For both examples an external power supply is required to power the sensors 180 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Notice that the return lines for the sensors are connected in external junction boxes so that two returns are brought into pins 3 and 6 on both connectors with a single wire In the following example two return wires are brought into pins 3
269. minimum input current The status byte and channel data return all zeros and the fault indicator does not blink for channel dependent errors e channel enable default e channel disable Note The module detects PDM error and flashes the ERR LED even if all eight channels are disabled 31007715 6 2008 187 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 1400 Data and Status for the Process Image Representing The STB ACI 1400 sends a representation of the operating states of its input the Analog channels to the NIM The NIM stores this information in 16 registers 8 data Input Data registers one for each channel and 8 status registers one for each channel The information can be read by the fieldbus master or if you are using a standard NIM by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data process image is a block of 4096 Modbus registers in the range 45392 through 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The STB ACI 1400 module is represented by 16 contiguous registers in this block which appear in the following order 1st register channel 1 data 16 bits 2nd register channel 1 status 8 bits 3rd register channel 2 data 16 bits Ath register channel 2 status 8 bits 5th register channel 3 data 16 bits 6th register channel 3 status 8 bits 7th register channel 4 data 16 bits 8th register channel 4 status 8 bits 9th register channel 5 data 16 bits 10th register channel 5
270. module and the island s actuator bus you can make only two wire connections The actuators can draw current up to 100 mA module Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 5 1 5 mm 24 16 AWG Shielded twisted pair wire is recommended The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to functional earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection The connections on pin 1 and pin 6 are optional and using them defeats the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s sensor bus No connections are made on pins 2 and 5 of either connector Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 24 VDC from actuator bus for field 24 VDC from actuator bus for field device accessories device accessories 2 no connection no connection 3 output to actuator 1 output to actuator 2 4 output channel return output channel return 5 no connection no connection 6 field power return to the module field power return to the module 280 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules The analog returns pin 4 for each channel are internally connected therefore there is no channel to channel isolation Sample The following field wiring example shows how two isolated single ended analog Wiring Diagrams actuators can be wired to the STB AVO 1265 module An external powe
271. module editor you can change the operating parameters on each channel Using the RTP feature in your NIM you can access the value of the following parameter e Averaging Refer to the Advanced Configuration chapter in your NIM manual for general information on RTP Note Standard NIMs with firmware version 2 0 or higher support RTP RTP is not available in Basic NIMs Averaging You may apply a filter that will smooth the values of the analog inputs reported by the STB ART 0200 The Advantys configuration software allows you to average over a specified number of samples on a per channel basis By default the number of samples averaged is one no averaging you may average over up to eight To configure the number of samples to average over samples Step Action Result 1 Double click on the STB ART 0200 module you want to configure in the island editor The selected STB ART 0200 module opens in the software module editor Click on the sign in front of the Averaging parameter Channel 1 and Channel 2 are displayed In the Value column of the Channel you want to configure enter a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 1 to 8 When you select the Averaging value the max min values of the range appear at the bottom of the module editor screen Repeat step 3 if you want to apply averaging to the other channel 31007715 6 2008 159 Analog Input M
272. n The software will be in online mode software to a physical island 2 Double click on the appropriate The module editor for the selected STB AVI 1270 module in the island STB AVI 1270 module will open editor 3 Open the I O Data Animation sheet which can be accessed from the module editor in the Advantys configuration software when it is online 4 Apply O V to the appropriate field sensor Ideally the channel data should read O If and read the analog input channel s data this is true then no offset adjustment is in the I O Data Animation sheet necessary If the data value is not 0 make a note of it 5 Now apply 10 V to the field sensor and Ideally the channel data should read read the analog input channel s datain 32 000 If this is true then no maximum the module s I O Data Animation sheet count adjustment is necessary If the data value is not 32 000 make a note of it 62 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Step Action Result If adjustments need to be made take the Advantys configuration software offline Double click on the appropriate STB AVI 1270 module in the island editor The module editor for the selected STB AVI 1270 module will open Open the Properties sheet in the module editor In the Offset value field enter the data value that you read when 0 V was applied In the Max Count value field enter the data value that you read when 10 V was applied
273. n between the analog portion of the module and the island s actuator bus you can make connections only to a two wire device Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 5 1 5 mm 24 16 AWG Shielded twisted pair wire is recommended The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to functional earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection The top connector supports analog actuator 1 and the bottom connector supports analog actuator 2 Four field wires may be used on each connector on pins 1 2 4 and 6 31007715 6 2008 309 Analog Output Modules The connections on pin 1 and pin 6 are optional and using these pins will defeat the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s sensor bus No connections are made on pins 3 and 5 of either connector Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 24 VDC from actuator bus for field device accessories 24 VDC from actuator bus for field device accessories output to actuator 1 output to actuator 2 no connection no connection analog output return analog output return no connection no connection oO om AJOJN field power return to the module field power return to the module The analog returns pin 4 for each channel are internally connected therefore
274. n bit 1 has a value of 1 2 Bit 1 represents the status of PDM voltage on the island s actuator bus It has a value of 0 when no PDM voltage errors are detected It has a value of 1 when power is shorted A PDM short turns on the GS bit bit 0 3 Bit 2 represents the presence or absence of an OVW It has a value of 0 when the voltage is less than or equal to 10 V It has a value of 1 when the numerical count is greater than 32 000 An OVW does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 4 Bit 3 represents the presence or absence of an over voltage error OVE It has a value of 0 when the numerical count is less than 32 752 and a value of 1 when the voltage equals 32 752 An OVE does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 5 Bit 4 represents the presence or absence of a UVW If the module is configured for 10 V operations it has a value of O when the numerical is greater than or equal to 32 000 and a value of 1 when the count is below 32 000 but above 32 752 A UVW does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 5 Bit 5 represents the presence or absence of a UVE If the module is configured for 10 V operations it has a value of 0 when the numerical count is greater than 32 752 and a value of 1 when the voltage equals 32 752 A UVE does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 31007715 6 2008 261 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 1250 Specifications Table of Technical as f PE description two single ended analog voltage output Specif
275. nal accessories are also available e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB XMP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Dimensions width 13 9 mm 0 58 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 128 3 mm 5 05 in depth module only 64 1 mm 2 52 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors 31007715 6 2008 151 Analog Input Modules STB ART 0200 LEDs Purpose The two LEDs on the STB ART 0200 module provide visual indications of the operating status of the module and its RDT or TC sensors The LED locations and their meanings are described below Location The two LEDs are located on the top front bezel of the module directly below the model number ART 0200 152 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Indications The following table defines the meaning of the two LEDs where an empty cell indicates that the pattern on the associated LED doesn t matter RDY ERR Meaning W
276. nalog input register status registers 166 STB AVI 0300 analog input module averaging 234 data registers 236 field wiring 226 front panel view 222 input channel operation 234 LED indicators 224 offset and max count 228 operating range 234 status registers 242 user configurable parameters 228 STB AVI 1255 analog input module data registers 49 field wiring 44 front panel view 41 LED indicator 43 operating parameters 47 technical specifications 50 wiring diagram with isolation 45 wiring diagram without isolation 46 31007715 6 2008 433 Index STB AVI 1270 analog input module averaging 63 data registers 64 field wiring 56 front panel view 52 LED indicator 54 offset and max count 59 operating parameters 76 status registers 66 technical specifications 67 user configurable parameters 59 wiring diagram with isolation 57 wiring diagram without isolation 58 STB AVI 1275 analog input module data registers 78 field wiring 73 front panel view 70 LED indicator 72 technical specifications 79 wiring diagram with isolation 74 wiring diagram without isolation 75 STB AVI 1400 analog input module averaging 209 data registers 212 field wiring 200 front panel view 196 input channel operation 210 LED indicators 198 offset and max count 203 operating range 210 status registers 218 user configurable parameters 203 wiring diagram 201 202 STB AVI0300 analog input
277. nce of an OVW It has a value of 0 when the voltage is less than or equal to 10 V It has a value of 1 when the voltage is greater than 10 V An OVW in the STB AVI 1270 does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 4 Bit 3 represents the presence or absence of an OVE It has a value of 0 when the voltage is less than 10 24 V and a value of 1 when the voltage equals or exceeds 10 24 V An OVE in the STB AVI 1270 turns on the GS bit bit 0 5 Bit 4 represents the presence or absence of a UVW It has a value of 0 when the voltage is greater than or equal to 10 V and a value of 1 when the voltage is below 10 V AUVW in the STB AVI 1270 does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 6 Bit 5 represents the presence or absence of a UVE It has a value of 0 when the voltage is greater than 10 24 V and a value of 1 when the voltage is less than or equal to 10 24 V A UVE in the STB AVI 1270 turns on the GS bit bit 0 Note The detection of error conditions on the PDM input power connection may be delayed by as much as 15 ms from the event depending on the sensor bus load the system configuration and the nature of the fault Field power faults that are local to the input module are reported immediately 66 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1270 Specifications Table of Technical Specifications description two single ended analog voltage input channels analog input voltage range 10 V resolution 11 bits
278. nd 0 to 10 VDC operating ranges the sign bit bit 15 is always 0 indicating that negative voltage values are not read Note Errors and warnings are based on count values not physical values The current values in the tables below are ideal values Data Formats for 1 to 5 VDC and 0 to 5 VDC Error 1 to 5 VDC Range 0 to 5 VDC Range OVE over voltage error 5 10 VDC 5 12 VDC 32 767 32 767 OVW over voltage warning gt 5 VDC gt 5 VDC 32 001 32 001 UVW under voltage warning lt 1 VDC lt 0 12 VDC 1 767 UVE under voltage error lt 0 91 VDC 0 VDC 767 0 In an ideal linear voltage representation for 1 to 5 VDC range one with the default offset or max count settings see p 228 a value of 32 001 represents an OVW If the input value is less than or equal to 1 the module reports a UVW When the input value reaches 32 767 an OVE occurs When the input value reaches 767 a UVE occurs 236 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules However due to user configurable offset and max count if used an OVW may be generated before the reported count reaches 32 001 Similarly the reported count may be at 32 767 but you may not receive the expected OVE An ideal linear representation of analog input voltage one with default offset and maximum count is given by the following formula Cn Vai 1 V 8000 where C is the numerical count and Vai is the analog input volt
279. nder current error lt 3 5 mA 1000 The value of the data word is represented in bits 14 through 0 The bits represent current data as integer values in the range 0 to 32 767 A value of 32 000 results in a 20 mA output and a value of 0 results in a 4 mA output Output current value in mA is given by the following formula I s a ao 2000 where C is the numerical count and lao is the analog output current lao 20 38 mA 20 mA gt OCE gt OCW 12 mA 32 000 32 767 Values greater than 32 000 produce over range indications 31007715 6 2008 345 Analog Output Modules Output The I O status process image is located in a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers Status Registers in the range 45 392 through 49 487 that represent the status of all the I O modules along with the data for the input modules on the island bus The STB ACO 0120 is represented by one register This shows the status for the channel The seven LSBs in the register represents the status of the output channel STB ACO 0120 Status Register Format 15 14 1312 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 not used _ L GS see 1 always 0 not used always 0 L OCW see 2 L OCE see 3 _ UCW see 4 _ UCE see 5 HWE see 6 1 Bit O represents global status GS It has a value of O when no errors are dete
280. nectors available in a kit of 20 e two STB XTS 2100 spring clamp field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 These field wiring connectors each have six connection terminals with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin The STB ACI 1230 module handles analog input data from two 0 to 20 mA single ended analog field sensors Data on each channel has a resolution of 12 bits The module is designed to support high duty cycles and to control continuous operation equipment The module supports two three and four wire devices that draw current up to100 mA channel at 30 degrees C or 50 mA channel at 60 degrees C If you want to maintain the module s built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s sensor bus you can make only two wire connections Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 5 1 5 mm 24 16 AWG Shielded twisted pair cable is recommended The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to protective earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection The top connector supports analog sensor 1 and the bottom connector supports analog sensor 2 Four field wires may be used on each connector on pins 1 2 4 and 6 The connections on pins 1 and 6 are optional and using these pins will defeat the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the isl
281. nfigured Value column of the Notice that when you select the Analog Analog Output Period row enter the desired value Output Period value the min max values of the range appear at the bottom of the module editor screen 31007715 6 2008 341 Analog Output Modules This parameter is represented as an unsigned 8 bit number To access this parameter using RTP the following values to the RTP request block Length 1 Index low byte 0x10 Index high byte 0x23 Sub index 0 Data Byte 1 5 to 255 Fallback Modes When communications are lost between the output module and the fieldbus master the module s output channel goes to a known state where it remains until communication is restored This known state is the channel s fallback state Fallback configuration is accomplished in two steps 1 configure the fallback mode for the channel 2 configure the fallback state This output channel has a fallback mode either predefined state or hold last value When the channel has predefined state as its fallback mode it can be configured with a fallback state which may be any value in the valid range When a channel has hold last value as its fallback mode it stays at its last known state when communication is lost By default the fallback mode for the channel is predefined state If you want to change the fallback mode to hold last value you need to use the Advantys configuration
282. nk 3 the LED blinks on for 200 ms off for 200 ms on for 200 ms off for 200 ms on again for 200 ms then off for 1 s This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes 308 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 1210 Field Wiring Summary Connector Types Field Actuators Field Wiring Requirements Field Wiring Pinouts The STB ACO 1210 module uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Analog actuator 1 is wired to the top connector and the analog actuator 2 is wired to the bottom connector The choices of connectors and field wire types are described below and some field wiring options are presented Use a set of either e two STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 e two STB XTS 2100 spring clamp field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 These field wiring connectors each have six connection terminals with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin The STB ACO 1210 module handles analog output data from two 0 20 mA single ended analog field actuators Data on each channel has a resolution of 12 bits The module is designed to support high duty cycles and to control continuous operation equipment The module allows you to connect to two three and four wire devices that can draw current up to e 100 mA channel at 30 degrees C e 50 mA channel at 60 degrees C If you want to maintain the module s built in isolatio
283. nnel 3 4 for channel 4 5 for channel 5 5 for channel 6 7 for channel 7 8 for channel 8 Data bytes 2 high byte and 1 low byte 767 to 767 OxFDO1 to Ox2FF Maximum Count and RTP The maximum count parameter is represented as a signed 16 bit number To access it using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 2 Index low byte 0x01 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 3 for channel 3 4 for channel 4 5 for channel 5 5 for channel 6 7 for channel 7 8 for channel 8 Data bytes 2 high byte and 1 low byte 31 233 to 32 767 Ox7A01 to Ox7FFF 31007715 6 2008 185 Analog Input Modules Determining To apply offset and maximum count to an analog channel Offset and Step Action Result Maximum Count Values 1 Connect the Advantys configuration The software will be in online mode software to a physical island 2 Double click on the STB ACI 1400 The module editor for the selected module in the island editor STB ACI 1400 module will open 3 Open the I O Image Data Animation sheet which can be accessed from the module editor in the Advantys configuration software when it is online 4 Apply a value corresponding to the Ideally the channel data should read O If minimum input 0 mA or 4 mA this is true then no offset adjustment is
284. not receiving Check power logic power or has failed flicker off Auto addressing is in progress on on The watchdog has timed out Cycle power restart the communications on off The module has achieved all of the following e it has power e it passed its confidence tests e itis operational on flicker An over current error is detected Check wiring and field device flicker A broken wire is detected Check wiring Field power is absent Check power A PDM short circuit is detected blink 1 The module is in pre operational mode blink 1 A nonfatal error has been detected Cycle power restart the communications blink 2 The island bus is not running Check network connections replace NIM flicker The LED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 The LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes blink 2 The LED blinks on for 200 ms off for 200 ms on again for 200 ms then off for 1 s This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes Note The detection of error conditions on the PDM input power connection may be delayed by as much as 15 ms from the event depending on the sensor bus load the system configuration and the nature of the fault Field power faults that are local to the input module are reported immediately 178 3100
285. not running Check network connections replace NIM flicker The LED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 The LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes blink 2 The LED blinks on for 200 ms off for 200 ms on again for 200 ms then off for 1 s This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes 336 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 0120 Field Wiring Summary Connector Types Field Actuators Field Wire Requirements Field Wiring Pinout The STB ACO 0120 module uses one six terminal field wiring connector This analog actuator is wired to the top connector Use either e an STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connector available in a kit of 20 e an STB XTS 2100 spring clamp field wiring connector available in a kit of 20 The field wiring connector has six connection terminals with a 3 8 mm 0 15 in pitch between each pin The STB ACO 0120 module supports a one channel analog actuator It handles outputs in the range of 4 to 20 mA Data on this channel has a resolution of 15 bit sign Individual connector terminals accept one field wire Use wire sizes in the range 0 5 1 5 mm 24 16 AWG Shielded twisted pair wire is required to meet CE See the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171
286. nput module 179 on the STB ACI 8320 analog input module 134 on the STB ACO 0120 analog output module 337 on the STB ACO 0220 analog output module 293 on the STB ACO 1210 analog output module 309 on the STB ACO 1225 analog output module 324 on the STB ART 0200 analog input module 154 on the STB AVI 0300 analog input module 226 on the STB AVI 1255 analog input module 44 on the STB AVI 1270 analog input module 56 on the STB AVI 1275 analog input module 73 on the STB AVI 1400 analog input module 200 on the STB AVO 0200 analog output module 354 on the STB AVO 1250 analog output module 251 on the STB AVO 1255 analog output module 268 on the STB AVO 1265 analog output module 280 frequency rejection STB ART 0200 analog input module 160 Functional ground connection on the I O bases 34 l I O base units STB XBA 1000 391 STB XBA 2000 395 industrial class I O STB ACO 1210 analog output module 309 industrial class I O modules STB ACI 0320 analog input module 85 STB ACI 1225 analog input module 104 STB ACI 1230 analog input module 116 STB ACI 1400 analog input module 179 STB ACI 8320 analog input module 134 STB ACO 0120 analog output module 337 STB ACO 0220 analog output module 293 STB ACO 1225 analog output module 324 STB AVI 0300 analog input module 226 STB AVI 1255 analog input module 44 STB AVI 1270 analog input module 56 STB AVI 1275 analog input module 73 STB AVI 1400 analog input module
287. ns 3 and 4 top connector thermocouple sensor bottom connector mV sensor 31007715 6 2008 157 Analog Input Modules Wiring a TC When you apply external cold junction compensation see p 163 to the module with External you must use a two wire RTD and connect it to pins 2 and 5 on the top connector Cold junction For optimum results connect copper wires to pins 2 and 5 on the top connector and Compensation run them to an isothermal terminal block Make the TC wiring connection to the terminal block and embed the RTD in the terminal block N 2 seee No 5 lt V Cold junction compensation is configured at the module level and therefore it applies to any TC sensor s connected to the top and or bottom connector on the STB ART 0200 module Note When external cold junction compensation is applied to the module you may configure channel 1 to support a TC or mV sensor but you should not configure it to support an RTD that senses process values 158 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB ART 0200 Functional Description Functional Characteristics independently to support a e RTD sensor e thermocouple sensor e mV sensor The STB ART 0200 is a two channel analog input module with on board diagnostics and a high degree of user configurability Each channel can be configured Using the Advantys configuration software s
288. nts from a 24 VDC PDM power protection time lag fuse on the PDM Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules This product supports operation at normal and extended temperature ranges Refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for a complete summary of cabalities and limitations 1Requires the Advantys configuration software 366 31007715 6 2008 Advantys Power Distribution Modules At a Glance Overview What s in this Chapter The island bus uses special purpose PDMs to distribute field power to the I O modules in its segment s There are two classes of PDMs those that distribute e 24 VDC power to digital and analog I O that operate with DC powered field devices e 115 or 230 VAC to digital I O modules that operate with AC power field devices All PDMs distribute sensor and actuator power provide PE resistance for the I O modules they support and provide over current protection Within each class are standard and basic PDM models This chapter contains the following sections Section Topic Page 4 1 STB PDT 3100 24 VDC Power Distribution Module 368 4 2 STB PDT 3105 24 VDC Basic Power Distribution Module 380 31007715 6 2008 367 Power Distribution Modules 4 1 STB PDT 3100 24 VDC Power Distribution Module At a Glance Overview This section provides you with a detailed descript
289. o configure in the island editor The selected STB ACI 8320 module opens in the software module editor In the Value column of the Averaging row enter a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 1 to 80 50 H When you select the Averaging value the max min values of the range appear at the bottom of the module editor screen This parameter is represented as an unsigned 8 bit number To access this parameter using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 1 Index low byte 0x02 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 3 for channel 3 4 for channel 4 Data Byte 1 1 to 80 The STB ACI 8320 has an input channel enable disable on a per channel basis You can disable the unused inputs By default all inputs are enabled upon auto configuration When you disable a channel its input is set to minimum input current The status byte and channel data return all zeros when the channel is disabled and the fault indicator does not blink e channel enable default e channel disable 31007715 6 2008 141 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 8320 Data and Status for the Process Image Representing The STB ACI 8320 sends a representation of the operating states of its input the Analog channels to the NIM The NIM stores this information in eight registers four data Input Data registers one for each channel and four status register
290. o represent analog input currents with all the integer values in the range 32 768 to 32 767 In the 0 to 20 mA operating range the sign bit bit 15 is always 0 indicating that negative current values are not read The value 0 represents 0 mA or 4 mA depending on the range selected The value 32 000 represents 20 mA Errors and warnings are reported at the following counts Note Errors and warnings are based on count values not physical values The current values in the table below are ideal values Error 4 to 20 mA Range default 0 to 20 mA Range OCE over current error 20 38 mA 20 48 mA 32 767 32 767 OCW over current warning gt 20 mA gt 20mA 32 001 32 001 UCW under current warning lt 4mA lt 0 48 mA 1 767 UCE under current error lt 3 62 mA 0 767 0 BWE broken wire error lt 1 mA N A 767 is still displayed N A 31007715 6 2008 189 Analog Input Modules In the 4 to 20 mA operating range an ideal linear representation of analog input current one with default offset and maximum count is given by the following formula Cr lai 4 MA x 2000 where C is the numerical count and laj is the analog input current A ai 20 38 mA zi gt OCE 20 mA gt OCW Cn ti 767 O 16 000 32 000 32 767 In the O to 20 mA operating range an ideal linear representation of analog input current one with default
291. ode blink 1 A nonfatal error has been detected Cycle power restart the communications blink 2 The island bus is not running Check network connections replace NIM flicker The LED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 The LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes blink 2 The LED blinks on for 200 ms off for 200 ms on again for 200 ms then off for 1 s This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes Note The detection of error conditions on the PDM input power connection may be delayed by as much as 15 ms from the event depending on the sensor bus load the system configuration and the nature of the fault Field power faults that are local to the input module are reported immediately 31007715 6 2008 199 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1400 Field Wiring Summary Connectors Field Sensors Field Wire Requirements The STB AVI 1400 module uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Analog sensors 1 2 3 and 4 are wired to the top connector and analog sensors 5 6 7 and 8 are wired to the bottom connector The choices of connectors and field wire types are described below and some field wiring options are presented Use a set of either e two STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors available in a kit of 20 e two STB XTS 2
292. odule 500 VAC rms when sensor bus is not used for to sensor bus field power input filter single low pass filter at a nominal 25 Hz integral linearity 0 1 of full scale differential linearity monotonic absolute accuracy typically 0 5 of full scale 25 C temperature drift typically 0 01 of full scale C operating temperature range 0 to 60 C storage temperature 40 to 85 C over range margin 2 4 input impedance lt 300 Q maximum input current 25 mA 50 VDC without damage addressing requirement four words two channel offset calibration constant configurable in the range 0 8191 representing 0 5 12 mA maximum coun configurable in the range 23 800 32 760 representing 14 88 20 48 mA sensor bus power for accessories 100 mA channel 30 C 50 mA channel 60 C 31007715 6 2008 127 Analog Input Modules over current protection for accessory power yes field power requirements from a 24 VDC PDM power protection time lag fuse on the PDM agency certifications refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 ATEX applications prohibit hot swapping refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules This product supports operation at nor
293. odule s output channels go to a known state where they remain until communications are restored This is known as the channel s fallback state Both output channels go to a predefined fallback state of 0 VDC 31007715 6 2008 283 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 1265 Data for the Process Image Representing the Analog Output Data The NIM keeps a record of output data in one block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master and is used to update the output modules This information can be monitored by the fieldbus master If you are not using a basic NIM the information may also be monitored by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data returned by the fieldbus master An STB AVO 1265 is represented by two contiguous registers in the output data block The specific registers used by an STB AVO 1265 module are based on its physical location on the island bus Note The data format illustrated below is common across the island bus regardless of the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is also transferred to and from the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available
294. odules To access this parameter using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 1 Index low byte 0x02 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 Data Byte 1 1to8 Frequency The frequency rejection parameter sets the value for the maximum rejection Rejection filtering of power line induced noise It is configured at the module level the same frequency rejection value applies to both channels This parameter applies to all three sensor types The default value is 50 Hz You can change the value to 60 Hz To change the value Step Action Result 1 Double click on the STB ART 0200 module The selected STB ART 0200 module you want to configure in the island editor opens in the software module editor 2 Inthe Value column select the desired The menu gives you two frequency rejection value from the pull down choices 50 Hz and 60 Hz menu Temperature The temperature unit parameter specifies whether the temperature data for a Unit channel will be reported in degrees C or degrees F The default temperature unit value is degrees C It is configured at the module level The temperature unit applies to both channels and to cold junction compensation if applicable This parameter applies to RTD and TC sensor devices it is ignored if the channel supports a mV sensor To change the value Step Action Result 1 Doub
295. of full scale differential linearity monotonic absolute accuracy typically 0 3 of full scale 25 C and 0 4 maximum of full scale temperature drift typically 0 005 of full scale C kK operating temperature range 0 to 60 C storage temperature 40 to 85 C over range margin 2 4 under range margin 4 to 20 mA range only 2 4 input impedance lt 300 Q maximum input current 25 mA 98 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules addressing requirement 8 words total e 4 words for data e 4 words for status common mode rejection gt 80 dB 60 Hz common mode voltage lt 100 VDC or 100 VAC peak cross talk between channels gt 80 dB field power requirements from a 24 VDC PDM power protection time lag fuse on the PDM agency certifications refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 ATEX applications prohibit hot swapping refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules This product supports operation at normal and extended temperature ranges Refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 00 for a complete summary of capabilities and limitations 31007715 6 2008 99 Analog Input Modules 2 5 STB ACI 1225 Analog Current Input Module two channel 10 bi
296. offset and maximum count is given by the following formula Ch la X 1600 190 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules where C is the numerical count and lai is the analog input current A lai 20 48 mA gt OCE 20 mA L gt OCW 10 mA 0 48 ma 4 UCW Cy 0 1 p 767 16 000 32 000 T 32 767 UCE 31007715 6 2008 191 Analog Input Modules Status Byte Structure The second fourth sixth eighth tenth twelfth fourteenth and sixteenth registers in the module s input process image are the status words The STB ACI 1400 can detect and report current overflow conditions The eight least significant bits LSB in each register represent the status of each input channel STB ACI 1400 Status Register Format 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 18 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 not used L_ GS see 1 always set to 0 PDM see 2 OCW see 3 OCE see 4 UCW see 5 UCE see 6 L BWE see 7 ICE see 8 1 Bit 0 represents global status GS It has a value of 0 when no errors are detected It has a value of 1 when bit 1 and or bit 3 and or bit 6 and or bit 7 has a value of 1 2 Bit 1 represents the status of the PDM voltage on the island s sensor bus It has a value of 1 when PDM error has been detected A PDM error turns on the GS bit bit 0 3 Bit 2
297. og Input Modules Input Sensor Type ORE ORW Normal Range URW URE J type TC degrees C gt 1200 1171 9 8 210 1200 lt 205 1 lt 210 degrees F gt 2192 gt 2140 6 346 2192 lt 337 9 lt 346 K type TC degrees C gt 1370 gt 1337 1 270 1370 lt 263 5 lt 270 degrees F gt 2498 gt 2438 454 2498 lt 443 1 lt 454 E type TC degrees C gt 1000 gt 976 270 1000 lt 263 5 lt 270 degrees F gt 1832 gt 1788 454 1832 lt 443 1 lt 454 T type TC degrees C gt 400 gt 390 4 270 400 lt 263 5 lt 270 degrees F gt 752 gt 734 454 752 lt 443 1 lt 454 S type TC degrees C gt 1768 gt 1726 6 50 1768 lt 48 8 lt 50 degrees F gt 3214 4 gt 3139 1 58 3214 lt 56 6 lt 58 R type TC degrees C gt 1768 gt 1726 6 50 1768 lt 48 8 lt 50 degrees F gt 3214 4 gt 3139 1 58 3214 lt 56 6 lt 58 B type TC degrees C gt 1820 gt 1726 6 130 1820 lt 133 lt 130 degrees F gt 3200 gt 3123 2 266 3200 lt 272 lt 266 ORE is over range error ORW is over range warning URW is under range warning URE is under range error These are the following thermocouple ranges for type J R and S thermocouples for modules with an SV less than or equal to 1 59
298. og has timed out Cycle power restart the communications blink 1 The module is in pre operational mode flicker Field power absent or a PDM short Check power circuit detected blink 1 A nonfatal error has been detected Cycle power restart the communications blink 2 The island bus is not running Check network connections replace NIM flicker the LED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 the LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes blink 2 the LED blinks on for 200 ms off for 200 ms on again for 200 ms then off for 1s This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes Note The detection of error conditions on the PDM input power connection may be delayed by as much as 15 ms from the event depending on the sensor bus load the system configuration and the nature of the fault Field power faults that are local to the input module are reported immediately 31007715 6 2008 55 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1270 Field Wiring Summary Connectors Field Sensors Field Wire Requirements The STB AVI 1270 module uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Analog sensor 1 is wired to the top connector and analog sensor 2 is wired to the bottom connector The choices of connectors and field wire types are described below and some fiel
299. og output period Refer to the Advanced Configuration chapter in your NIM manual for general information on RTP Note Standard NIMs with firmware version 2 0 or later support RTP RTP is not available in basic NIMs Analog If the data to an analog output channel is not updated by the fieldbus master in a Output Period specified number of milliseconds the module refreshes the old data held by the channel This update keeps the analog value from drifting during a long interval between data updates The interval between refreshes is defined as the analog output period This period is user configurable in the range 5 to 255 ms The analog output period is configurable as a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 5 to 255 0x5 to OxFF By default the analog output period is 10 OxA If you want to configure a different period you need to use the Advantys configuration software Step Action Result 1 Double click the STB ACO 0220 The selected STB ACO 0220 module opens in the module you want to configure in software module editor the island editor 2 Choose the data display format by Hexadecimal values will appear in the editor if the either selecting or clearing the check box is selected decimal values will appear Hexadecimal check box at the if the check box is cleared top right of the editor 3 In the Value column of the Notice that when you select the Analog Output Analog Output Perio
300. ogic side Contacts STB XBA 2300 size 2 BOS base Contacts 2 6 are present and pass signals to the right STB XBA 2400 size 2 EOS base Contacts 1 6 are present but the signals do not pass to the right STB XBA 3000 size 3 I O base Contacts 2 6 present and pass signals to the right Contacts 2 and 3 terminate at the end of the segment contacts 4 5 and 6 pass to the end of the island bus Field Power The following illustration highlights the contacts at the bottom of the base which Distribution support the island s field power distribution functionality Contacts 7 aDIN rail clip that provides functional ground for noise immunity RFI etc 8 and 9 sensor bus 10 and 11 actuator bus 12 PE established via a captive screw on the PDM base units 34 31007715 6 2008 Theory of Operation The following table lists the way the field side contacts are implemented on the different base units Base Unit Logic side Contacts STB XBA 1000 size 1 I O base Contacts 7 12 present Contacts 7 and 12 are always made Contacts 8 and 9 are made for input modules but not for output modules Contacts 10 and 11 are made for output modules but not for input modules STB XBA 2000 size 2 I O base Contacts 7 12 present Contacts 7 and 12 are always made Contacts 8 and 9 are made for input modules but not for output modules Contacts 10 and 11 are made for output modules
301. ogical personal identifier for an Ethernet NIM A role name or device name is created when you e combine the numeric rotary switch setting with the NIM for example STBNIP2212_010 or e edit the Device Name setting in the NIM s embedded web server pages After the NIM is configured with a valid role name the DHCP server uses it to identify the island at power up resistive temperature detect An RTD device is a temperature transducer composed of conductive wire elements typically made of platinum nickel copper or nickel iron An RTD device provides a variable resistance across a specified temperature range run time parameters RTP lets you monitor and modify selected I O parameters and Island bus status registers of the NIM while the Advantys STB Island is running The RTP feature uses 5 reserved output words in the NIM s process image the RTP request block to send requests and 4 reserved input words in the NIM s process image the RTP response block to receive responses Available only in standard NIMs running firmware version 2 0 or higher reception For example in a CAN based network a PDO is described as an RxPDO of the device that receives it 31007715 6 2008 421 Glossary SAP SCADA SDO segment SELV SIM single ended inputs sink load size 1 base size 2 base size 3 base service access point The point at which the services of 1 communications layer as defined by th
302. oltage error 32 767 32 767 5 10 VDC 5 12 VDC OVW over voltage warning 32 001 32 001 gt 5 VDC gt 5 VDC UVW under voltage warning 1 767 lt 1 VDC lt 0 12 VDC UVE under voltage error 768 0 lt 0 905 VDC 0 VDC In an ideal linear voltage representation for 1 to 5 VDC range a value of 32 001 represents an OVW If the output value is less than or equal to 1 the module reports a UVW When the output value reaches 32 767 an OVE occurs When the output value reaches 767 a UVE occurs Output voltage in V is given by the following formula Vao C 8000 1 where C is the numerical count and V is the analog output voltage Vao 5 10 V 7z gt OVE gt 5V gt OVW 3V lt 1 V 0 905 V _UveE Ch p 768 16 000 32 000 32 767 In an ideal linear voltage representation for 0 to 5 VDC range a value of 32 001 represents an OVW If the output value is less than or equal to 767 the module reports a UVW When the output value reaches 32 767 an OVE occurs When the output value reaches 0 a UVE occurs An ideal linear voltage representation is interpreted using the formula Vao Cp 6400 360 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules where C is the numerical count and Vao is the analog output voltage A Vao 5 12 V 5V lt 0 12 V 0 I 32 000 32 767 Data Format 0 to 10 VDC Error 0 to 10 VDC Range OVE over voltage
303. on for internal loop supply yes fallback mode predefined default fallback states user defined data value default 0 addressing requirement two words for output data field power requirements from a 24 VDC PDM power protection time lag fuse on the PDM agency certifications refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 ATEX applications prohibit hot swapping refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules This product supports operation at normal and extended temperature ranges Refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for a complete summary of cabalities and limitations 31007715 6 2008 303 Analog Output Modules 3 5 STB ACO 1210 Analog Current Output Module two channel 12 bit 0 20 mA At a Glance Overview This section provides you with a detailed description of the STB ACO 1210 analog output module its functions physical design technical specifications field wiring requirements and configuration options What s This section contains the following topics in this Section P Topic Page STB ACO 1210 Physical Description 305 STB ACO 1210 LED Indicators 307 STB ACO 1210 Field Wiring 309 STB ACO 1210 Functional Description 312 STB ACO 1210 Data and Status in
304. onnect connect equipment unless power has been switched off or the area is known to be non hazardous A CAU BURN HAZARD Hot Fuse Disconnect power for 10 minutes before removing fuse housing door for the 5 A fuse this slot is not used notches in the two doors burn hazard statement kOND The marking on the side of the module describes a simple precaution you need to take before replacing a fuse see p 377 to prevent burns 382 31007715 6 2008 Power Distribution Modules Ordering Information Dimensions The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB PDT 3105 K which includes one STB PDT 3105 power distribution module one STB XBA 2200 see p 399 PDM base two alternative sets of connectors e one 2 terminal screw type connector keying pins included e one 2 terminal spring clamp connector keying pins included a5 A 250 V time lag low breaking capacity glass fuse to protect the input and output modules Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows a standalone STB PDT 3105 power distribution module a standalone STB XBA 2200 PDM base a bag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1130 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2130 the STB XMP 5600 fuse kit which contains five 5 A replacement fuses and five 10 A replacement fuses Note Do not use the 10 A fuses in the STB PDT 3105 module Additional optional accessories are also avai
305. ot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported for 2 inputs only channels 1 and 2 profile ID 0x75 input response time nominal 8 ms for all channels maximum 13 ms for all channels input filter low pass filter with 3 dB cutoff at 985 Hz integral linearity 0 05 of full scale differential linearity monotonic absolute accuracy typically 0 3 of full scale 25 C and 0 4 maximum of full scale common mode rejections gt 80 dB 60 Hz common mode voltage lt 100 VDC or 100 VAC peak crosstalk rejection between channels gt 80 dB temperature drift typically 0 005 of full scale C over range margin 2 4 operating temperature range 0 to 60 C storage temperature 40 to 85 C under range margin 2 4 input impedance gt 1 MQ 31007715 6 2008 243 Analog Input Modules minimum input voltage 12 VDC maximum input voltage 12 VDC addressing requirement 8 input words total 4 words for data 4 words for status isolation field to bus 1500 VDC for 1 minute channel to channel 200 VDC analog module to 500 VDC sensor bus field power requirements from a 24 VDC PDM power protection time lag fuse on the PDM Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules This product supports operation at normal and extend
306. ou 16 choices as sensor type from the pull down menu listed below 4 Repeat step 3 if you want to configure a sensor type for the other channel The 16 available input sensor types are Input Sensor Type ORE ORW Normal Range URW URE none N A N A N A N A N A mV gt 81 92 gt 80 80 80 lt 80 lt 81 92 Pt100 RTD degrees C gt 850 gt 829 6 200 850 lt 195 2 lt 200 IEC degrees F gt 1562 gt 1524 5 328 1562 lt 320 1 lt 328 Pt1000 RTD degrees C gt 850 gt 829 6 200 850 lt 195 2 lt 200 IEC degrees F gt 1562 gt 1524 5 328 1562 lt 320 1 lt 328 Pt100 RTD degrees C gt 450 gt 439 2 100 450 lt 97 6 lt 100 US JIS degreesF gt 842 gt 821 8 148 842 lt 144 4 lt 148 Pt1000 RTD degrees C gt 450 gt 439 2 100 450 lt 97 6 lt 100 US JIS degreesF gt 842 gt 821 8 148 842 lt 144 4 lt 148 Ni100 RTD degrees C gt 180 gt 175 7 60 180 lt 58 6 lt 60 degrees F gt 356 gt 347 5 76 356 lt 74 2 lt 76 Ni1000 RTD degrees C gt 180 gt 175 7 60 180 lt 58 6 lt 60 degrees F gt 356 gt 347 5 76 356 lt 74 2 lt 76 Cu10 RTD degrees C gt 260 gt 253 8 100 260 lt 97 6 lt 100 degrees F gt 500 gt 488 0 148 500 lt 144 4 lt 148 31007715 6 2008 161 Anal
307. pic Page STB PDT 3105 Physical Description 381 STB PDT 3105 Source Power Wiring 384 STB PDT 3105 Field Power Over current Protection 386 STB PDT 3105 Protective Earth Connection 387 STB PDT 3105 Specifications 388 380 31007715 6 2008 Power Distribution Modules STB PDT 3105 Physical Description Physical The STB PDT 3105 is a basic Advantys STB module that distributes sensor power Characteristics and actuator power over a single power bus to the I O modules in a segment This PDM mounts in a special size 2 base It requires a 24 VDC source power input from an external power source which is brought into the PDM via a two pin power connector The module also houses a user replaceable fuse that protects the island s I O power bus Front and Side Panel Views e 1 PDT 3105 lt 2 o locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name dark blue identification stripe indicating a DC PDM I O field power connection PE captive screw clamp on the PDM base anon 31007715 6 2008 381 Power Distribution Modules A CAUTION BURN HAZARD HOT FUSE Disconnect power for 10 minutes before removing fuse Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The following illustration shows the right side of the module where the user replaceable fuse is housed GER D 3 Do not seperate assemble or disc
308. plies require an external SELV rated 24 VDC power source which is usually mounted in the enclosure with the island 24 31007715 6 2008 Theory of Operation Logic Power Flow The NIM converts the incoming 24 VDC to 5 VDC and sends it across the island bus to the I O modules in the primary segment P S 5 VDC X Sv gt NIM PDM IN IN IN OUT OUT OUT 24 VDC P S This power supply provides 1 2 A of current to the primary segment If the total current draw of all the modules on the island bus exceeds 1 2 A you need to either use an auxiliary power supply or place some of the modules in one or more extension segment s If you use an extension segment an EOS module is needed at the end of the primary segment followed by an extension cable to a BOS module in an extension segment The EOS terminates the 5 V logic power in the primary segment The BOS in the next segment has its own 24 to 5 VDC power supply It requires its own external 24 V power supply Here is an illustration of the extension segment scenario P S 5 VDC 5 WDC r See PDM IN IN OUT EOS BOS PD IN OUT 31007715 6 2008 25 Theory of Operation The Power Distribution Modules Functions Voltage Groupings Standard PDM Power Distribution A PDM distributes field power to a set of Advan
309. pply is required to power the sensors Sample Wiring Diagrams input from sensor 1 top return to sensor 1 top input from sensor 4 bottom return to sensor 4 bottom oan 86 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 0320 Functional Description Functional The STB ACI 0320 module is a four channel module that handles analog input data Characteristics from up to four field sensors operating in a 4 to 20 mA default or 0 to 20 mA current range The following operating parameters are user configurable analog input range analog input data format offset maximum count averaging channel operation enable disable Using the RTP feature in your NIM you can access the value of the following parameters e offset e maximum count e averaging Refer to the Advanced Configuration chapter in your NIM manual for general information on RTP Note Standard NIMs with firmware version 2 0 or higher support RTP RTP is not available in Basic NIMs Range You may configure the operating range of the STB ACI 0320 on a per channel basis e 4to 20 mA default e 0to20mA Input By default the data format is signed values with 15 bit resolution Data Format If you are using the Advantys configuration software you can change the data format to unsigned values with 16 bit resolution The input data format that you use affects the offset
310. put module 152 Logic side contacts on the I O bases 33 loop power supplies on the STB ACO 0120 analog output module 340 on the STB ACO 0220 analog output module 295 M MAC 418 max count STB ACI 0320 analog input module 88 STB ACI 1230 analog input module 119 STB ACI 1400 analog input module 182 STB ACI 8320 analog input module 137 STB AVI 0300 analog input module 228 STB AVI 1270 analog input module 59 STB AVI 1400 analog input module 203 N 418 O object 419 offset STB ACI 0320 analog input module 88 STB ACI 1230 analog input module 119 STB ACI 1400 analog input module 182 STB ACI 8320 analog input module 137 STB AVI 0300 analog input module 228 STB AVI 1270 analog input module 59 STB AVI 1400 analog input module 203 operating parameters STB ACI 1225 analog input module 107 STB ACO 0120 analog output module 341 STB ACO 0220 analog output module 296 430 31007715 6 2008 Index STB ACO 1225 analog output module 327 STB AVI 1255 analog input module 47 STB AVI 1270 analog input module 76 STB AVO 0200 analog output module 356 STB AVO 1255 analog output module 271 STB AVO 1265 analog output module 283 operating range STB ACI 0320 analog input module 87 STB ACI 1400 analog input module 187 STB ACI 8320 analog input module 136 STB AVI 0300 analog input module 234 STB AVI 1400 analog input module 210 output currents for the STB ACO 1225 analog output module
311. put data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data sent by the fieldbus master An STB AVO 0200 is represented by two contiguous registers in the output data block The specific registers used by an STB AVO 0200 module are based on its logical address on the island bus Note The data format illustrated below is common across the island bus regardless of the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is also transferred to and from the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus Each STB AVO 0200 output data register represents the output data in the IEC data format The data has 15 bit sign resolution STB AVO 0200 Data Register Format 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 i f sign L_ Sign bit g 715 32 Sa 214 _ 23 213 24 210 L 27 29 28 Note Errors and warnings are based on count values not current values The current values in the table below are ideal values 31007715 6 2008 359 Analog Output Modules Data Formats 0 to 5 VDC and 1 to 5 VDC Error 1 to 5 VDC Range 0 to 5 VVDC Range OVE over v
312. r OORUN 31007715 6 2008 265 Analog Output Modules Ordering The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB AVO 1255 K which includes Information e one STB AVO 1255 analog input module e one size 1 STB XBA 1000 see p 397 I O base e two alternative sets of connectors e two 6 terminal screw type connectors e two 6 terminal spring clamp connectors Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows e astandalone STB AVO 1255 analog input module e astandalone STB XBA 1000 size 1 base e a bag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional optional accessories are also available e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB XMP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Dimensions width module on a base 13 9 mm 0 58 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 128 3 mm 5 05 in depth module only 64 1 mm 2 52 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors
313. r e an STB XTS 2130 spring clamp field wiring connector Both connector types are provided in kits of 10 connectors kit These power wiring connectors each have two connection terminals with a 5 08 mm 0 2 in pitch between pins Individual connector terminals can accept one power wire in the range 1 29 2 03 mm 16 12 AWG When 1 29 mm 16 AWG power wire is used two wires can be connected to a terminal We recommend that you strip at least 10 mm from the wire jackets to make the connections Note The same screw type and spring clamp connectors are used to deliver power to the STB PDT 3105 PDM and to the STB PDT 2100 and STB PDT 2105 PDMs To avoid accidentally connecting VAC power to a VDC module or vice versa Schneider offers an optional STB XMP 7810 safety keying pin kit for the PDMs Refer the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for a detailed discussion of keying strategies The connector receives 24 VDC source power for the sensor bus and the bottom connector receives 24 VDC source power for the actuator bus Pin Connection 1 24 VDC I O power 2 24 VDC return 384 31007715 6 2008 Power Distribution Modules Source Power Sample Wiring Diagrams The STB PDT 3105 PDM requires source power from an independent SELV rated 19 2 30 VDC power supply Refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for a
314. r a PDM short Check power circuit detected blink 1 A nonfatal error has been detected Cycle power restart the communications blink 2 The island bus is not running Check network connections replace NIM flicker the LED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 the LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes blink 2 the LED blinks on for 200 ms off for 200 ms on again for 200 ms then off for 1 s This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes Note The detection of error conditions on the PDM input power connection may be delayed by as much as 15 ms from the event depending on the sensor bus load the system configuration and the nature of the fault Field power faults that are local to the input module are reported immediately 31007715 6 2008 115 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 1230 Field Wiring Summary Connectors Field Sensors Field Wire Requirements Field Wiring Pinout The STB ACI 1230 module uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Analog sensor 1 is wired to the top connector and analog sensor 2 is wired to the bottom connector The choices of connectors and field wire types are described below and some field wiring options are presented Use a set of either e two STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring con
315. r location and meanings are described below Location The LEDs are located on the top front bezel of the module directly below the model number AVI0300 224 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Indications The following table defines the meaning of the two LEDs where an empty cell indicates that the pattern on the associated LED doesn t matter RDY ERR Meaning What to Do off off The module is either not receiving Check power logic power or has failed flicker off Auto addressing is in progress on on The watchdog has timed out Cycle power restart the communications on off The module has achieved all of the following e it has power e it passed its confidence tests itis operational on flicker An over voltage error is detected Check wiring and field device flicker Field power is absent Check power A PDM short circuit is detected blink 1 The module is in pre operational mode blink 1 A nonfatal error has been detected Cycle power restart the communications blink 2 The island bus is not running Check network connections replace NIM flicker The LED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 The LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes blink 2 The LED blinks on for 200 ms off for 200 ms on again for 200
316. r sensor 1 top and for sensor 2 bottom inputs from sensor 1 top and sensor 2 bottom returns from input 1 top and input 2 bottom field power return from sensor 1 top and sensor 2 bottom Remember that using pins 1 and 6 defeats the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s field power bus 46 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1255 Functional Description Functional The STB AVI 1255 module is a two channel module that handles analog input data Characteristics from two 0 10 V single ended analog field sensors It does not support user configurable operating parameters or reflex actions 31007715 6 2008 47 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1255 Data for the Process Image Representing the Analog Input Data The STB AVI 1255 sends a representation of the operating states of its input channels to the NIM The NIM stores this information in two 16 bit registers one data register for each channel The information can be read by the fieldbus master If you are not using a basic NIM the information can also be read by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data process image is part of a block of 4096 Modbus registers in the range 45392 through 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The STB AVI 1255 module is represented by two contiguous registers in this block The specific registers used are based on the module s physical loc
317. r supply is required moiin 999999 7 2 FE EK t Lett nimii 299999 3 outputs to actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom 4 field power returns from actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom 31007715 6 2008 281 Analog Output Modules If you want to use 24 VDC from the island s actuator bus to power the single ended analog field devices use pins 1 and 6 as follows A 1 4 6 FE go mo Eo f Bo FE 24 VDC for actuator 1 top and for actuator 2 bottom outputs to actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom returns from actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom field power return from actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom OoOrwo Remember that using pins 1 and 6 defeats the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s actuator bus 282 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 1265 Functional Description Functional The STB AVO 1265 is a two channel analog output module that sends data to two Characteristics voltage field actuators It does not support user configurable operating parameters or reflex actions Operating The voltage range of the module is 10 V with 9 bit plus sign resolution Parameters When communications are lost between the output module and the fieldbus master the m
318. r voltage error UVE occurs An ideal linear voltage representation is interpreted using the formula Vao Cp 6400 362 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules where C is the numerical count and Vao is the analog output voltage A Vao 5 12 V 5 p OVE gt 5 VE f ow 32 768 32 001 Cn T T p 32 001 32 767 uyw 4 lt 5v UVE lt 4 4 5 12 V In an ideal linear voltage representation for 10 VDC range a value of 32 001 represents an OVW If the output value is less than or equal to 32 001 the module reports a UVW When the output value reaches 32 767 an OVE occurs When the output value reaches 32 768 a UVE occurs An ideal linear voltage representation is interpreted using the formula Vao C 3200 where C is the numerical count and V is the analog output voltage A Vao p OVE gt OVW 32 768 Cn p 32 767 UVW 4 UVE lt 4 31007715 6 2008 363 Analog Output Modules Output The I O status process image is located in a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers Status Registers registers 45 392 through 49 487 that represent the status of all the I O modules along with the data for the input modules on the island bus The six LSBs in each register represent the status of each output channel STB AVO 0200 Status Register Format 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
319. r will turn on the GS bit bit 0 Note When the global status bit GS is on the channel data value may not be valid Note The detection of error conditions on the PDM input power connection may be delayed by as much as 15 ms from the event depending on the sensor bus load the system configuration and the nature of the fault Field power faults that are local to the input module are reported immediately 31007715 6 2008 97 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 0320 Specifications Technical Specifications description four differential analog current input channels analog current range default 4 to 20 mA user configurable 0 to 20 mA resolution default 15 bits sign user configurable 16 bits unsigned returned data format IEC module width 18 4 mm 0 72 in I O base STB XBA 2000 see p 395 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC logic bus current consumption 95 mA nominal sensor bus current consumption 150 mA hot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported for 2 inputs only channels 1 amp 2 profile ID 15 hex input response time nominal 8 ms for all channels maximum 13 ms for all channels isolation field to bus 1500 VDC for 1 min channel to channel 200 VDC analog module 500 VDC sensor bus input filter digital filter of 985 Hz 3 dB integral linearity 0 05
320. r wire is recommended The shield should be tied to an external clamp that is tied to functional earth We recommend that you strip at least 9 mm from the wire s jacket for the module connection The top connector supports analog actuator 1 and the bottom connector supports analog actuator 2 Four field wires may be used on each connector on pins 1 2 4 and 6 The connections on pin 1 and pin 6 are optional and using them defeats the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s sensor bus No connections are made on pins 3 and 5 of either connector Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 24 VDC from actuator bus for field 24 VDC from actuator bus for field device accessories device accessories 2 output to actuator 1 output to actuator 2 3 no connection no connection 4 output channel return output channel return 5 no connection no connection 324 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 6 field power return to the module field power return to the module The analog returns pin 4 for each channel are internally connected therefore there is no channel to channel isolation Sample The following field wiring example shows how two isolated single ended analog Wiring Diagrams actuators can be wired to the STB ACO 1225 module Two separate external power supplies are needed to mak
321. ray light green identification stripe indicating an analog input module sensors 1 and 2 connect to the top field wiring connector sensors 3 and 4 connect to the bottom field wiring connector 1 2 3 4 5 6 31007715 6 2008 81 Analog Input Modules Ordering Information Dimensions The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB ACI 0320 K which includes e one STB ACI 0320 analog input module e one size 2 STB XBA 2000 see p 395 I O base e two alternative sets of connectors e two 6 terminal screw type connectors e two 6 terminal spring clamp connectors Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows e astandalone STB ACI 0320 analog input module e astandalone STB XBA 2000 size 2 base e a bag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional optional accessories are also available e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB XMP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 width module on a base 1
322. rd for output data and one input word for status field power requirements built in or external loop supply see p 338 power protection time lag fuse on the PDM agency certifications refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 ATEX applications prohibit hot swapping refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules This product supports operation at normal and extended temperature ranges Refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for a complete summary of cabalities and limitations Requires the Advantys configuration software 348 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules 3 8 STB AVO 0200 Analog Voltage Output Module two channel 15 bit plus sign 1 5 VDC 0 5 VDC 0 10 VDC 5 VDC or 10 VDC At a Glance Overview What s in this Section This section provides a detailed description of the STB AVO 0200 analog output module its functions physical design technical specifications and field wiring requirements This section contains the following topics Topic Page STB AVO 0200 Physical Description 350 STB AVO 0200 LED Indicator 352 STB AVO 0200 Field Wiring 354 STB AVO 0200 Functional Description 356 STB AVO 0200 Data and Status for the Process Image
323. reads 6235 in decimal or 0x185B in hexadecimal The second and fourth STB ART 0200 registers in the input block of the process image are the channel status registers for the two analog input channels The eight LSBs in each register represent the status of each input channel STB ART 0200 Status Register Format 15 14 1312 11 10 9 8 7 JE 4 3 2 Jo not used GSC always set to 0 PDM ORW ORE URW URE BWD INT 166 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Bit meanings are described below Bit Indication Meaning 0 global status channel The value is O when no errors have been detected It is 1 GSC when one or more of the bits1 3 5 6 and 7 has a value of 1 1 PDM voltage status on The value is 0 when no PDM voltage errors are detected It the sensor bus is 1 if sensor power is absent A PDM short turns on the GSC bit bit 0 2 over range warning The value is 1 when the input sensor value is over the ORW status normal temperature or mV range see p 167 An ORW does not turn on the GSC bit bit 0 3 over range error ORE The value is 1 when the input sensor value is in the ORE status temperature or mV range see p 167 An ORE turns on the GSC bit bit 0 4 under range warning The value is 1 when the input sensor value is in the URW URW status temperatur
324. rees C over current protection for accessory power yes field power requirements from a 24 VDC PDM power protection time lag fuse on the PDM agency certifications refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 ATEX applications prohibit hot swapping refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules 1Requires the Advantys configuration software 68 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules 2 3 STB AVI 1275 Analog Voltage Input Module two channel 10 V 9 bit sign At a Glance Overview This section provides you with a detailed description of the STB AVI 1275 analog input module its functions physical design technical specifications field wiring requirements and configuration options What s This section contains the following topics in this Section Topic Page STB AVI 1275 Physical Description 70 STB AVI 1275 LED Indicator 72 STB AVI 1275 Field Wiring 73 STB AVI 1275 Functional Description 76 STB AVI 1275 Data for the Process Image 77 STB AVI 1275 Specifications 79 31007715 6 2008 69 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1275 Physical Description Physical Characteristics Front Panel View The STB AVI 1275 is a basic Advantys STB two channel analog input module that reads inputs from analog sen
325. refore they must be manually addressed usually with physical switches built into the devices They are configured using the Advantys configuration software You cannot use a standard CANopen device with a basic NIM When standard CANopen devices are used they must be installed at the end of the island 120 Q termination must be provided both at the end of the last Advantys STB segment and at the last standard CANopen device 31007715 6 2008 19 Theory of Operation Island Segments Summary The Primary Segment The Island Bus An Advantys STB system starts with a group of interconnected devices called the primary segment This first segment is a mandatory piece of an island Depending on your needs and on the type of NIM you are using see p 18 the island may optionally be expanded to additional segments of Advantys STB modules called extension segments and to non STB devices such as preferred modules and or standard CANopen devices Every island bus begins with a primary segment The primary segment consists of the island s NIM and a set of interconnected module bases attached to a DIN rail The PDMs and Advantys STB I O module mount in these bases on the DIN rail The NIM is always the first leftmost module in the primary segment The bases that you interconnect on the DIN rail form an island bus structure The island bus houses the modules and supports the communications buses across the island A set o
326. rement of 8 If you enter a value that is not an increment of 8 the system will round down to the next increment of 8 For example if you enter a value of 35 0x23 the module will resolve to a value of 32 0x20 If you enter a value less than 0 the output will be set to O and an under current error will be returned see p 317 To modify a fallback state from its default setting or to revert back to the default from an on setting you need to use the Advantys configuration software Step Action Result 1 Make sure that the Fallback Mode value for the channel you want to configure is predefined state If the Fallback Mode value for the channel is hold last value any value entered in the associated Predefined Fallback Value row will be ignored Choose the data display format by either checking or unchecking the Hexadecimal checkbox at the top right of the editor Hexadecimal values will appear in the editor if the box is checked decimal values will appear if the box is unchecked Expand the Predefined Fallback Value Settings fields by clicking on the sign Rows for Channel 1 and Channel 2 appear Double click on the channel value s you want to change then type in the desired value s 32 000 to 32 000 0x8300 to 0x7D00 The software displays the max min values of the range at the bottom of the module editor screen 314 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Mod
327. rent for a signed input data range Alai 20 48 mA 20 mA 10 16 000 31007715 6 2008 89 Analog Input Modules For example if you use the Advantys configuration software to calibrate an offset of 64 at 4 mA and a max count of 31 744 at 20 mA the system could be represented as follows A lai 20 38 mA 20 mA 12mA 64 31744 32 000 32 767 Here are some current representations after calibration with offset and max count lai Uncalibrated Data Offset Value Calibrated Data signed 4mA 64 64 0 20 mA 31 744 31 744 32 000 unsigned 4mA 128 128 0 20 mA 63 488 63 488 64 000 Offset and RTP The offset parameter is represented as a 15 bit sign number To access it using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 2 Index low byte 0x00 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 3 for channel 3 4 for channel 4 Data Bytes 2 high byte amp 1 low byte 767 to 767 OxFDO1 to 0x02FF 90 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Applying Offset and Maximum Count Values Maximum Count and RTP The maximum count parameter is represented as a signed 16 bit number To access it using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 2 Index low byte 0x01 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for
328. represents the presence or absence of an OCW An OCW does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 4 Bit 3 represents the presence or absence of an OCE An OCE turns on the GS bit bit 0 5 Bit 4 represents the presence or absence of a UCW A UCW does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 6 Bit5 represents the presence or absence of a UCE A UCE does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 7 Bit 6 represents the presence or absence of a broken wire error BWE A BWE turns on the GS bit bit 0 Valid only in the 4 to 20 mA range 8 Bit 7 represents an internal communications error ICE This error turns on the GS bit bit 0 Note When the global status bit is on the channel data value may not be valid Note The detection of error conditions on the PDM input power connection may be delayed by as much as 15 ms from the event depending on the sensor bus load the system configuration and the nature of the fault Field power faults that are local to the input module are reported immediately 192 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 1400 Specifications Table of Technical Specifications The module s technical specifications are described in the following table description eight single ended analog current input channels analog current range 4 to 20 mA default 0 to 20 mA resolution 15 bits sign returned data format IEC module width 18 4 mm 0 72 in I O base
329. requirements from a 24 VDC PDM power protection time lag fuse on the PDM agency certifications refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 ATEX applications prohibit hot swapping refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules 110 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules 2 6 STB ACI 1230 Analog Current Input Module two channel 12 bit single ended 0 20 mA At a Glance Overview This section provides you with a detailed description of the STB ACI 1230 analog input module its physical design and functional capabilities What s This section contains the following topics in this Section z Topic Page STB ACI 1230 Physical Description 112 STB ACI 1230 LED Indicator 114 STB ACI 1230 Field Wiring 116 STB ACI 1230 Functional Description 119 STB ACI 1230 Data and Status for the Process Image 124 STB ACI 1230 Specifications 127 31007715 6 2008 111 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 1230 Physical Description Physical Characteristics Front Panel View The STB ACI 1230 is a standard Advantys STB analog current input module with two single ended analog channels that read inputs from analog sensors operating in the range 0 to 20 mA The analog portion of the module is isolated from the island s sensor bus to improve performance
330. rrent depends upon the island s ambient temperature as displayed in the following diagram Maximum Current A to Temperature C Current A 12 10 o 15 30 45 60 Temperature C For example e At60 C total maximum combined module current is 8 A e At 45 C total maximum combined module current is 10 A e At 30 C total maximum combined module current is 12 A At any temperature the maximum actuator current is 8 A and the maximum sensor current is 4 A 376 31007715 6 2008 Power Distribution Modules Accessing The two panels that house the actuator bus protection fuse and the sensor bus the Fuse Panels protection fuse are located on the right side of the PDM housing see p 369 The panels are red doors with fuse holders inside them The 5 A sensor power fuse is in the top door The 10 A actuator power fuse is in the bottom door Replacing a Fuse Before you replace a fuse in the STB PDT 3100 remove the power sources to the actuator bus and sensor bus A CAUTION BURN HAZARD HOT FUSE Disconnect power for 10 minutes before removing fuse Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage Step Action Notes 1 After you have removed the power connectors from the module and let the unit cool down for 10 minutes pull the PDM from its base Push the release buttons at the top and bottom of the PDM and pull it from the base 2 Insert a
331. s 2nd register channel 1 status 8 bits 3rd register channel 2 data 16 bits 4th register channel 2 status 8 bits 5th register channel 3 data 16 bits 6th register channel 3 status 8 bits 7th register channel 4 data 16 bits 8th register channel 4 status 8 bits aati P a The specific registers used are based on the module s physical location on the island bus Note When this module is used with the STB NCO 2212 or STB NCO 1010 CANopen NIMs you must set the analog global interrupt enable to index 6423 subindex 1 to receive the input data For more information on analog global interrupt enable see the Advantys STB Standard CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 176 or the Advantys STB Basic CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 193 31007715 6 2008 93 Analog Input Modules Data Word Structure The first third fifth and seventh registers in the input block of the process image are the data words Each register represents the input current of a channel in the IEC data format The bit structure in each data register is as follows Signed Input Data Register Format 15 114 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 E90 sign Lz 214 13_ 2 2 24 L96 L 27 29 L 28 Each data word allows you to
332. s fault detection none isolation field to bus 1500 VDC for 1 min analog module to actuator bus 500 VAC rms when actuator bus is not used for field power integral linearity 0 1 of full scale typical differential linearity monotonic absolute accuracy 0 5 of full scale 25 C temperature drift typically 0 01 of full scale C operating temperature 0 to 60 C storage temperature 40 to 85 C external loop supply 19 2 30 VDC from the 24 VDC PDM fallback mode default predefined user configurable setting hold last value 318 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules fallback states when predefined is the fallback mode default 0 mA on both channels user configurable settings integer values between 0 32 000 on each channel representing a state between 0 20 mA addressing requirement two words for output data plus one for the power down state configuration parameter actuator bus power for accessories 100 mA channel 30 degrees C 50 mA channel 60 degrees C over current protection for accessory power yes field power requirements from a 24 VDC PDM power protection time lag fuse on the PDM explosive amp maritime environment applications ATEX and FM Class 1 Div 2 certified 0 to 60 C with an operating voltage of 19 2 to
333. s output field power connection receptacle for the actuator bus PE captive screw clamp on the PDM base NONRON 31007715 6 2008 369 Power Distribution Modules The fuses for the sensor power and actuator power are housed in slots on the right side of the module ma E T5AL250V ZA CAUTION BURN HAZARD Hot Fuse Disconnect power for 10 minutes before removing fuse housing door for the 5 A sensor power fuse housing door for the 10 A actuator power fuse notches in the two doors burn hazard statement kOoOnND A CAUTION BURN HAZARD HOT FUSE Disconnect power for 10 minutes before removing fuse Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment damage The two red plastic doors house a pair of fuses e a5A fuse protects the input modules on the island s sensor bus e a10A protects the output modules on the island s actuator bus The marking on the side of the module describes a simple precaution you need to take before replacing a fuse see p 377 to prevent burns 370 31007715 6 2008 Power Distribution Modules Ordering Information Dimensions The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB PDT 3100 K which includes one STB PDT 3100 power distribution module one STB XBA 2200 see p 399 PDM base two alternative sets of connectors e two 2 terminal screw type connectors keying pins included e two 2
334. s one for each channel The information can be read by the fieldbus master or if you are using a standard NIM by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data process image is part of a block of 4096 Modbus registers in the range 45392 through 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The STB ACI 8320 module is represented by eight contiguous registers in this block which appear in the following order 1st register channel 1 data 16 bits 2nd register channel 1 status 8 bits 3rd register channel 2 data 16 bits Ath register channel 2 status 8 bits 5th register channel 3 data 16 bits 6th register channel 3 status 8 bits 7th register channel 4 data 16 bits 8th register channel 4 status 8 bits The specific registers used are based on the module s physical location on the island bus Note When this module is used with the STB NCO 2212 or STB NCO 1010 CANopen NIMs you must set the analog global interrupt enable to index 6423 subindex 7 in order to receive the input data For more information on analog global interrupt enable see the Advantys STB Standard CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 176 or the Advantys STB Basic CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 193 142 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Data Word Structure The first third fifth and seventh registers in the input block of the process image are
335. s communications contact address line contact ouhwWnhd The STB PDT 3100 and STB PDT 2100 PDMs are non addressable modules and they do not use the island s logic power or communication buses The six island bus contacts at the top of the base are used for 5 V ground and for LED power 400 31007715 6 2008 Bases The Lock The latch in the center front of the STB XBA 2200 base has two positions as shown Release Latch below Release position The latch needs to be in release position while the base is being inserted on the DIN rail and when it is being removed from the DIN rail It needs to be in lock position when the base has been pushed and snapped into place on the rail before the module is inserted into the base The DIN One of the roles of the DIN rail is to provide the island with functional earth Rail Contacts Functional earth provides the island with noise immunity control and RFI EMI protection When a PDM base is snapped onto the DIN rail two contacts on the back of the rail provide the functional ground connection between the rail and the PDM that will be seated on the base 31007715 6 2008 401 Bases Protective Earth One of the key functions of a PDM in addition to distributing sensor and actuator power to the I O modules is the provision of protective earth to the island PE is essentially a return line across the bus for fault currents generated at a sensor or actuator device in
336. s than a numerical count of 32 760 and a value of 1 when the current is set to 32 760 An OCE in the STB ACO 1210 does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 5 Bit 4 represents the presence or absence of an UCW It has a value of 0 when the current is greater than or equal to a numerical count of 768 and a value of 1 when the current is less than 768 An OCE in the STB ACO 1210 does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 6 Bit 5 represents the presence or absence of an UCE It has a value of 0 when the current is greater than 0 and a value of 1 when the current is 0 An OCE in the STB ACO 1210 does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 31007715 6 2008 317 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 1210 Specifications Table of Technical A A e n F description two single ended analog current output Specifications channels analog current range 0 20 mA resolution 12 bits returned data format IEC module width 13 9 mm 0 58 in I O base STB XBA 1000 see p 397 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC logic bus current consumption 40 mA nominal actuator bus current consumption 90 mA with no load maximum output current 20 mA channel hot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported two maximum settling time 900 us to 0 1 of the final value output response time nominal 3 0 ms plus settling time both channels short circuit protection on the outputs ye
337. se data length is more than 8 words and equal to or less than 32 words Fieldbus Interface Protocol FIP An open fieldbus standard and protocol that conforms to the FIP World FIP standard Fipio is designed to provide low level configuration parameterization data exchange and diagnostic services Flash memory is nonvolatile memory that can be overwritten It is stored on a special EEPROM that can be erased and reprogrammed Fipio reduced device profile On a Fipio network the standard device profile type for agents whose data length is two words or less Fipio standard device profile On a Fipio network the standard device profile type for agents whose data length is more than two words and equal to or less than 8 words The maximum level in a specific range e g in an analog input circuit the maximum allowable voltage or current level is at full scale when any increase beyond that level is over range A function block performs a specific automation function such as speed control A function block comprises configuration data and a set of operating parameters 414 31007715 6 2008 Glossary function code A function code is an instruction set commanding 1 or more slave devices at a specified address es to perform a type of action e g read a set of data registers and respond with the content G gateway A program or hardware that passes data between networks global_ID global_identifier A 16 bit integer
338. sensors can be wired to the STB AVI 1275 module An external power supply is required to power the sensors N uunin 999999 e y FE 99999 299999 S 3 inputs from sensor 1 top and sensor 2 bottom 4 returns from input 1 top and input 2 bottom 74 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules If you want to use 24 VDC from the island s field power bus for the single ended analog field devices this power can be delivered through the input module To do this use pins 1 and 6 as follows val Tg 24 VDC for sensor 1 top and for sensor 2 bottom inputs from sensor 1 top and sensor 2 bottom returns from input 1 top and input 2 bottom field power return from sensor 1 top and sensor 2 bottom ono Remember that using pins 1 and 6 defeats the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s field power bus 31007715 6 2008 15 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1275 Functional Description Functional Characteristics The STB AVI 1275 module is a two channel module that handles analog input data from two 10 V single ended analog field sensors It does not support user configurable operating parameters or reflex actions 76 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB AVI 1275 Data for the Process
339. sitioned at least 100 mm away from any heat source 164 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB ART 0200 Data for the Process Image Introduction The STB ART 0200 sends a representation of the operating state of each analog input channel to the NIM The NIM stores this information in five 16 bit registers three for data and two for status The information can be read by the Advantys configuration software or if you are not using a basic NIM by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data process image is part of a block of 4096 registers in the range 45392 through 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The STB ART 0200 module is represented by five contiguous registers in this block which appear in the following order the data in input channel 1 the status of input channel 1 the data in input channel 2 the status of input channel 2 a cold junction compensation data The specific registers used are based on the module s physical location on the island bus Note The data format illustrated below is common across the island bus regardless of the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is also transmitted to the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific format descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus Note When this module is used with the STB
340. sland s sensor bus to improve performance To take advantage of this internal isolation feature the sensors must be powered from an external power supply If isolation is not required you can use the module to deliver field power to the sensors 24 VDC for sensor 1 from the top connector and 24 VDC for sensor 2 from the bottom connector The module mounts in a size 1 I O base and uses two six terminal field wiring connectors AVI 1271 2 Ci 4 A mO m mO mo moO B m o mo m 6 mo mo mo locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED array light green identification stripe indicating an analog input module sensor 1 connects to the top field wiring connector sensor 2 connects to the bottom field wiring connector ouhwWnhd 52 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Ordering Information Module Dimensions The module and related components can be ordered as follows e a standalone STB AVI 1270 analog input module e a standalone STB XBA 1000 see p 391 size 1 base e a bag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional optional accessories are also available e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB X
341. small flathead screwdriver in the slot on The slot is molded to protect the the left of the fuse panel door and use it to pop tip of the screwdriver from the door open accidentally touching the fuse 3 Remove the old fuse from the fuse holder inside Make sure that the new fuse is the panel door and replace it with another fuse the same type as the old one or with a fuse bypass plug 4 Optionally you may repeat steps 3 and 4 to replace the fuse in the other panel 5 Snap the panel door s shut and plug the PDM back into its base Then plug the connectors back into the receptacles close the cabinet and reapply field power 31007715 6 2008 377 Power Distribution Modules The Protective Earth Connection PE Contact for the Island How PE Contact Is Made Handling Multiple PE Connections One of the key functions of a PDM in addition to distributing sensor and actuator power to the I O modules is the provision of protective earth PE to the island On the bottom of each STB XBA 2200 PDM base is a captive screw in a plastic block By tightening this captive screw you can make a PE contact with the island bus Every PDM base on the island bus should make PE contact PE is brought to the island by a heavy duty cross sectional wire usually a copper braided cable 4 2 mm 10 gage or larger The wire needs to be tied to a single grounding point The ground conductor connects to t
342. software Step Action Result 1 Double click the STB ACO 0120 module The selected STB ACO 0120 module you want to configure in the island editor opens in the software module editor 2 Click the sign to expand the Fallback The row for Channel 1 appears Mode row 3 Select the desired fallback mode setting in Two choices appear in the list the Configured Value list in the Channel e Predefined 1 row e Hold Last Value 342 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules Predefined Fallback Values Channel Operation Enable Disable If the output channel s fallback mode is predefined state you may configure the channel to go to any value in the range 1 000 to 32 767 where 0 represents 4 mA and 32 000 represents 20 mA By default the output channel goes to a predefined fallback value of 4 mA Note If the output channel has been configured with hold last value as its fallback mode any value that you assign its fallback state parameter is set to zero To modify the fallback state from its default setting or to revert back to the default you need to use the Advantys configuration software Step Action Result 1 Make sure that the Fallback Mode value If the Fallback Mode for the channel is for the channel you want to configure is hold last value the Predefined predefined state Fallback Value is set to 0 2 Click the sign to expand the The row for Channel
343. sor bus 3 24 VDC signal to the segment s actuator bus 4 optional relay on the actuator bus If the I O load on the island bus is low and the system is operating in a low noise environment you may use the same supply for both logic power and field power PIS 1 x0 5 VDC eo 24 VDC P S NIM 24v 24v 24vi24v 24V 24V 24V PDM IN IN IN OUT OUT OUT A i 34 VDG A m 24 VDC RA kon optional relay on the actuator bus 24 VDC signal to the NIM s logic power supply 24 VDC signal to the segment s sensor bus 24 VDC signal to the segment s actuator bus 30 31007715 6 2008 Theory of Operation Note In the example above a single power supply is used to provide 24 VDC to the NIM for logic power and the PDM If any of the modules supported by the PDM is an STB relay module that operates at a contact voltage above 130 VAC the double insulation provided by the SELV power supply is no longer present Therefore you will need to use a separate 24 VDC power supply to support the relay module 115 and 230 VAC AC field power is distributed across the island by an STB PDT 2100 PDM It can Field Power accept field power in the range 85 264 VAC The following illustration shows a Distribution simple view of 115 VAC power distribution P S o 5 0 V Logic Power gt 24 VDC Saki P S v
344. sors that operate over the range 10 to 10 V The analog portion of the module is isolated from the island s sensor bus to improve performance To take advantage of this internal isolation feature the sensors must be powered from an external power supply If isolation is not required you can use the module to deliver field power to the sensors 24 VDC for sensor 1 from the top connector and 24 VDC for sensor 2 from the bottom connector i lavi 12734 2 T pI w locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED light green identification stripe indicating an analog input module sensor 1 connects to the top field wiring connector sensor 2 connects to the bottom field wiring connector oa hWnd 70 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Ordering The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB AVI 1275 K which includes Information e one STB AVI 1275 analog input module e one size 1 STB XBA 1000 see p 397 I O base e two alternative sets of connectors e two 6 terminal screw type connectors e two 6 terminal spring clamp connectors Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows e a standalone STB AVI 1275 analog input module e astandalone STB XBA 1000 size 1 base e a bag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional option
345. ss the island bus regardless of the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is also transferred to and from the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus Each STB ACO 0220 output data register represents the output data in the IEC data format Signed Input Data Register Format 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Loe 23 sign 214 ore L 35 ge 26 210_ 27 29 28 2 Unsigned Input Data Register Format 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 15 ge 20 2 32 2 214 lt a 31007715 6 2008 299 Analog Output Modules Each data word allows you to represent analog output current data with either signed integer values ranging from 32 767 to 32 767 or with unsigned integer values in the range 0 to 65 534 Linear current representations can be interpreted using the formula if De t z 4 for signed data ao en i l 00 4 for unsigned data where Vn is the numerical count and lao is the analog output current Here is an example in signed output data format lao 20 38 mA gt OCE 20mA gt OCW
346. st Value 31007715 6 2008 357 Analog Output Modules Predefined Fallback Values For example in the 1 to 5 VDC scale if an output channel s fallback mode is a predefined state you may configure that channel to go to any value in the range 768 to 32 767 where 0 represents 1 VDC and 32 000 represents 5 VDC Both output channels go to a predefined fallback state of 1 VDC Note If an output channel has been configured with hold last value as its fallback mode any value that you assign its fallback state parameter is set to zero To modify a fallback state from its default setting or to revert back to the default from an on setting you need to use the Advantys configuration software Step Action Result 1 Make sure that the Fallback Mode value for the channel you want to configure is predefined state If the Fallback Mode for the channel is hold last value any value entered in the associated Predefined Fallback Value row will be ignored 2 Click the sign to expand the Predefined Rows for Channel 1 and Channel 2 Fallback Value settings fields appear 3 Choose the data display format by either Hexadecimal values will appear in the selecting or clearing the Hexadecimal editor if the check box is selected check box at the top right of the editor decimal values will appear if the check box is cleared 4 Double click the channel value s you The software displays
347. status 8 bits 11th register channel 6 data 16 bits 12th register channel 6 status 8 bits 13th register channel 7 data 16 bits 14th register channel 7 status 8 bits 15th register channel 8 data 16 bits 16th register channel 8 status 8 bits The specific registers used are based on the module s logical address on the island bus Note When this module is used with the STB NCO 2212 or STB NCO 1010 CANopen NIMs you must set the analog global interrupt enable object index 6423 subindex 0 to a value of 1 For more information on analog global interrupt enable see the Advantys STB Standard CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 176 or the Advantys STB Basic CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 193 188 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Data Word Structure The first third fifth seventh ninth eleventh thirteenth and fifteenth registers in the module s input process image are the data words Each register represents the input current of a channel in the IEC data format The data has 15 bit sign resolution The bit structure in each data register is as follows STB ACI 1400 Data Register Format 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 sign y 214 713 212 28 0 pe z2 aa All 16 bits in the register are significant They allow you t
348. support RTP RTP is not available in Basic NIMs Range You may configure the operating range of the STB ACI 8320 on a per channel basis e 4to 20 mA default e 0to20mA Input By default the data format is signed values with 15 bit resolution Data Format If you are using the Advantys configuration software you can change the data format to unsigned values with 16 bit resolution The input data format that you use affects the offset and maximum count value ranges available to you 136 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Offset and You can apply an offset value to the low end of the operating current range and a Maximum Count maximum count to the high end of the operating current range Offset and maximum count can be applied on each channel independently This feature allows you to calibrate the analog input channels to match your equipment These parameters are provided only for sensor compensation not for scaling The module is able to measure over the physical range of 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA An offset adjustment will move the interpretation of the low end of the range and a max count adjustment will move the interpretation of only the high end of the range Offset If you are using a signed input data format an offset can be configured as a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 767 to 767 OxFDO1 to Ox02FF If you are using an unsigned input data format an offset can be configured as a de
349. t 3 the 5 VDC logic power signal generated by the power supply in either the NIM in the primary segment or a BOS module in an extension segment 4and5 used for communications across the island bus between the I O and the NIM contact 4 is positive ve and contact 5 is negative ve 6 connects the module in the base to the island s address line The NIM uses the address line to validate that the expected module is located at each physical address 396 31007715 6 2008 Bases The Lock The latch in the center front of the STB XBA 2000 base has two positions as shown Release Latch below Release position The latch needs to be in release position while the base is being inserted on the DIN rail and when it is being removed from the DIN rail It needs to be in lock position when the base has been pushed and snapped into place on the rail before the module is inserted into the base The DIN One of the functions of the DIN rail is to provide the island with functional earth Rail Contacts Functional earth provides the island with noise immunity control and RFI EMI protection When an I O base is snapped onto the DIN rail two contacts on the back of the rail provide the earth ground connection between the rail and the I O module that will be seated on the base 31007715 6 2008 397 Bases The Field Power Distribution The five contacts located in a column at the bottom of the
350. t Data data register one for each channel and two status registers one per channel The information can be read by the fieldbus master or if you are not using a basic NIM by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data process image is part of a block of 4096 Modbus registers in the range 45392 through 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The STB ACI 1230 module is represented by four contiguous registers in this block which appear in the following order the data in input channel 1 the status of input channel 1 the data in input channel 2 the status of input channel 2 The specific registers used are based on the module s physical location on the island bus Note When this module is used with the STB NCO 2212 or STB NCO 1010 CANopen NIMs you must set the analog global interrupt enable to index 6423 subindex 7 in order to receive the input data For more information on analog global interrupt enable see the Advantys STB Standard CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 176 or the Advantys STB Basic CANopen Network Interface Module Applications Guide 890 USE 193 124 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Data Word Structure The first and third STB ACI 1230 registers in the input block of the process image are the data words Each register represents the input current of a channel in the IEC data format The data has 12 bit resolution The bit structure in ea
351. t be the same wire gauge 200 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Field The top connector supports analog sensors 1 2 3 and 4 The bottom connector Wiring Pinout supports analog sensors 5 6 7 and 8 Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 voltage in 1 voltage in 5 2 voltage in 2 voltage in 6 3 return return 4 voltage in 3 voltage in 7 5 voltage in 4 voltage in 8 6 return return Sample The following field wiring examples show how eight analog sensors can be wired to Wiring Diagrams the STB AVI 1400 module For both examples an external power supply is required to power the sensors FE _ p o FE o O a A W N 0 31007715 6 2008 201 Analog Input Modules Notice that the return lines for the sensors are connected in external junction boxes so that two returns are brought into pins 3 and 6 on both connectors with a single wire In the following example two return wires are brought into pins 3 and 6 on each connector With this wiring configuration a maximum wire size of 0 8 mm 18 AWG stranded wire must be used for the return connections and STB XTS 1100 screw type wiring connectors must be used Both return wires must be of the same wire gauge re e ai H
352. t channel return 6 loop power return to the module When you use an external power supply the isolated analog actuator can be wired as a sink or source load using pins 2 and 4 on the module s top connector For a sink load wire the actuator as follows sink 31007715 6 2008 339 Analog Output Modules For a source load wire the actuator as follows sink 999999 999999 2 outputs to actuator 4 loop power returns from actuator Recommended The STB ACO 0120 module has been tested with the following Telemecanique Loop Power power supplies as external loop supplies to validate compliance with European Supplies Directives CE 89 336 EEC EN61131 2 2003 for EMC performance e ABL7 RE 2403 e ABL7 RE 2405 e ABL7 RP 2410 The module can function using any 24 VDC loop supply but other supplies have not been tested for compliance with the European EMC directive CE for operation ina noisy environment 340 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 0120 Functional Description Functional Characteristics Analog Output Period The STB ACO 0120 module is an isolated one channel analog output module that sends outputs to the field actuator It supports user configurable operating parameters and reflex actions The following operating parameters are user configurable analog output period fallback modes fallback states channel operation enable disable Using
353. t module on the island bus These connections let you communicate with the NIM over the island bus and hot swap the module when the island bus is operational They also enable the module to receive e logic power from the NIM or from a BOS module e sensor power for inputs or actuator power for outputs from the PDM Physical The following illustration shows some of the key components an STB XBA 1000 Overview base user customizable label tab six island bus contacts DIN rail lock release latch DIN rail contact five field power distribution contacts aaron 31007715 6 2008 391 Bases The Label Tab The Island Bus Contacts A label can be positioned on the tab shown above in item 1 The label helps identify the specific module that will reside at this base unit s island bus location A similar label can be placed on the module itself so that they can be matched up properly during the island installation Labels are provided on an STB XMP 6700 marking label sheet which can be ordered from your Schneider Electric service provider The six contacts located at the top left side of the STB XBA 1000 base provide logic power and island bus communications connections between the module and the island bus In the primary segment of the island bus the signals that make these contacts come from the NIM In extension segments these signals come from an STB XBE 1000 BOS extension module Contacts S
354. t single ended 4 20 mA At a Glance Overview This section provides you with a detailed description of the STB ACI 1225 analog input module its physical design and functional capabilities What s This section contains the following topics in this Section z Topic Page STB ACI 1225 Physical Description 101 STB ACI 1225 LED Indicator 103 STB ACI 1225 Field Wiring 104 STB ACI 1225 Functional Description 107 STB ACI 1225 Data for the Process Image 108 STB ACI 1225 Specifications 110 100 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 1225 Physical Description Physical The STB ACI 1225 is a basic Advantys STB single ended two channel analog Characteristics current input module that reads inputs from analog sensors that operate over the range 4 to 20 mA The analog portion of the module is isolated from the island s sensor bus to improve performance To take advantage of this internal isolation feature the sensors must be powered from an external power supply If isolation is not required you can use the module to deliver field power to the sensors 24 VDC for sensor 1 from the top connector and 24 VDC for sensor 2 from the bottom connector Front Panel View q ronz 2 4 gt E aan i T locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED light gr
355. te amp 1 low byte 767 to 767 31007715 6 2008 139 Analog Input Modules Maximum Count and RTP The maximum count parameter is represented as a signed 16 bit number To access it using RTP write the following values to the RTP request block Length 2 Index low byte 0x01 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 3 for channel 3 4 for channel 4 Data Bytes 2 high byte amp 1 low byte 31 233 to 32 767 Applying Offset To apply offset and maximum count to an analog channel and Maximum t Count Values Step Action Result 1 Connect the Advantys configuration software to a physical island The software will be in online mode Double click the appropriate STB ACI 8320 module in the island editor The module editor for the selected STB ACI 8320 module will open Open the I O Data Animation sheet which can be accessed from the module editor in the Advantys configuration software when it is online Apply 4 mA to the appropriate field sensor and read the analog input channel s data in the I O Data Animation sheet Ideally the channel data should read O If this is true then no offset adjustment is necessary If the data value is not 0 make a note of the actual data value Now apply 20 mA to the field sensor and read the analog input channel s data in the module s I O Data Animation sheet Idea
356. terminal spring clamp connectors keying pins included a 5 A 250 V time lag low breaking capacity glass fuse to protect the input modules on the island s sensor bus a 10 A 250 V time lag glass fuse to protect the output modules on the island s actuator bus Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows a standalone STB PDT 3100 power distribution module a standalone STB XBA 2200 PDM base a bag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1130 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2130 the STB XMP 5600 fuse kit which contains five 5 A replacement fuses and five 10 A replacement fuses Additional optional accessories are also available the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan the STB XMP 7700 kit for inserting the module into the base to make sure that an AC PDM is not inadvertently placed on the island where an STB PDT 3100 PDM belongs the STB XMP 7800 kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module For installation instructions and other details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 width module on a base 18 4 mm 0 72 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 138 mm 5 43 in depth module only 65 1 mm 2 56 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors PDMs are the tallest
357. th an RJ 45 connector A 10Base T network is a baseband network capable of transmitting data at a maximum speed of 10 Mbit s A frame format specified in the IEEE 802 3 Ethernet standard in which the header specifies the data packet length A agent analog input 1 SNMP the SNMP application that runs on a network device 2 Fipio a slave device on a network A module that contains circuits that convert analog DC input signals to digital values that can be manipulated by the processor By implication these analog inputs are usually direct That means a data table value directly reflects the analog signal value 31007715 6 2008 409 Glossary analog output application object ARP auto baud auto addressing auto configuration A module that contains circuits that transmit an analog DC signal proportional to a digital value input to the module from the processor By implication these analog outputs are usually direct That means a data table value directly controls the analog signal value In CAN based networks application objects represent device specific functionality such as the state of input or output data The ARP address resolution protocol is the IP network layer protocol which uses ARP to map an IP address to a MAC hardware address The automatic assignment and detection of a common baud rate as well as the ability of a device on a network to adapt to that rate The assignm
358. that uniquely identifies a device s location on a network A global_ID is a symbolic address that is universally recognized by all other devices on the network GSD generic slave data file A device description file supplied by the device s manufacturer that defines a device s functionality on a Profibus DP network H HMI human machine interface An operator interface usually graphical for industrial hot swapping HTTP equipment Replacing a component with a like component while the system remains operational When the replacement component is installed it begins to function automatically hypertext transfer protocol The protocol that a web server and a client browser use to communicate with one another I O base A mounting device designed to seat an Advantys STB I O module hang it on a DIN rail and connect it to the Island bus It provides the connection point where the module can receive either 24 VDC or 115 230 VAC from the input or output power bus distributed by a PDM 31007715 6 2008 415 Glossary I O module I O scanning IEC IEC type 1 input IEC type 2 input IEC type 3 input IEEE industrial I O input filtering input polarity In a programmable controller system an I O module interfaces directly to the sensors and actuators of the machine process This module is the component that mounts in an I O base and provides electrical connections between the controller and the fi
359. the Process Image 315 STB ACO 1210 Specifications 318 304 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 1210 Physical Description Summary Front Panel View The STB ACO 1210 is a standard Advantys STB two channel analog current output module that writes outputs to analog actuators that operate over a range of 0 to 20 mA The analog portion of the module is isolated from the island s actuator bus to improve performance To take advantage of this internal isolation feature the actuators must be powered from an external power supply If isolation is not required you can use the module to deliver field power to the actuators 24 VDC for actuator 1 from the top connector and 24 VDC for actuator 2 from the bottom connector locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED array dark green identification stripe indicating an analog output module actuator 1 connects to the top field wiring connector actuator 2 connects to the bottom field wiring connector ouhWhn 31007715 6 2008 305 Analog Output Modules Ordering The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB ACO 1210 K which includes Information e one STB ACO 1210 analog input module e one size 1 STB XBA 1000 see p 391 I O base e two alternative sets of connectors e two 6 terminal screw type connectors e two 6 terminal spring clamp connectors Individual parts may also be ordered for s
360. the RTP feature in your NIM you can access the value of the following parameter e analog output period Refer to the Advanced Configuration chapter in your NIM manual for general information on RTP Note Standard NIMs with firmware version 2 0 or later support RTP RTP is not available in basic NIMs If the data to an analog output channel is not updated by the fieldbus master in a specified number of milliseconds the module will refresh the old data held by the channel The purpose of this update is to prevent the analog value from drifting in the event that there is a long interval between data updates The interval between refreshes is defined as the analog output period This period is user configurable in the range 5 to 255 ms The analog output period is configurable as a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 5 to 255 By default the analog output period is 10 If you want to configure a different period you need to use the Advantys configuration software Step Action Result 1 Double click the STB ACO 0120 module you want to configure in the island editor The selected STB ACO 0120 module opens in the software module editor 2 Choose the data display format by either Hexadecimal values will appear in the selecting or clearing the Hexadecimal editor if the check box is selected check box at the top right of the editor decimal values will appear if the check box is cleared 3 In the Co
361. the data words Each register represents the input current of a channel in the IEC data format The bit structure in each data register is as follows Signed Input Data Register Format 3 2 1J0 291 L 28 Unsigned Input Data Register Format 15hahsjlholo s 7 6 5 4l3 2 1 0 0 Dr 2 14 2 me 23 94 212 L95 211 96 p10 97 2 2 Each data word allows you to represent analog input current data with either signed integer values ranging from 32 767 to 32 767 or with unsigned integer values in the range 0 to 65 534 In the operating range 0 to 20 mA do not use negative values If the input data format is configured for signed integers the sign bit bit 15 is always O The value 0 represents 0 mA or 4 mA depending on the range selected The value of either 32 000 signed or 64 000 unsigned represents 20 mA Errors and warnings are reported in both operating ranges at the following counts Type of Error 4 to 20 mA Range default 0 to 20 mA Range or Warning Current Signed Unsigned Current Signed Unsigned Count Count Count Count OCE 20 38 mA 32767 65534 20 48 mA 32767 65 534 OCW gt 20mA 32001 64 001 gt 20 mA 32 001 64 001 UCE lt 3 62 mA 767 N A 0 0 0 UCW lt 4mA 1 N A lt 0 48mA 767 1535 BWE lt 1 mA N A N A N A
362. the island s actuator bus to improve performance To take advantage of this internal isolation feature power the actuators from an external power supply If isolation is not required you can use the module to deliver field power to the actuators 24 VDC for actuator 1 from the top connector and 24 VDC for actuator 2 from the bottom connector gt ji pi mp locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED array dark green identification stripe indicating an analog output module actuator 1 connects to the top field wiring connector actuator 2 connects to the bottom field wiring connector OORUN 31007715 6 2008 321 Analog Output Modules Ordering The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB ACO 1225 K which includes Information e one STB ACO 1225 analog input module e one size 1 STB XBA 1000 see p 391 I O base e two alternative sets of connectors e two 6 terminal screw type connectors e two 6 terminal spring clamp connectors Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows e astandalone STB ACO 1225 analog input module e astandalone STB XBA 1000 size 1 base e a bag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional optional accessories are also available e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be appli
363. the remote virtual placeholder option is enabled in a CANopen NIM It provides a 32 bit subindex where the fieldbus master can write a module reconfiguration After the fieldbus writes to the VPCW subindex it can issue a reconfiguration request to the NIM that begins the remote virtual placeholder operation watchdog timer A timer that monitors a cyclical process and is cleared at the conclusion of each cycle If the watchdog runs past its programmed time period it generates a fault 31007715 6 2008 425 Glossary 426 31007715 6 2008 Index A Actuator bus contacts on the I O bases 34 actuator bus contacts on an STB XBA 1000 I O base 394 on an STB XBA 2000 I O base 398 agency approvals 36 AM1DP200 DIN rail 21 analog input modules STB ACI 0320 80 STB ACI 1225 100 STB ACI 1230 111 STB ACI 1400 174 STB ACI 8320 129 STB ART 0200 149 STB AVI 0300 221 STB AVI 1255 40 STB AVI 1270 51 STB AVI 1275 69 STB AVI 1400 195 analog output modules STB ACO 0120 332 STB ACO 1210 304 STB ACO 1225 320 STB AVO 0200 349 STB AVO 1250 246 STB AVO 1255 264 STB AVO 1265 276 STB ACO 0220 288 analog output period for the STB ACO 0120 analog output module 341 for the STB ACO 0220 analog output module 296 for the STB ACO 1210 analog output module 312 for the STB AVO 0200 analog output module 356 for the STB AVO 1250 analog output module 255 averaging STB ACI 0320 analog input module
364. there is no channel to channel isolation Sample Wiring Diagrams The following field wiring example shows how two isolated single ended analog actuators can be wired to the STB ACO 1210 module Two separate external power supplies are needed to make sure that the proper current is delivered to each actuator BRO 999999 2 4 FE outputs to actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom field power returns from actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom 310 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules If you want to use 24 VDC from the island s actuator bus to power a single ended analog field device this power can be delivered through the output module To do this use pins 1 and 6 as follows 1 24 VDC for actuator 1 2 output to actuator 1 4 and 6 close the power loop by sending the field power return to the module return Remember that using pins 1 and 6 will defeat the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s actuator bus 31007715 6 2008 311 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 1210 Functional Description Functional The STB ACO 1210 module is a two channel analog output module that sends data Characteristics to two field actuators The following operating parameters are user configurable e the module s analog output period e the fallback states of the two analog output channels Using the RTP feature in your
365. tions on off The module has achieved all of the following e it has power e it passed its confidence tests e itis operational on flicker An over current error is detected Check wiring and field device flicker A broken wire is detected Check wiring Field power is absent Check power A PDM short circuit is detected blink 1 The module is in pre operational mode blink 1 A nonfatal error has been detected Cycle power restart the communications blink 2 The island bus is not running Check network connections replace NIM flicker The LED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 The LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes blink 2 The LED blinks on for 200 ms off for 200 ms on again for 200 ms then off for 1 s This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes Note The detection of error conditions on the PDM input power connection may be delayed by as much as 15 ms from the event depending on the sensor bus load the system configuration and the nature of the fault Field power faults that are local to the input module are reported immediately 31007715 6 2008 133 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 8320 Field Wiring Summary Connectors Field Sensors Field Wire Requirements Field Wiring Pinout The STB
366. to addressing is in progress on on The watchdog has timed out Cycle power restart the communications on off The module has achieved all of the following e it has power e it passed its confidence tests e itis operational flicker Field power is absent Check power A PDM short circuit is detected blink 1 The module is in pre operational mode blink 1 A nonfatal error has been detected Cycle power restart the communications blink 2 The island bus is not running Check network connections replace NIM flicker The LED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 The LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes blink 2 The LED blinks on for 200 ms off for 200 ms on again for 200 ms then off for 1 s This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes Note The detection of error conditions on the PDM output power connection may be delayed by as much as 15 ms from the event depending on the sensor bus load the system configuration and the nature of the fault Field power faults that are local to the input module are reported immediately 31007715 6 2008 353 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 0200 Field Wiring Summary Connector Types Field Actuators Field Wire Requirements The STB AVO 0200 module uses two six terminal fi
367. to the low end of the operating voltage range and a maximum count to the high end of the voltage range This feature allows you to calibrate the analog input channels to match your equipment Offset is configured as a signed integer It may be a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 8191 to 8191 OxE001 to Ox1FFF representing a voltage offset in the range 2 56 to 2 56 V By default the offset on both channels is 0 indicating no offset applied Maximum count is configured as a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 23 800 to 32 760 representing a voltage in the range 7 44 to 10 24 V By default the maximum count on both channels is 32 000 indicating no gain applied Offset and maximum count may be applied on each channel independently These parameters are provided only for sensor compensation not for scaling The module is able to measure over the physical range of 10 to 10 VDC An offset adjustment will move the interpretation of 0 and a max count adjustment will move the interpretation of only the high end of the range 31007715 6 2008 59 Analog Input Modules An ideal linear voltage representation one without offset or max count adjustments is interpreted using the formula V 3200 x V where Vp is the numerical count and V is the analog input voltage However in systems that require calibration the formula may actually be Va axV tb n In a perfectly calibrated system a
368. tock or replacement as follows e astandalone STB ACO 1210 analog input module e astandalone STB XBA 1000 size 1 base e a bag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional optional accessories are also available e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB XMP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Dimensions width module on a base 13 9 mm 0 58 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 128 3 mm 5 05 in depth module only 64 1 mm 2 52 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors 306 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 1210 LED Indicators Purpose The two LEDs on the STB ACO 1210 provide visual indications of the module s operating status Their location and meanings are described below Location The LEDs are located on the top of the front bezel of the module directly below the model number 31007715 6 2008 307 Analog Output Modules
369. two wire connection to the actuator Front Panel View locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED array dark green identification stripe indicating an analog output module actuator connects to the top field wiring connector akon 31007715 6 2008 333 Analog Output Modules Ordering The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB ACO 0120 K which includes Information e one STB ACO 0120 analog output module e one size 2 STB XBA 2000 see p 395 I O base e two alternative sets of connectors e two 6 terminal screw type connectors e two 6 terminal spring clamp connectors Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows e astandalone STB ACO 0120 analog output module e astandalone STB XBA 2000 size 2 base e abag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional optional accessories are also available e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB XMP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 US
370. typical differential mode rejection 50 or 60 Hz 60 dB typical over range under range margins 2 4 addressing requirement five words two channel plus cold junction compensation data field power requirements from a 24 VDC PDM power protection time lag fuse on the PDM k operating temperature range 0 to 60 C storage temperature 40 to 85 C 31007715 6 2008 169 Analog Input Modules RTD Specifications agency certifications refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 ATEX applications prohibit hot swapping refer to Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules This product supports operation at normal and extended temperature ranges Refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 for a complete summary of cabalities and limitations 1Requires the Advantys configuration software temperature default degrees C unit user configurable degrees C or degrees F data resolution increments of 0 1 degree C or F broken wire detection monitored independently on each channel RTD wiring default three wire types user configurable two three or four wire typical three wire devices 50 Hz 340 ms conversion 60 Hz 3
371. tys STB I O modules on the island bus The PDM sends field power to the input and output modules in a segment Depending on the PDM module you are using it may distribute sensor power and actuator power on the same or on separate power lines across the island bus The PDM protects the input and output modules with a user replaceable fuse It also provides a protective earth PE connection for the island I O modules with different voltage requirements need to be isolated from each other in the segment and the PDMs serve this role Each voltage group requires its own PDM A PDM is placed immediately to the right of the NIM in slot 2 on the island The modules in a specific voltage group follow in series to the right of the PDM The following illustration shows a standard STB PDT 2100 PDM supporting a cluster of 115 VAC I O modules nim 118 Dal DAI DAI DAO DAO DAO PDM 1 115 VAC sensor power signal to the PDM 2 115 VAC actuator power signal to the PDM Notice that sensor power to the input modules and actuator power to the output modules are brought to the island via separate two pin connectors on the PDM The island layout shown above assumes that all the I O modules in the segment use 115 VAC for field power Suppose however that your application requires a mix of 24 VDC and 115 VAC modules A second PDM this time a standard STB PDT 3100 modu
372. uator ACO0220qj__ 2 locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED array dark green identification stripe indicating an analog output module actuator 1 connects to the top field wiring connector actuator 2 connects to the bottom field wiring connector ouhWhNnh 31007715 6 2008 289 Analog Output Modules Ordering The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB ACO 0220 K which includes Information e one STB ACO 0220 analog input module e one size 2 STB XBA 2000 see p 395 I O base e two alternative sets of connectors e two 6 terminal screw type connectors e two 6 terminal spring clamp connectors Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows e astandalone STB ACO 0220 analog input module e astandalone STB XBA 2000 size 2 base e abag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional optional accessories are also available e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan e the STB XMP 7700 keying pin kit for inserting the module into the base e the STB XMP 7800 keying pin kit for inserting the field wiring connectors into the module e to meet CE compliance use a grounding bar such as the one in the STB XSP 3000 EMC kit with your island installation For details refer to the Ad
373. ue of 1 when the current is less than 0 48 mA A UCW in the STB ACI 1230 does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 6 Bit 5 represents the presence or absence of a UCE It has a value of 0 when the current is greater than 0 mA and a value of 1 when the current is less than or equal to 0 mA A UCE in the STB ACI 1230 does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 Note The detection of error conditions on the PDM input power connection may be delayed by as much as 15 ms from the event depending on the sensor bus load the system configuration and the nature of the fault Field power faults that are local to the input module are reported immediately 126 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 1230 Specifications Table of The module s technical specifications are described in the following table Technical Specifications desoription two single ended analog current input channels analog current range 0 20 mA resolution 12 bits returned data format IEC module width 13 9 mm 0 58 in I O base STB XBA 1000 see p 391 operating voltage range 19 2 to 30 VDC logic bus current consumption 30 mA nominal sensor bus current consumption 225 mA with no load hot swapping supported NIM dependent reflex actions supported as inputs only input response time nominal 5 0 ms both channels isolation field to bus 1500 VDC for 1 min analog m
374. ues to the RTP request block Length 1 Index low byte 0x02 Index high byte 0x24 Sub index 1 for channel 1 2 for channel 2 3 for channel 3 4 for channel 4 Data Byte 1 1 to 80 0x01 to 0x50 The STB ACI 0320 has an input channel enable disable on a per channel basis You can disable the unused inputs By default all inputs are enabled upon auto configuration When you disable a channel its input is set to minimum input current The status byte and channel data return all zeros when the channel is disabled and the fault indicator does not blink e channel enable default e channel disable 92 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 0320 Data and Status for the Process Image Representing The STB ACI 0320 sends a representation of the operating states of its input the Analog channels to the NIM The NIM stores this information in eight registers four data Input Data registers one for each channel and four status registers one for each channel The information can be read by the fieldbus master or if you are using a standard NIM by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The input data process image is part of a block of 4096 Modbus registers in the range 45392 through 49487 reserved in the NIM s memory The STB ACI 0320 module is represented by eight contiguous registers in this block which appear in the following order 1st register channel 1 data 16 bit
375. uide 890 USE 171 ATEX applications prohibit hot swapping refer to the Advantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Basic NIMs do not allow you to hot swap I O modules 31007715 6 2008 287 Analog Output Modules 3 4 STB ACO 0220 Analog Current Output Module two channel 15 bit sign 4 20 mA At a Glance Overview This section provides a detailed description of the STB ACO 0220 analog output module its functions physical design technical specifications and field wiring requirements What s This section contains the following topics in this Section Topic Page STB ACO 0220 Physical Description 289 STB ACO 0220 LED Indicator 291 STB ACO 0220 Field Wiring 293 STB ACO 0220 Functional Description 296 STB ACO 0220 Data in the Process Image 299 STB ACO 0220 Specifications 302 288 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 0220 Physical Description Summary Front Panel View The STB ACO 0220 is a standard Advantys STB two channel analog sink source output module that writes outputs to analog actuators that operate over a range of 4 to 20 mA The analog portion of the module is isolated from the island s actuator bus to improve performance The two channels are isolated from each other The module also provides two isolated short circuit protected loop power supplies which allow a two wire connection to the act
376. ules STB ACO 1210 Data and Status in the Process Image Representing the Analog Output Data Output Data Registers The NIM keeps a record of output data in one block of registers in the process image and a record of output status in another block of registers in the process image Information in the output data block is written to the NIM by the fieldbus master and is used to update the output module The information in the status block is provided by the module itself This process image information can be monitored by the fieldbus master or if you are not using a basic NIM by an HMI panel connected to the NIM s CFG port The specific registers used by the STB ACO 1210 module are based on its physical location on the island bus Note The data format illustrated below is common across the island bus regardless of the fieldbus on which the island is operating The data is also transferred to and from the master in a fieldbus specific format For fieldbus specific descriptions refer to one of the Advantys STB Network Interface Module Application Guides Separate guides are available for each supported fieldbus The output data process image is a reserved block of 4096 16 bit registers in the range 40001 through 44096 that represents the data returned by the fieldbus master Each output module on the island bus is represented in this data block The STB ACO 1210 uses two contiguous registers in the output data blo
377. unications blink 2 The island bus is not running Check network connections replace NIM blink 3 The output channels on this module are operational while the rest of the island modules are in their fallback states This condition could occur if the module is used in a reflex action flicker the LED flickers when it is repeatedly on for 50 ms then off for 50 ms blink 1 the LED blinks on for 200 ms then off for 200 ms This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes blink 2 the LED blinks on for 200 ms off for 200 ms on again for 200 ms then off for 1 s This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes blink 3 the LED blinks on for 200 ms off for 200 ms on for 200 ms off for 200 ms on again for 200 ms then off for 1 s This pattern is repeated until the causal condition changes 250 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB AVO 1250 Field Wiring Summary Connector Types Field Actuators Field Wire Requirements Field Wiring Pinout The STB AVO 1250 module uses two six terminal field wiring connectors Analog actuator 1 is wired to the top connector and the analog actuator 2 is wired to the bottom connector The choices of connectors and field wire types are described below and some field wiring options are presented Use a set of either e two STB XTS 1100 screw type field wiring connectors availabl
378. upports analog sensor 1 and the bottom connector supports Wiring Pinout analog sensor 2 Four field wires may be used on each connector on pins 1 3 4 and 6 The connections on pin 1 and pin 6 are optional and using these pins will defeat the built in isolation between the analog portion of the module and the island s sensor bus No connections are made on pins 2 and 5 of either connector Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 24 VDC from sensor bus for field 24 VDC from sensor bus for field device device accessories accessories 2 no connection no connection 3 input from sensor 1 input from sensor 2 4 analog input return analog input return 5 no connection no connection 6 field power return to the module field power return to the module The analog returns pin 4 for each channel are internally connected therefore there is no channel to channel isolation Sample The following field wiring example shows how two single ended analog sensors can Wiring Diagrams be wired to the STB AVI 1270 module An external power supply is required to power the sensors N wo A I m wo A 299999 S2299 999999 999999 Tm ee I e m 3 inputs from sensor 1 top and sensor 2 bottom 4 returns from input 1 top and input 2 bottom 31007715 6 2008 57 Analog Input Modules If you
379. urce is connected to the data acquisition interface and the difference between the signal and ground is measured For the success of this design technique 2 conditions are imperative the signal source must be grounded and the signal ground and data acquisition interface ground the PDM lead must have the same potential An output that when turned on receives DC current from its load A mounting device designed to seat an STB module hang it on a DIN rail and connect it to the Island bus It is 13 9 mm 0 55 in wide and 128 25 mm 5 05 in high A mounting device designed to seat an STB module hang it on a DIN rail and connect it to the Island bus It is 18 4 mm 0 73 in wide and 128 25 mm 5 05 in high A mounting device designed to seat an STB module hang it on a DIN rail and connect it to the Island bus It is 28 1 mm 1 11 in wide and 128 25 mm 5 05 in high 422 31007715 6 2008 Glossary slice I O SM_MPS SNMP snubber source load standard I O standard network interface standard power distribution module STD_P stepper motor An I O module design that combines a small number of channels usually between 2 and 6 in a small package The idea is to allow a system developer to purchase just the right amount of I O and to be able to distribute it around the machine in an efficient mechatronics way state management_message periodic services The applications and network mana
380. urns on the GS bit bit 0 5 Bit 4 represents the presence or absence of a UCW See current level definitions in the preceding table A UCW does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 6 Bit 5 represents the presence or absence of a UCE See current level definitions in the preceding table A UCE does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 7 Bit 6 represents the presence or absence of a BWE This error is present when the input channel has a broken wire A BWE turns on the GS bit bit 0 8 Bit 7 represents an internal communications error ICE This error will turn on the GS bit bit 0 Note When the global status bit GS is on the channel data value may not be valid Note The detection of error conditions on the PDM input power connection may be delayed by as much as 15 ms from the event depending on the sensor bus load the system configuration and the nature of the fault Field power faults that are local to the input module are reported immediately 146 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules STB ACI 8320 Specifications Table of Technical Specifications The module s technical specifications are described in the following table description four differential analog current input channels with Hart tolerance analog current range default 4to 20 mA user configurable 0 to 20 mA resolution default 15 bits sign user configurable 16 bits unsigned returned data format IEC
381. us system without a defined application layer DeviceNet therefore defines a layer for the industrial application of CAN dynamic host configuration protocol A TCP IP protocol that allows a server to assign an IP address based on a device name host name to a network node A type of input design where two wires and are run from each signal source to the data acquisition interface The voltage between the input and the interface ground are measured by two high impedance amplifiers and the outputs from the two amplifiers are subtracted by a third amplifier to yield the difference between the and inputs Voltage common to both wires is thereby removed Differential design solves the problem of ground differences found in single ended connections and it also reduces the cross channel noise problem An input or output that has an individual circuit connection at the module corresponding directly to a data table bit or word that stores the value of the signal at that I O circuit It allows the control logic to have discrete access to the I O values Deutsche industrial norms A German agency that sets engineering and dimensional standards and now has worldwide recognition The Drivecom profile is part of CIA DSP 402 profile which defines the behavior of drives and motion control devices on CANopen networks 412 31007715 6 2008 Glossary economy segment EDS EIA EMC EMI EOS Ethernet Ethernet Il
382. ut Modules where Cp is the numerical count and V j is the analog input voltage A Vai p OVE gt ovw 32 768 Ch p 32 767 UVW lt 4 UVE 4 31007715 6 2008 241 Analog Input Modules Status Byte Structure The second fourth sixth and eighth registers in the module s input process image are the status words The STB AVI 0300 can detect and report voltage overflow conditions as well as other errors The eight least significant bits LSB in each register represent the status of each input channel STB AVI 0300 Status Register Format 15 14 1312 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o not used L_GS see 1 always set to 0 L PDM see 2 L OVW see 3 L OVE see 4 UVW see 5 UVE see 6 0 see 7 ICE see 8 1 Bit Ois the global status GS bit for the input channel It has a value of 0 when no errors are detected It has a value of 1 when bit 1 and or bit 3 and or bit 5 and or bit 7 have a value of 1 2 Bit 1 represents the status of the PDM voltage on the island s sensor bus It has a value of 0 when no PDM voltage errors are detected A PDM error turns on the GS bit bit 0 3 Bit 2 represents the presence or absence of an OVW An OVW does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 4 Bit 3 represents the presence or absence of an OVE An OVE turns on the GS bit bit 0 5 Bit 4 represents th
383. ut module 50 STB AVI 1270 analog input module 67 STB AVI 1275 analog input module 79 31007715 6 2008 431 Index STB AVO 0200 analog output module 365 STB AVO 1250 analog output module 262 STB AVO 1255 analog output module 274 STB AVO 1265 analog output module 286 STB ACI 1400 analog input module 193 STB AVI 0300 analog input module 243 STB AVI 1400 analog input module 219 status register STB ACI 0320 analog input module 97 STB ACI 1230 analog input module 126 STB ACI 1400 analog input module 192 STB ACI 8320 analog input module 146 STB ACO 0120 analog output module 346 STB ACO 0220 analog output module 301 STB ACO 1210 digital output module 317 STB ART 0200 analog input register 166 STB AVI 0300 analog input module 242 STB AVI 1270 analog input module 66 STB AVI 1400 analog input module 218 STB AVO 0200 analog output module 364 STB AVO 1250 analog output module 261 STB ACI 0320 analog input module averaging 92 data registers 94 field wiring 85 front panel view 81 input channel operation 92 LED indicators 83 offset and max count 88 operating range 87 status registers 97 technical specifications 98 user configurable parameters 87 wiring diagram with isolation 86 STB ACI 1225 analog input module data registers 109 field wiring 104 front panel view 101 LED indicators 103 operating parameters 107 technical specifications 110 wiring
384. vantage of the island s communication and power distribution capabilities and they are auto addressable 18 31007715 6 2008 Theory of Operation Preferred Modules Standard CANopen Devices A preferred module is a device from another Schneider catalog or potentially from a third party developer that fully complies with the Advantys STB island bus protocol Preferred modules are developed and qualified under agreement with Schneider they conform fully to Advantys STB standards and are auto addressable For the most part the island bus handles a preferred module as it does standard Advantys STB I O module with four key differences e Apreferred module is not designed in the standard form factor of an Advantys STB module and does not fit into one of the standard base units It therefore does not reside in an Advantys STB segment e A preferred module requires its own power supply It does not get logic power from the island bus e To place preferred modules in you island you must use the Advantys configuration software e You cannot use preferred modules with a basic NIM Preferred modules can be placed between segments of STB I O or at the end of the island If a preferred module is the last module on the island bus it must be terminated with a 120 Q terminator resistor An Advantys STB island can support standard off the shelf CANopen devices These devices are not auto addressable on the island bus and the
385. vantys STB System Planning and Installation Guide 890 USE 171 Dimensions width module on a base 18 4 mm 0 72 in height module only 125 mm 4 92 in on a base 128 3 mm 5 05 in depth module only 64 1 mm 2 52 in on a base with connectors 75 5 mm 2 97 in worst case with screw clamp connectors 290 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules STB ACO 0220 LED Indicator Purpose The LED on the STB ACO 0220 provides a visual indication of the module s operating status Location The LED is located on the top of the front bezel of the module directly below the model number ACO0220 31007715 6 2008 291 Analog Output Modules Indications RDY ERR Meaning What to Do off off The module is either not receiving logic Check power power or has failed flicker off Auto addressing is in progress on off The module has achieved all of the following e it has power e it passed its confidence tests e itis operational on on The watchdog has timed out Cycle power restart the communications on flicker A broken wire is detected Check wiring blink 1 The module is either in pre operational mode or in its fallback state flicker Loop power is absent Check power blink 1 A nonfatal error is detected Cycle power restart the communications blink 2 The island bus is not running Check network connections replace NIM
386. ve 200 VDC channel to channel isolation The analog portion of the module is isolated from the island s sensor bus to improve performance To take advantage of this internal isolation feature power the sensors from an external loop power supply Front Panel View ACI8320 DEF 2 4 Baa essess w uiii 0099999 locations for the STB XMP 6700 user customizable labels model name LED array light green identification stripe indicating an analog input module sensors 1 and 2 connect to the top field wiring connector sensors 3 and 4 connect to the bottom field wiring connector ouhwond 130 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules Ordering The module can be ordered as part of a kit STB ACI 8320 K which includes Information e one STB ACI 8320 analog input module e one size 2 STB XBA 2000 see p 395 I O base e two alternative sets of connectors e two 6 terminal screw type connectors e two 6 terminal spring clamp connectors Individual parts may also be ordered for stock or replacement as follows e astandalone STB ACI 8320 analog input module e astandalone STB XBA 2000 size 2 base e a bag of screw type connectors STB XTS 1100 or spring clamp connectors STB XTS 2100 Additional optional accessories are also available e the STB XMP 6700 user customizable label kit which may be applied to the module and the base as part of your island assembly plan
387. ves you three choices type from the pull down menu two wire three wire and four wire 4 Repeat step 3 if you want to configure a wiring Cold junction compensation helps to provide proper temperature measurement for TC sensors It is a compensation applied to the junction between the copper connections on the module and the dissimilar metal in the TC sensor connections Cold junction compensation may be configured as an internal control or externally using one of several two wire RTD choices The parameter is set at the module level both channels have the same value but the value is ignored by any channel that is not configured to support a TC sensor junction compensation value from the pull down menu Step Action Result 1 Double click on the STB ART 0200 module The selected STB ART 0200 module you want to configure in the island editor opens in the software module editor 2 In the Value column select the desired cold The menu gives you eight choices as listed below The eight available cold junction compensation values are Cold junction Compensation Device Operating Range internal determined by the module s internal sensors external Pt100 RTD IEC degrees C 200 850 degrees F 328 1562 external Pt1000 RTD IEC degrees C 200 850 degrees F 328 1562 external Pt100 RTD US JIS degreesC 100 450 degreesF 148 842
388. w conditions The eight least significant bits LSB in each register represent the status of each input channel STB AVI 1400 Status Register Format 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 not used L_GS see 1 always set to 0 L PDM see 2 L OVW see 3 L OVE see 4 UVW see 5 UVE see 6 0 see 7 ICE see 8 1 Bit Ois the global status GS bit for the input channel It has a value of 0 when no errors are detected It has a value of 1 when bit 1 and or bit 3 and or bit 5 and or bit 7 has a value of 1 2 Bit 1 represents the status of the PDM voltage on the island s sensor bus It has a value of 0 when no PDM voltage errors are detected A PDM error turns on the GS bit bit 0 3 Bit 2 represents the presence or absence of an OVW An OVW does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 4 Bit 3 represents the presence or absence of an OVE An OVE turns on the GS bit bit 0 5 Bit 4 represents the presence or absence of a UVW A UVW does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 6 Bit 5 represents the presence or absence of a UVE A UVE turns on the GS bit bit 0 on the 10 VDC and 5 VDC ranges The UVE does not turn on the GS bit bit 0 on the 0 5 VDC 0 to 10 VDC and 1 to 5 VDC ranges Bit 6 not used always 0 8 Bit 7 represents the presence or absence an internal communication error ICE This error turns on the GS bit bit 0 N
389. ween the analog portion of the module and the island s sensor bus No connections are made on pins 2 and 5 of either connector Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections 1 24 VDC from actuator bus for field 24 VDC from actuator bus for field device accessories device accessories 31007715 6 2008 251 Analog Output Modules Pin Top Connections Bottom Connections no connection no connection output to actuator 1 output to actuator 2 output channel return output channel return no connection no connection OJo A Ww PM field power return to the module field power return to the module The analog returns pin 4 for each channel are internally connected therefore there is no channel to channel isolation Sample Wiring Diagrams the actuators The following field wiring example shows how two isolated analog actuators can be wired to the STB AVO 1250 module An external power supply is required to power PE pinnin 999999 3 outputs to actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom field power returns from actuator 1 top and actuator 2 bottom 4 252 31007715 6 2008 Analog Output Modules If you want to use 24 VDC from the island s actuator bus to power the analog field devices this power can be delivered through the output module To do this us
390. y be a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 767 to 767 OxFDO1 to Ox2FF representing a current offset of e 0 38 mA for the 4 to 20 mA operating range e 0 48mA for the 0 to 20 mA operating range By default the offset on both channels is 0 Maximum count is configured as a decimal or hexadecimal value in the range 31 233 to 32 767 representing a current offset of e 0 38 mA for the 4 to 20 mA operating range e 0 48mA for the O to 20 mA operating range By default the maximum count on both channels is 32 000 0x7D00 Offset and maximum count may be applied on each channel independently 182 31007715 6 2008 Analog Input Modules These parameters are provided only for sensor compensation not for scaling The module is able to measure over the physical range of 4 to 20 mA or 0 to 20 mA An offset adjustment is performed on the low end of the range and a max count adjustment is performed on the high end of the range Operating Range 4 to 20 mA In the 4 to 20 mA operating range an ideal linear representation of analog input current one with default offset and maximum count is given by the following formula Cr lai 4 MA x 2000 where C is the numerical count and lai is the analog input current For example if you use the Advantys configuration software to calibrate an offset of 64 at 4 mA and a max count of 31 744 at 20 mA the system could be represented as follows A lai 20 38 mA
391. ys at its last known state when communication is lost it cannot be configured with a predefined fallback state By default the fallback mode for both channels is a predefined state If you want to change the fallback mode to hold last value you need to use the Advantys configuration software Step Action Result 1 Double click on the STB ACO 1210 module The selected STB ACO 1210 module you want to configure in the island editor opens in the software module editor 2 Expand the Fallback Mode row by clicking Rows for Channel 1 and Channel 2 on the sign appear 3 From the pull down menu in the Value Two choices appear in the pull down column of the Channel 1 and or Channel 1 menus Predefined and Hod Last row select the desired fallback mode setting Value 31007715 6 2008 313 Analog Output Modules Fallback States If an output channel s fallback mode is predefined state you may configure that channel to go to any value in the range 0 to 32 000 0 to 0Ox7D00 where 0 represents 0 mA and 32 000 represents 20 mA By default both channels are configured to go to 0 VDC as their predefined fallback state Note If an output channel has been configured with hold last value as its fallback mode any value that you assign its fallback state parameter will be ignored The data resolves to 12 bits This means that the decimal or hexadecimal value returned to you will be an inc

Advantys STB - Maintenance

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents